github.com/moshix.mvs
1
0
Fork 0
mirror of https://github.com/moshix/mvs.git synced 2026-03-09 03:49:23 +00:00
Code Issues Releases Wiki Activity

updated vimrc for line numbers and better cursor

Browse Source
This commit is contained in:
Moshix
2017-06-05 02:14:44 -05:00
parent d962a801d5
commit 9b10503ab1
237 changed files with 22585 additions and 18 deletions
Download Patch File Download Diff File Expand all files Collapse all files

30
PC370_orig/Diskette/full/BAT/BLDLIB.BAT Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
REM BUILD SYSTEM SUBROUTINE LIBRARY L370.LIB
REM PC/370 SYSTEM PROGRAMS MUST BE IN CURRENT DIRECTORY
REM
REM NOTE THAT IN BUILDING OBJECT LIBRARIES, MODULES MUST
REM BE PLACED IN SEQUENCE SUCH THAT NO MODULE GENERATES THE ONLY
REM REFERENCE TO A PREVIOUS MODULE SINCE ALL EXTERNAL REFERENCES
REM MUST BE RESOLVED IN FIRST SEQUENTIAL PASS OF LIBRARY.
REM
PAUSE
A370 LIB\PET
A370 LIB\TIMER
A370 LIB\DAT
A370 LIB\DTIME
A370 LIB\SYNERROR
COPY LIB\PET.OBJ/B L370.LIB
COPY L370.LIB/B+LIB\TIMER.OBJ/B
COPY L370.LIB/B+LIB\DAT.OBJ/B
COPY L370.LIB/B+LIB\DTIME.OBJ/B
COPY L370.LIB/B+LIB\SYNERROR.OBJ/B
ERASE LIB\PET.OBJ
ERASE LIB\TIMER.OBJ
ERASE LIB\DAT.OBJ
ERASE LIB\DTIME.OBJ
ERASE LIB\SYNERROR.OBJ
REM ADD SCIENTIFIC ROUTINES TO L370.LIB IF 80X87 CO-PROCESSOR AVAILABLE
PAUSE PRESS ENTER OR BREAK TO STOP
A370 LIB\SSP
COPY L370.LIB/B+LIB\SSP.OBJ/B
ERASE LIB\SSP.OBJ


22
PC370_orig/Diskette/full/BAT/BLDUTIL.BAT Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
REM ASSEMBLE AND LINK UTILITIES FROM SOURCE CODE
REM PC/370 SYSTEM PROGRAMS MUST BE IN CURRENT DIRECTORY
REM UTILITY SOUCE MUST BE IN UTIL DIRECTORY
PAUSE CREATE SEE.COM FULL SCREEN COLOR TEXT EDITOR
A370 UTIL\SEE
L370 UTIL\SEE
COPY UTIL\SEE.COM
ERASE UTIL\SEE.OBJ
ERASE UTIL\SEE.COM
REM CREATE PRINTDOC.COM FORMATTED PRINT UTILITY
A370 UTIL\PRINTDOC
L370 UTIL\PRINTDOC
COPY UTIL\PRINTDOC.COM
ERASE UTIL\PRINTDOC.OBJ
ERASE UTIL\PRINTDOC.COM
REM CREATE T370.COM OBJECT CODE TRANSLATOR FOR UPLOAD TO OS/VS LKED
A370 UTIL\T370
L370 UTIL\T370
COPY UTIL\T370.COM
ERASE UTIL\T370.OBJ
ERASE UTIL\T370.COM


41
PC370_orig/Diskette/full/BAT/INSTALL.BAT Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
rem PC/370 installation command file to create %2:\R42 from %1.
rem This command requires two parameters as follows:
rem 1. Source floppy disk drive (usually A or B).
rem 2. Target hard disk drive (usually C or D).
rem Source drive = %1 and destination drive = %2
rem If the above source and destinations are wrong, enter CTL-BREAK
pause If ok, press enter to create directories
%2:
mkdir R42
cd R42
mkdir BAT
mkdir LIB
mkdir CPY
mkdir MAC
mkdir CBL
mkdir DOC
mkdir DEMO
mkdir UTIL
pause Insert PC/370 distribution disk with \R42 directory in drive %1 and enter
copy %1:\read.me
copy %1:\R42\*.*
copy %1:\BAT\*.* BAT
copy %1:\CPY\*.* CPY
copy %1:\LIB\*.* LIB
pause Insert PC/370 distribution disk with \DEMO directory in drive %1 and enter
copy %1:\DEMO\*.* DEMO
copy %1:\DOC\*.* DOC
copy %1:\MAC\*.* MAC
pause Insert PC/370 distribution disk with \CBL directory in drive %1 and enter
copy %1:\UTIL\*.* UTIL
copy %1:\CBL\*.* CBL
rem The PC/370 system is now installed.
rem The batch commands can be run using the current directory.
rem To run the macro preprocessor demo enter, bat\runmac.
rem To run the Micro Focus COBOL/2 subroutine demo enter, bat\runcbl.
rem To run the utility demos enter, bat\runutil.
rem To rebuild the subroutine library from source, enter bat\bldlib.
rem To rebuild the utilities from source, enter bat\bldutil.
pause Now to run the PC/370 demo programs, press enter.
bat\rundemo


85
PC370_orig/Diskette/full/BAT/RUNCBL.BAT Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
REM This is a demo of PC/370 subroutines called from Micro Focus COBOL.
REM The COBOL programs are included in CBL source and INT object form.
REM The Micro Focus runtime program RUN.EXE is required to execute demo.
REM The Micro Focus extended memory shell XM.EXE is required to demo
REM execution of same programs in extended memory protect mode.
REM Note the following COBOL directive file was used to set IBM 370
PAUSE data format compatability.
COPY CBL\COBOL.DIR CON:
REM The following COBOL program and ALC subroutine tests 4 different
PAUSE data formats being passed using standard linkage conventions.
COPY CBL\CALL370.CBL CON:
PAUSE Next assemble the ALC program.
A370 CBL\TEST370/LX
COPY CBL\TEST370.PRN CON:
PAUSE Next link the ALC program.
L370 CBL\TEST370/LXB
COPY CBL\TEST370.LST CON:
PAUSE Now make PC/370 resident
E370R42
PAUSE Now execute the COBOL program in real mode and then extended mode
CD CBL
C:\C2WB\RUN CALL370
C:\C2WB\XM C:\C2WB\RUN CALL370
CD ..
PAUSE To remove the current resident emulator, execute it again as follows.
E370R42
erase cbl\test370.obj
erase cbl\test370.lst
erase cbl\test370.prn
REM The following COBOL program and ALC subroutine tests file I/O within
REM ALC subroutine using system queue area (SQA) memory allocated in the
PAUSE emulator region for dynamic file buffer.
COPY CBL\CALLCIO.CBL CON:
PAUSE Next assemble the ALC program.
A370 CBL\TESTCIO/LX
COPY CBL\TESTCIO.PRN CON:
PAUSE Next link the ALC program.
L370 CBL\TESTCIO/LXB
COPY CBL\TESTCIO.LST CON:
PAUSE Now make PC/370 resident and request 8k byte SQA (x'200' paragraphs)
E370R42.EXE 200
PAUSE Next execute the COBOL program in real and then extended mode
CD CBL
C:\C2WB\RUN CALLCIO
C:\C2WB\XM C:\C2WB\RUN CALLCIO
CD ..
PAUSE To remove the current resident emulator, execute it again as follows.
E370R42
erase cbl\testcio.obj
erase cbl\testcio.lst
erase cbl\testcio.prn
REM The following COBOL program and ALC subroutine tests SQA memory allocation.
COPY CBL\CALLSQA.CBL CON:
PAUSE Next assemble the ALC program.
A370 CBL\TESTSQA/LX
COPY CBL\TESTSQA.PRN CON:
PAUSE Next link the ALC program.
L370 CBL\TESTSQA/LXB
COPY CBL\TESTSQA.LST CON:
PAUSE Now make PC/370 resident and request 2k byte SQA (x'80' paragraphs)
E370R42 80
CD CBL
PAUSE Now execute the COBOL program once to allocate first half of SQA.
C:\C2WB\RUN CALLSQA
REM Now run simple echo message COM program in separate address space
PAUSE to verify SQA memory is isolated and preserved across COM executions.
CD ..
A370 CBL\TESTCOM
L370 CBL\TESTCOM/G
ERASE CBL\TESTCOM.OBJ
CD CBL
PAUSE Now execute the COBOL program again to allocate last half of SQA.
C:\C2WB\XM C:\C2WB\RUN CALLSQA
PAUSE Now execute the COBOL program again to show SQA allocated and RC = 1.
C:\C2WB\RUN CALLSQA
CD ..
PAUSE To remove the current resident emulator, execute it again as follows.
E370R42
erase cbl\testsqa.obj
erase cbl\testsqa.lst
erase cbl\testsqa.prn
REM That's the end of the demo. Remember to make PC/370 resident before
REM starting the Micro Focus Workbench or calls to PC/370 BIN files will
REM result in error message and exit from call.


158
PC370_orig/Diskette/full/BAT/RUNDEMO.BAT Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,158 @@
REM ASSEMBLE AND EXECUTE PC/370 DEMO PROGRAMS
REM
REM THE DEMO PROGRAMS PROVIDE BENCHMARK STATISTICS ON EXECUTION
REM SPEED ON DIFFERENT MACHINES AND ILLUSTRATE FUNCTIONS
REM
REM THE PC/370 SYSTEM PROGRAMS MUST BE IN THE CURRENT DIRECTORY AND THE
REM DEMO PROGRAMS MUST BE IN DEMO DIRECTORY.
REM
PAUSE PRESS ENTER TO PROCEED
REM SIEVE CALCULATES PRIMES ENDING IN 9 UP TO 100,000 USING 100K TABLE
A370 DEMO\SIEVE
L370 DEMO\SIEVE
DEMO\SIEVE
ERASE DEMO\SIEVE.OBJ
ERASE DEMO\SIEVE.COM
REM DEMOPNUM CALCULATES FIRST 100 PRIMES (OLD BENCHMARK DEMO)
A370 DEMO\DEMOPNUM
L370 DEMO\DEMOPNUM
DEMO\DEMOPNUM
ERASE DEMO\DEMOPNUM.OBJ
ERASE DEMO\DEMOPNUM.COM
REM DEMO8Q CALCULATES SOLUTIONS TO 8 QUEENS PROBLEM USING RECURSION
A370 DEMO\DEMO8Q
L370 DEMO\DEMO8Q
DEMO\DEMO8Q
ERASE DEMO\DEMO8Q.OBJ
ERASE DEMO\DEMO8Q.COM
REM DEMOAST1 USES ASSIST TO READ AND WRITE FILE
COPY DEMO\DEMOAST1.DAT
A370 DEMO\DEMOAST1
L370 DEMO\DEMOAST1
DEMO\DEMOAST1
COPY DEMOAST1.LOG CON:
ERASE DEMO\DEMOAST1.OBJ
ERASE DEMO\DEMOAST1.COM
ERASE DEMOAST1.LOG
ERASE DEMOAST1.DAT
REM DEMOAST2 USES ASSIST TO CALC BIGGEST AND SMALLEST NUMBER IN FILE
A370 DEMO\DEMOAST2
L370 DEMO\DEMOAST2
COPY DEMO\DEMOAST2.DAT
DEMO\DEMOAST2
COPY DEMOAST2.LOG CON:
ERASE DEMO\DEMOAST2.OBJ
ERASE DEMO\DEMOAST2.COM
ERASE DEMOAST2.LOG
ERASE DEMOAST2.DAT
REM DEMOAST3 USES VERY SHORT ASSIST (4 LINES) TO OUTPUT TO DEFAULT FILE
A370 DEMO\DEMOAST3
L370 DEMO\DEMOAST3
DEMO\DEMOAST3
COPY ASSIST.PRN CON:
ERASE DEMO\DEMOAST3.OBJ
ERASE DEMO\DEMOAST3.COM
ERASE ASSIST.PRN
REM DEMOAST4 USES NEW ASSIST FILE REDIRECTION TO INPUT/OUTPUT FILE/CONSOLE
A370 DEMO\DEMOAST4
L370 DEMO\DEMOAST4
DEMO\DEMOAST4
ERASE DEMO\DEMOAST4.OBJ
ERASE DEMO\DEMOAST4.COM
ERASE DEMOAST4.LOG
REM RUN DEMO TO CALCULATE E USING DETERMINISTIC ROUTINE
A370 DEMO\DEMOHATS
L370 DEMO\DEMOHATS
DEMO\DEMOHATS
ERASE DEMO\DEMOHATS.OBJ
ERASE DEMO\DEMOHATS.COM
REM RUN DEMO TO LIST ALL ALC FILES AND RECORD COUNTS IN SEQ.
A370 DEMO\DEMOSRC
L370 DEMO\DEMOSRC
DEMO\DEMOSRC *.ME
ERASE DEMO\DEMOSRC.OBJ
ERASE DEMO\DEMOSRC.COM
REM DEMOSVC TESTS GMAIN/FMAIN, 8086 USER EXIT, SPIE, CHAR I/O
COPY DEMO\Z86SUB.COM
A370 DEMO\DEMOSVC
L370 DEMO\DEMOSVC
DEMO\DEMOSVC
ERASE DEMO\DEMOSVC.OBJ
ERASE DEMO\DEMOSVC.COM
REM DEMOPSW LOADS CLOCK EXTERNAL INTERRUPT HANDLER TO DISPLAY TIME
A370 LIB\DTIME
COPY LIB\DTIME.OBJ DEMO\DEMOPSW.LIB
COPY LIB\DTIME.OBJ DEMO\CLOCK.LIB
A370 DEMO\DEMOPSW
L370 DEMO\DEMOPSW
A370 DEMO\CLOCK
L370 DEMO\CLOCK/M
COPY DEMO\CLOCK.MOD CLOCK.MOD
DEMO\DEMOPSW
ERASE LIB\DTIME.OBJ
ERASE DEMO\DEMOPSW.OBJ
ERASE DEMO\DEMOPSW.LIB
ERASE DEMO\DEMOPSW.COM
ERASE DEMO\CLOCK.OBJ
ERASE CLOCK.MOD
ERASE DEMO\CLOCK.MOD
ERASE DEMO\CLOCK.LIB
REM DEMO SVC'S 28-34 FOR ASCII WTO AND USE OF GENERAL INTERRUPT SVC 34
A370 DEMO\DEMOINT
L370 DEMO\DEMOINT
DEMO\DEMOINT
ERASE DEMO\DEMOINT.OBJ
ERASE DEMO\DEMOINT.COM
REM DEMO SVC TRAP FACILITY VIA USE OF SVC 37 SVC TABLE AND LPSW
A370 DEMO\DEMOTRAP
L370 DEMO\DEMOTRAP
DEMO\DEMOTRAP
ERASE DEMO\DEMOTRAP.OBJ
ERASE DEMO\DEMOTRAP.COM
REM DEMO MVS SHELL
A370 DEMO\MVS
L370 DEMO\MVS/M
A370 DEMO\IGC0011
L370 DEMO\IGC0011/M
A370 DEMO\IGC1013
L370 DEMO\IGC1013/M
A370 DEMO\INS0156
L370 DEMO\INS0156/M
A370 DEMO\DEMOMVS
L370 DEMO\DEMOMVS
COPY DEMO\*.MOD
DEMO\DEMOMVS
ERASE DEMO\MVS.OBJ
ERASE DEMO\IGC0011.OBJ
ERASE DEMO\IGC1013.OBJ
ERASE DEMO\INS0156.OBJ
ERASE DEMO\DEMOMVS.OBJ
ERASE DEMO\MVS.MOD
ERASE MVS.MOD
ERASE DEMO\IGC0011.MOD
ERASE DEMO\IGC1013.MOD
ERASE DEMO\INS0156.MOD
ERASE DEMO\DEMOMVS.COM
ERASE IGC0011.MOD
ERASE IGC1013.MOD
ERASE INS0156.MOD
ERASE Z86SUB.COM
REM TEST AND DEMO SCIENTIFIC SUBROUTINES USING 80X87
PAUSE PRESS ENTER TO PROCEED OR BREAK TO STOP NOW
A370 LIB\SSP
COPY LIB\SSP.OBJ DEMO\DEMOSSP.LIB
COPY LIB\SSP.OBJ DEMO\PLOTXY.LIB
ERASE LIB\SSP.OBJ
A370 DEMO\DEMOSSP
L370 DEMO\DEMOSSP
DEMO\DEMOSSP
ERASE DEMO\DEMOSSP.OBJ
ERASE DEMO\DEMOSSP.LIB
ERASE DEMO\DEMOSSP.COM
A370 DEMO\PLOTXY
L370 DEMO\PLOTXY
DEMO\PLOTXY
ERASE DEMO\PLOTXY.OBJ
ERASE DEMO\PLOTXY.LIB
ERASE DEMO\PLOTXY.COM


34
PC370_orig/Diskette/full/BAT/RUNMAC.BAT Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
REM ASSEMBLE LINK AND EXECUTE DEMO MACRO PROGRAMS
REM PC/370 SYSTEM PROGRAMS MUST BE IN CURRENT DIRECTORY
REM MACROS AND MACRO SOURCE PROGRAMS MUST BE IN MAC DIRECTORY
REM M370 REQUIRES MACROS IN CURRENT DIRECTORY
COPY M370.COM MAC
COPY E370*.EXE MAC
CD MAC
M370 DEMOMAC1
CD ..
A370 MAC\DEMOMAC1
L370 MAC\DEMOMAC1
PAUSE NOW RUN DEMOMAC1
MAC\DEMOMAC1
PAUSE NOW PRE-PROCESS, ASSEMBLE, AND LINK DEMOMAC2
ERASE MAC\DEMOMAC1.ALC
ERASE MAC\DEMOMAC1.OBJ
ERASE MAC\DEMOMAC1.COM
CD MAC
M370 DEMOMAC2
CD ..
A370 MAC\DEMOMAC2
L370 MAC\DEMOMAC2
COPY MAC\DEMOMAC2.MLC DEMOMAC2.DAT
PAUSE NOW RUN DEMOMAC2
MAC\DEMOMAC2
COMP DEMOMAC2.DAT DEMOMAC2.TST
ERASE DEMOMAC2.DAT
ERASE DEMOMAC2.TST
ERASE MAC\DEMOMAC2.ALC
ERASE MAC\DEMOMAC2.OBJ
ERASE MAC\DEMOMAC2.COM
ERASE MAC\E370*.EXE
ERASE MAC\M370.COM


25
PC370_orig/Diskette/full/BAT/RUNUTIL.BAT Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
REM RUN UTILITY DEMO'S
REM PC/370 SYSTEM PROGRAMS MUST BE IN CURRENT DIRECTORY
PAUSE DEMO SEE.COM FULL SCREEN EDITOR
COPY UTIL\ONEBLANK.ALC DEMOSEE1.ALC
COPY UTIL\DEMOSEE1.KSF DEMOSEE1.KSF
SEE DEMOSEE1 DEMOSEE1
ERASE DEMOSEE1.ALC
ERASE DEMOSEE1.BAK
ERASE DEMOSEE1.KSF
COPY UTIL\ONEBLANK.ALC DEMOSEE2.ALC
COPY UTIL\DEMOSEE2.KSF DEMOSEE2.KSF
SEE DEMOSEE2 DEMOSEE2
ERASE DEMOSEE2.ALC
ERASE DEMOSEE2.BAK
ERASE DEMOSEE2.KSF
REM DEMO PRINTDOC.COM TO PRINT READ.ME
PRINTDOC READ.ME
REM DEMO T370.COM OBJECT CODE TRANSLATOR
A370 DEMO\DEMOPD2
T370 DEMO\DEMOPD2/L
TYPE DEMO\DEMOPD2.HEX
ERASE DEMO\DEMOPD2.OBJ
ERASE DEMO\DEMOPD2.370
ERASE DEMO\DEMOPD2.HEX


25
PC370_orig/Diskette/full/CBL/CALL370.CBL Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
IDENTIFICATION DIVISION.
PROGRAM-ID. CALL370.
****************************************************************
* CALL370 is a test program for the subprogram "TEST370". *
****************************************************************
ENVIRONMENT DIVISION.
CONFIGURATION SECTION.
DATA DIVISION.
WORKING-STORAGE SECTION.
01 D-DATE PIC 9(6) VALUE 082987.
01 X-DATE PIC X(6) VALUE '082987'.
01 P-DATE PIC 9(15) USAGE COMP-3 VALUE 082987.
01 C-DATE PIC 9(6) USAGE COMP VALUE 082987.
PROCEDURE DIVISION.
SET-UP.
DISPLAY "CALL370.CBL STARTING TEST OF TEST370.BIN".
CALL-370.
CALL "TEST370" USING D-DATE, X-DATE, P-DATE, C-DATE.
DISPLAY "BACK FROM FIRST CALL RC=" RETURN-CODE.
CALL "TEST370" USING D-DATE, X-DATE, P-DATE, C-DATE.
DISPLAY "BACK FROM SECOND CALL RC=" RETURN-CODE.
END-JOB.
DISPLAY "THAT'S ALL FOR NOW".
EXIT PROGRAM.
STOP RUN.

BIN
PC370_orig/Diskette/full/CBL/CALL370.IDY Normal file
View File

Binary file not shown.

BIN
PC370_orig/Diskette/full/CBL/CALL370.INT Normal file
View File

Binary file not shown.

23
PC370_orig/Diskette/full/CBL/CALLCIO.CBL Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
IDENTIFICATION DIVISION.
PROGRAM-ID. CALL370.
****************************************************************
* CALLCIO is a test program for the subprogram "TESTCIO". *
****************************************************************
ENVIRONMENT DIVISION.
CONFIGURATION SECTION.
DATA DIVISION.
WORKING-STORAGE SECTION.
01 FILE-NAME1 PIC X(64) VALUE 'CALLCIO.CBL '.
01 FILE-NAME2 PIC X(64) VALUE 'TESTCIO.ALC '.
PROCEDURE DIVISION.
SET-UP.
DISPLAY "CALLCIO.CBL STARTING TEST OF TESTCIO.BIN".
CALL-CIO.
CALL "TESTCIO" USING FILE-NAME1.
DISPLAY "BACK FROM TESTCIO.BIN RC=" RETURN-CODE.
CALL "TESTCIO" USING FILE-NAME2.
DISPLAY "BACK FROM TESTCIO.BIN RC=" RETURN-CODE.
END-JOB.
DISPLAY "THAT'S ALL FOR NOW".
EXIT PROGRAM.
STOP RUN.

BIN
PC370_orig/Diskette/full/CBL/CALLCIO.IDY Normal file
View File

Binary file not shown.

BIN
PC370_orig/Diskette/full/CBL/CALLCIO.INT Normal file
View File

Binary file not shown.

25
PC370_orig/Diskette/full/CBL/CALLSQA.CBL Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
IDENTIFICATION DIVISION.
PROGRAM-ID. CALL370.
****************************************************************
* CALLSQA is a test program for the subprogram "TESTSQA". *
****************************************************************
ENVIRONMENT DIVISION.
CONFIGURATION SECTION.
DATA DIVISION.
WORKING-STORAGE SECTION.
01 ADDR-MEMORY PIC 9(9) USAGE COMP VALUE 0.
01 LENGTH-MEMORY PIC 9(9) USAGE COMP VALUE 0.
01 REQUEST-MEMORY PIC 9(9) USAGE COMP VALUE 1024.
PROCEDURE DIVISION.
SET-UP.
DISPLAY "CALL TESTSQA.BIN TO GET NEXT FREE SQA BLOCK".
CALL-370.
MOVE REQUEST-MEMORY TO LENGTH-MEMORY.
CALL "TESTSQA" USING ADDR-MEMORY LENGTH-MEMORY.
DISPLAY "RETURN CODE =" RETURN-CODE
DISPLAY "MEMORY ADDRESS =" ADDR-MEMORY.
DISPLAY "MEMORY LENGTH =" LENGTH-MEMORY.
END-JOB.
DISPLAY "EXITING TESTSQA NOW".
EXIT PROGRAM.
STOP RUN.

BIN
PC370_orig/Diskette/full/CBL/CALLSQA.IDY Normal file
View File

Binary file not shown.

BIN
PC370_orig/Diskette/full/CBL/CALLSQA.INT Normal file
View File

Binary file not shown.

1
PC370_orig/Diskette/full/CBL/COBOL.DIR Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
CHARSET"EBCDIC" IBMCOMP

82
PC370_orig/Diskette/full/CBL/TEST370.ALC Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
TITLE 'TEST CALL TO PC/370 SUBROUTINE FROM MICRO FOCUS COBOL'
* PGM-ID. TEST370.ALC
* AUTHOR. DON HIGGINS.
* DATE. 08/29/87.
* REMARKS.
*
* THIS SPECIFIC PROGRAM VERIFIES THE FOLLOWING ARGUMENTS
* PASSED FROM CALL370.CBL WORKING STORAGE AS FOLLOWS:
*
* 01 D-DATE PIC 9(6) VALUE 082987.
* 01 X-DATE PIC X(6) VALUE '082987'.
* 01 P-DATE PIC 9(15) USAGE COMP-3 VALUE 082987.
* 01 C-DATE PIC 9(8) USAGE COMP VALUE 082987.
*
* CALL "TEST370" USING D-DATE X-DATE P-DATE C-DATE.
*
* AT ENTRY TO TEST370 THE 370 REGISTERS ARE SET AS FOLLOWS:
*
* R1 = ADDRESS OF ADDRESS LIST WITH HIGH BIT SET IN LAST
* WORD OF LIST.
*
* R13 = STANDARD SAVE AREA
* R14 = RETURN ADDRESS
* R15 = ENTRY ADDRESS
*
* MAINTENANCE.
*
* 11/20/87 DSH CLEAR R15 COBOL RETURN CODE AT EXIT
*
TEST370 CSECT
USING *,R15
LM R3,R6,0(R1)
LA R2,=C'HELLO FROM TEST370$'
SVC WTO
LTR R6,R6
BNM ERR5 MISSING ENDING HIGH BIT
CLC 0(6,R3),=C'082987' CHECK EBCDIC D-DATE.
BNE ERR1
CLC 0(6,R4),=C'082987' CHECK EBCDIC X-DATE.
BNE ERR2
CP 0(8,R5),=P'082987' CHECK PACKED DATE
BNE ERR3
CLC 0(4,R6),=F'082987' BINARY DATE
BNE ERR4
LA R2,=C'ALL DATA FIELD TESTS SUCCESSFUL!$'
SVC WTO
XR R15,R15
BR R14
ERR1 LA R2,=C'D-DATE ERROR$'
SVC WTO
SVC TRACE
DC C'BUG '
LA R15,1
BR R14
ERR2 LA R2,=C'X-DATE ERROR$'
SVC WTO
SVC TRACE
DC C'BUG '
LA R15,2
BR R14
ERR3 LA R2,=C'P-DATE ERROR$'
SVC WTO
SVC TRACE
DC C'BUG '
LA R15,3
BR R14
ERR4 LA R2,=C'C-DATE ERROR$'
SVC WTO
SVC TRACE
DC C'BUG '
LA R15,4
BR R14
ERR5 LA R2,=C'MISSING END OF ADDRESS LIST BIT ERROR$'
SVC WTO
SVC TRACE
DC C'BUG '
LA R15,5
BR R14
COPY CPY\EQUREGS
COPY CPY\EQUSVCS
END


BIN
PC370_orig/Diskette/full/CBL/TEST370.BIN Normal file
View File

Binary file not shown.

330
PC370_orig/Diskette/full/CBL/TESTCIO.ALC Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,330 @@
TITLE 'TESTCIO - PC/370 TEST COBOL SUBROUTINE I/O'
*
* AUTHOR. Don Higgins.
* DATE. 11/13/87. (Copied and modified from PRINTDOC.ALC)
* REMARKS. PC/370 COBOL SUBROUTINE TO READ FILE NAME PASSED FROM
* COBOL and print it with page control.
*
* COPYRIGHT. None. This is a public domain program.
*
* MAINTENANCE.
*
* 11/20/87 ADD SYNERROR CALL TO DISPLAY ANY I/O ERRORS AND EXIT
* RELOCATE ROUTINE REQUIRED TO CONVERT DCB AND EXTERNAL
* ADDRESS CONSTANTS TO V=R. CLEAR R15 RETURN CODE.
* INPUT
*
* 1. CALL 'TESTCIO' USING FILE-NAME.
*
* FILE-NAME = MS-DOS DRIVE\PATH\FILENAME WITH TRAILING BLANKS.
*
* OUTPUT
*
* 1. File will be printed on the standard printer device with
* page control added via TITLE, EJECT, and SPACE statements as
* defined in standard OS/VS assembler.
*
TESTCIO CSECT
STM R14,R12,12(R13)
LR R10,R15
USING TESTCIO,R10
L R1,0(R1)
MVC DSNUT1,0(R1) MOVE FILE NAME TO WORK AREA
LA R2,=C'PC/370 TESTCIO FILE PRINT SUBROUTINE$'
SVC WTO
LA R2,=C' $'
SVC WTO
BAL R14,RELOCATE ADJUST DCB ADDRESSES TO ABS. ADDR.
BAL R14,GETPARM
LTR R15,R15
BNZ EOJ
BAL R12,OPENFILE
LTR R15,R15
BNZ EOJ
LA R1,ASCTITLE
LA R2,L'ASCTITLE+L'ASCEJECT+L'ASCSPACE
SVC EBCASC
LA R2,=C'ENTER P FOR PRINTER OUTPUT OR ANY KEY FOR CONSOLE$'
SVC WTO
SVC READKEY
STC R0,OPTION
MAINLOOP EQU *
BAL R12,GETREC
LTR R15,R15 TEST FOR END OF FILE
BNZ ENDFILE
BAL R14,SCAN
LTR R15,R15 TEST FOR COMMAND AND SKIP PRINTING IT
BNZ MAINLOOP
AP LINE,=P'1'
CP LINE,MAXLINE
BNH NEXTLINE
BAL R11,NEWPAGE
NEXTLINE EQU *
LA R0,RECORD
BAL R12,PUTREC
B MAINLOOP
ENDFILE EQU *
BAL R12,CLOSEFIL
EOJ EQU *
LM R14,R12,12(R13)
XR R15,R15
BR R14
TITLE 'GETPARM - MOVE PARM TO DCB'
GETPARM EQU *
LA R1,DSNUT1
LA R2,L'DSNUT1
FNDBLK EQU *
CLI 0(R1),C' ' FIND FIRST BLANK
BE HITBLK
LA R1,1(R1)
BCT R2,FNDBLK
LA R2,=C'NO BLANK FOUND AFTER FILENAME$'
SVC WTO
LA R15,16
BR R14
HITBLK EQU *
MVI 0(R1),0 PLACE TRAILING NULL FOR OPEN
SR R15,R15
BR R14
TITLE 'SCAN FOR TITLE, EJECT, AND SPACE COMMANDS'
SCAN EQU *
CLI RECORD,ASCBLK
BE SCANOP
CLI RECORD,ASCTAB
BNE SCANEXIT EXIT IF FIRST CHAR. NOT BLANK OR TAB
SCANOP EQU *
LA R4,RECORD+1
SKIPBLK EQU *
CLI 0(R4),ASCLF
BE SCANEXIT
CLI 0(R4),ASCBLK
LA R4,1(R4)
BE SKIPBLK
BCTR R4,0
CLC 0(5,R4),ASCTITLE
BE TITLE
CLC 0(5,R4),ASCEJECT
BE EJECT
CLC 0(5,R4),ASCSPACE
BE SPACE
SCANEXIT EQU *
SR R15,R15
BR R14
TITLE EQU *
LA R4,5(R4)
FINDQ1 EQU *
CLI 0(R4),ASCBLK
BL SCANEXIT IGNORE TITLE IF FIRST QUOTE NOT FOUND
CLI 0(R4),ASCQ
LA R4,1(R4)
BNE FINDQ1
LA R3,TITLEMSG
LA R5,TITLEMSG+L'TITLEMSG
FINDQ2 EQU *
CLI 0(R4),ASCBLK
BL SETTITLE TRUNCATE IF SECOND QUOTE NOT FOUND
CLI 0(R4),ASCQ
BE SETTITLE
CLR R3,R5
BNL SETTITLE TRUNCATE IF TOO LONG
MVC 0(1,R3),0(R4) COPY TITLE
LA R3,1(R3)
LA R4,1(R4)
B FINDQ2
SETTITLE EQU *
CLR R3,R5
BNL EJECT
MVI 0(R3),ASCBLK PAD WITH BLANKS
LA R3,1(R3)
B SETTITLE
EJECT EQU *
BAL R11,NEWPAGE
LA R15,1
BR R14
SPACE EQU *
LA R0,SPACEMSG
BAL R12,PUTREC
LA R0,SPACEMSG
BAL R12,PUTREC
AP LINE,=P'2'
LA R15,1
BR R14
TITLE 'NEWPAGE - PRINT HEADING'
NEWPAGE EQU *
AP PAGE,=P'1'
ZAP LINE,=P'0'
MVC DPAGE,MASK
ED DPAGE,PAGE
MVC PAGEMSG,PAGEWORK
LA R1,PAGEMSG
LA R2,L'PAGEMSG
SVC EBCASC
LA R0,HEADING
BAL R12,PUTREC
MVI HEADCC,ASCFF FORCE FORM FEED AFTER FIRST PAGE
LA R0,SPACEMSG
BAL R12,PUTREC SKIP SPACE AFTER TITLE
BR R11
TITLE 'OPEN/CLOSE FILE ROUTINES'
*
* NOTE SYNAD EXIT WILL CALL SYNERROR TO FORMAT ERROR AND EXIT TO R12
*
OPENFILE EQU *
LA R2,SYSUT1
SVC OPEN
BR R12
CLOSEFIL EQU *
LA R2,SYSUT1
SVC CLOSE
BR R12
TITLE 'GETREC - GET NEXT TEXT RECORD OR SET EOF'
GETREC EQU *
LA R2,SYSUT1
LA R1,RECORD
SVC GET
SR R15,R15
BR R12
EOFRTN EQU *
LA R15,1
BR R12
SYNRTN EQU *
L R15,ASYNERR
BALR R14,R15
LA R15,16
BR R12
TITLE 'PUTREC - PUT RECORD TO STD. PRINT DEVICE'
PUTREC EQU *
LR R4,R0
PUTLOOP EQU *
IC R2,0(R4)
CLI 0(R4),ASCTAB
LA R3,1
BNE PUTCHAR
LA R3,9
LA R2,ASCBLK
PUTCHAR EQU *
SVC CONSOLEC PRINT ON CONSOLE
CLI OPTION,ASCP
BE ISUSVC
CLI OPTION,ASCPL
BE ISUSVC
B PUTSKPP
ISUSVC SVC PRINTC PRINT ON STD. OUTPUT DEVICE ALSO
PUTSKPP EQU *
BCT R3,PUTCHAR
CLI 0(R4),ASCLF
LA R4,1(R4)
BNE PUTLOOP
PUTEXIT EQU *
SR R15,R15
BR R12
RELOCATE EQU * CONVERT DCB ADDRESSES TO ABSOLUTE ADDR.
CLI RESET,TRUE ONLY RELOCATE ONCE
BER R14
MVI RESET,TRUE
LR R1,R10
SH R1,=AL2(X'200') R1 = ORIGIN USED BY L370 (BIN+X'10')
LA R2,SYSUT1
USING IHADCB,R2
LR R0,R1
A R0,ASYNERR R0 = ABS. ADDR. OF SYNERROR ROUTINE
ST R0,ASYNERR
LR R0,R1
A R0,DCBDSN R0 = ABS. ADDR. OF DSN
ST R0,DCBDSN
LR R0,R1
A R0,SYNAD
ST R0,SYNAD
LR R0,R1
A R0,EODAD
ST R0,EODAD
LR R0,R1
A R0,RCD
ST R0,RCD
DROP R2
BR R14
TITLE 'DATA SECTION'
LTORG
*
* REGISTER USAGE
*
R0 EQU 0 SVC RETURN CODE
R1 EQU 1 SVC ARGUMENT
R2 EQU 2 SVC ARGUMENT (DCB ADDRESS, DMA, MSG, ETC.)
R3 EQU 3 POINTER FOR MOVING TITLE
R4 EQU 4 OUTPUT BYTE PTR FOR PUTREC
R5 EQU 5 END OF TITLE AREA
R10 EQU 10 BASE
R11 EQU 11 LINK FOR NEWPAGE
R12 EQU 12 LINK FOR GETREC AND PUTREC
R13 EQU 13 SAVE
R14 EQU 14 LINK FROM MAINLINE TO ROUTINES
R15 EQU 15 RETURN CODE FROM ROUTINES
*
* PC/370 SVC'S
*
EXIT EQU 0
OPEN EQU 1
CLOSE EQU 2
GET EQU 5
PUT EQU 6
TRACE EQU 9
GMAIN EQU 10
FMAIN EQU 11
ASCEBC EQU 12
EBCASC EQU 13
READKEY EQU 200+1 MS-DOS SVC 1 READ KEY
CONSOLEC EQU 200+2 MS-DOS SVC 2 DISPLAY CHAR IN R2 ON CONSOLE
PRINTC EQU 200+5 MS-DOS SVC 5 PRINT CHAR IN R2 ON STD. PRINTER
WTO EQU 200+9 MS-DOS SVC 9 PRINT STRING WITH ENDING $ ON CON.
*
* DATA AREAS
*
RESET DC AL1(FALSE) SWITCH TO RELOCATE CODE ONLY ONCE
TRUE EQU 1
FALSE EQU 0
TBUFF EQU X'80' BUFFER FOR DIRECTORY SEARCH
ASYNERR DC V(SYNERROR) SYNAD ERROR MESSAGE ROUTINE
RECORD DS XL256 LOGICAL RECORD AREA
ASCLF EQU X'0A' ASCII LINE FEED
ASCCR EQU X'0D' ASCII CARRIAGE RETURN
ASCASK EQU X'2A' ASCII ASTERISK FOR ALC COMMENT CHECK
ASCBLK EQU X'20' ASCII SPACE
ASCQ EQU X'27' ASCII QUOTE
ASCTAB EQU X'09' ASCII TAB
ASCFF EQU X'0C' ASCII FORM FEED
ASCP EQU X'50' UPPERCASE ASCII P
ASCPL EQU X'70' LOWER CASE ASCII P
OPTION DC X'00'
ASCTITLE DC C'TITLE'
ASCEJECT DC C'EJECT'
ASCSPACE DC C'SPACE'
PAGE DC PL2'0'
LINE DC PL2'50'
MAXLINE DC PL2'50'
MASK DC X'40202020' EDIT MASK FOR PL2
HEADING EQU *
HEADCC DC AL1(ASCBLK)
TITLEMSG DC 0CL65' ',65AL1(ASCBLK),2AL1(ASCBLK)
PAGEMSG DC 0CL8' ',9AL1(ASCBLK)
SPACEMSG DC AL1(ASCCR,ASCLF) END OF HEADING
WORK DC 0CL20' '
PAGEWORK DC 0CL8' ',C'PAGE'
DPAGE DC CL4' ZZZ'
DSNUT1 DC CL64' '
COPY CPY\IHADCB
TESTCIO CSECT
SYSUT1 DC 0F'0',C'ADCB'
DC A(DSNUT1) PATH/FILE NAME IN PARM
DC X'FFFF'
DC X'00'
DC C'SGT' SEQ. GET TEXT
DC X'0A1A'
DC H'255' LRECL
DC H'8192' BLKSZ
DC A(EOFRTN) EODAD
DC A(SYNRTN) SYNAD
DC A(RECORD) RECORD AREA
DC XL(SYSUT1+LDCB-*)'00'
END TESTCIO


BIN
PC370_orig/Diskette/full/CBL/TESTCIO.BIN Normal file
View File

Binary file not shown.

7
PC370_orig/Diskette/full/CBL/TESTCOM.ALC Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
TESTCOM CSECT
USING *,15
LA 2,=C'HELLO FROM 6 LINE COM PROGRAM$'
SVC 209
SVC 0
END


44
PC370_orig/Diskette/full/CBL/TESTSQA.ALC Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
TITLE 'TEST SYSTEM QUEUE AREA MEMORY ALLOCATION'
* PGM-ID. TESTSQA.ALC
* AUTHOR. DON HIGGINS.
* DATE. 11/20/87.
* REMARKS.
* THIS PROGRAM MUST BE LINKED USING L370 OPTION B AND
* MUST THEN BE CALLED FROM MICRO FOCUS COBOL PROGRAM WITH
* THE FOLLOWING FULL WORD BINARY ARGUMENTS:
*
* 01 ADDR-MEMORY PIC 9(6) USAGE COMP.
* 01 LENGTH-MEMORY PIC 9(6) USAGE COMP.
*
* CALL "TESTSQA" USING ADDR-MEMORY LENGTH-MEMORY.
*
* AT ENTRY TO TEST370 THE 370 REGISTERS ARE SET AS FOLLOWS:
*
* R1 = ADDRESS OF ADDRESS LIST WITH HIGH BIT SET IN LAST
* WORD OF LIST.
*
* R13 = STANDARD SAVE AREA
* R14 = RETURN ADDRESS
* R15 = ENTRY ADDRESS
*
* IF SQA MEMORY IS AVAILABLE IN THE RESIDENT EMULATOR REGION,
* THE ADDRESS OF THE NEXT FREE BLOCK WILL BE RETURNED IN THE
* FIRST ARGUMENT AND THE LENGTH WILL BE RETURNED IN THE SECOND.
* THE SECOND ARGUMENT MUST BE SET TO REQUESTED LENGTH BEFORE
* CALL. A SHORT BLOCK WILL BE RETURNED IF REQUESTED LENGTH
* IS NOT AVAILABLE.
*
*
TESTSQA CSECT NAME CONTROL SECTION
USING *,R15 DEFINE BASE REGISER
LM R3,R4,0(R1) LOAD ADDRESS LIST PASSED FROM CALLSQA.CBL
L R1,0(R4) LOAD REQUESTED SQA BLOCK LENGTH IN R1
SVC GMAIN ALLOCATE SQA BLOCK (R0=RC,R1=LENGTH,R2=ADDRESS)
ST R1,0(R4) STORE LENGTH IN LENGTH-MEMORY
ST R2,0(R3) STORE ADDRESS IN ADDR-MEMORY
LR R15,R0 SET RETURN CODE
BR R14 EXIT VIA RETURN ADDRESS TO DETACH AND CALLSQA
COPY CPY\EQUREGS COPY STANDARD R0-R15 REGISTER EQUATES
COPY CPY\EQUSVCS COPY ALL PC/370 SVC NUMBER EQUATES
END


BIN
PC370_orig/Diskette/full/CBL/TESTSQA.BIN Normal file
View File

Binary file not shown.

20
PC370_orig/Diskette/full/CPY/EQUREGS.CPY Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
*
* PC/370 REGISTER EQUATES
*
R0 EQU 0
R1 EQU 1
R2 EQU 2
R3 EQU 3
R4 EQU 4
R5 EQU 5
R6 EQU 6
R7 EQU 7
R8 EQU 8
R9 EQU 9
R10 EQU 10
R11 EQU 11
R12 EQU 12
R13 EQU 13
R14 EQU 14
R15 EQU 15


46
PC370_orig/Diskette/full/CPY/EQUSVCS.CPY Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
*
* PC/370 SVC EQUATES (SEE SVC.DOC FOR MORE INFORMATION)
*
EXIT EQU 0
OPEN EQU 1
CLOSE EQU 2
READ EQU 3
WRITE EQU 4
GET EQU 5
PUT EQU 6
DELETE EQU 7
SEARCH EQU 8
TRACE EQU 9
GMAIN EQU 10
FMAIN EQU 11
ASCEBC EQU 12
EBCASC EQU 13
SPIE EQU 14
USERSVC EQU 15
INSCOUNT EQU 16
LOAD86 EQU 17
TIME EQU 18
ALLOCATE EQU 19
DEALLOC EQU 20
INBYTE EQU 21
OUTBYTE EQU 22
RENAME EQU 23
DISPLINE EQU 24
LOAD EQU 25
ATTACH EQU 26
DETACH EQU 27
WTOEBC EQU 28
WTOASC EQU 29
WTOCR EQU 30
WTONOCR EQU 31
CVVASG EQU 32
CVSGVA EQU 33
INT86 EQU 34
FPSSP EQU 35
RELOAD EQU 36
SVCTRAP EQU 37
*
* MS-DOS SVC'S MAPPED INTO 200+
*
WTO EQU 200+9


49
PC370_orig/Diskette/full/CPY/IHADCB.CPY Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
****************************************************************************
*
* IHADCB - I HAD A DCB DSECT FOR PC/370 RELEASE 2.0+ FILE DATA CONTROL BLOCK
*
* FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE SVC.DOC
*
****************************************************************************
IHADCB DSECT
DCBDCB DS CL4 CONSTANT EBCDIC C'ADCB' DCB IDENTIFIER
DCBDSN DS A ADDRESS OF UP TO 64 BYTE PATH/FILE SPEC FOLLOWED BY ZERO
DCBFID DS H FILE HANDLE ASSIGNED BY MS-DOS AT OPEN (X'FFFF'DEFAULT)
DCBFLG DS X DATA CONTROL BLOCK FLAGS (ONLY DFTRAN MAY BE SET BY USER)
DFOPEN EQU X'80' FILE OPEN
DFUBUF EQU X'40' USER DEFINED BLOCK AREA (NO DYNAMIC ALLOC/DEALLOC)
DFOUT EQU X'20' OPEN FOR OUTPUT
DFGEOF EQU X'10' END OF FILE PENDING ON SHORT BLOCK
DFTRAN EQU X'08' TRANSLATE GET/PUT RECORDS FOR ASCII FILE
DFADCB EQU X'01' ASSIST DCB - DO NOT TRANSLATE 370 ADDRESSES
DSORG DS C DATA SET ORGANIZATION (R=RANDOM, S=SEQUENTIAL)
MACRF DS C DATA SET ACCESS MODE (R=READ, W=WRITE, G=GET, P=PUT)
RECFM DS C DATA SET RECORD FORMAT (F=FIXED, V=VAR, T=TEXT)
EOR DS X END OF RECORD CODE (DEFAULT IS LINE FEED X'0A')
EOF DS X END OF FILE CODE (DEFAULT IS CTL-Z X'1A')
LRECL DS H RECORD LENGTH (2<LRECL<64K-16)
BLKSZ DS H BLOCK LENGTH (2<BLKSZ<64K-16)
EODAD DS A END OF DATA EXIT ADDRESS
SYNAD DS A SYCHRONOUS ERROR EXIT ADDRESS
RCD DS A RECORD AREA ADDRESS FOR GET/PUT
BLK DS A BLOCK AREA ADDRESS (0 FOR DYNAMICALLY ALLOCATED)
RBA DS A RELATIVE BYTE ADDRESS FOR RANDOM READ/WRITE
REN DS A RENAME ASCIIZ FILE (ONLY USED BY RENAME SVC)
IOCNT DS F BLOCK I/O COUNT SINCE OPEN
PRECL DS H PHYSICAL BLOCK SIZE OF LAST READ/WRITE
*
* RESERVED AREA FOR USE BY PC/370 IOS SUPERVISOR WHILE FILE OPEN
*
DSNSG DS XL4 SEGMENT:OFFSET OF DCBDSN PATH/FILE NAME
EODSG DS XL4 SEGMENT:OFFSET OF EODAD EXIT
SYNSG DS XL4 SEGMENT:OFFSET OF SYNAD EXIT
RCDSG DS XL4 SEGMENT:OFFSET OF RECORD AREA FOR GET/PUT
RENSG DS XL4 SEGMENT:OFFSET OF RENAME FILE NAME
BLKSG DS XL4 SEGMENT:OFFSET OF BLOCK AREA
BLKPTR DS XL4 SEGMENT:OFFSET OF CURRENT RECORD IN BLOCK AREA
BLKEOD DS XL2 OFFSET OF CURRENT END OF DATA IN BLOCK AREA
BLKEND DS XL2 OFFSET OF END OF ALLOCATED BLOCK AREA
WLRECL DS H REVERSED LRECL
WBLKSZ DS H REVERSED BLKSZ
LDCB EQU *-IHADCB


18
PC370_orig/Diskette/full/CPY/IHAPCB.CPY Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
*
* IHAPCB - I HAD A PC COMMUNICATIONS VECTOR TABLE BLOCK
*
* FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE SVC.DOC
*
IHAPCB DSECT
PCVT DC C'PCVT' IDENTIFIER REQUIRED BY PC/370 SVC 34
PCIN DS H 80X86 INTERRUPT NUMBER (0-255)
PCPF DS H PF FLAGS REGISTER
PCAX DS H AX
PCBX DS H BX
PCCX DS H CX
PCDX DS H DX
PCDS DS H DS
PCSI DS H SI
PCES DS H ES
PCDI DS H DI


29
PC370_orig/Diskette/full/CPY/IHAPIE.CPY Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
*
* IHAPIE - I HAD A PROGRAM INTERRUPTION ELEMENT DSECT
*
* THIS CONTROL BLOCK IS BUILD IN DYNAMIC MEMORY BY SPIE SVC 14
* AND IS USED TO STORE PSW AND REGISTERS AT INTERRUPT AND THEN
* TRANSFER CONTROL TO SPIE EXIT WITH REGS AS FOLLOWS:
*
* R0 = INSTRUCTION LENGTH IN HIGH 16 BITS, INTERRUPT CODE IN LOW 16
* R1 = PSW ADDRESS AT INTERRUPT
* R2 = PIE CONTROL BLOCK
*
IHAPIE DSECT
PIEPICA DS A ADDRESS OF CURRENT PICA (SEE BELOW)
PIEPSW DS XL8 OLD PSW STORED AT PROGRAM INTERRUPT TIME
PIEGR14 DS F R14 AT PROGRAM INTERRUPT
PIEGR15 DS F R15 AT PROGRAM INTERRUPT
PIEGR0 DS F R0 AT PROGRAM INTERRUPT
PIEGR1 DS F R1 AT PROGRAM INTERRUPT
PIEGR2 DS F R2 AT PROGRAM INTERRUPT
*
* PROGRAM INTERRUPT CONTROL AREA (POINTED TO BY PIEPICA AND BUILT
* DIRECTLY FOLLOWING PIE BY PC/370
* SPIE SVC)
*
PICEXT DS A ADDRESS OF USER PROGRAM INTERRUPTION EXIT ROUTINE
PICTMK DS F MASK BITS (NOT USED CURRENTLY - ALL PROGRAM
* INTERRUPTS ARE HANDLED BY EXIT)
*


18
PC370_orig/Diskette/full/CPY/IHAPSW.CPY Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
*********************************************************************
*
* PSW.DOC - PC/370 LOW MEMORY FIXED LOCATION OF PROGRAM STATUS WORDS
* AS DEFINED IN IBM 370 ARCHITECTURE
*
*********************************************************************
IHAPSW DSECT
OLDEXT EQU IHAPSW+X'18' ;OLD EXTERNAL PSW
OLDSVC EQU IHAPSW+X'20' ;OLD SUPERVISOR CALL PSW
OLDPGM EQU IHAPSW+X'28' ;OLD PROGRAM CHECK PSW
OLDMCK EQU IHAPSW+X'30' ;OLD MACHINE CHECK PSW
OLDIOS EQU IHAPSW+X'38' ;OLD I/O INTERRUPT PSW
NEWEXT EQU IHAPSW+X'58' ;NEW EXTERNAL PSW
NEWSVC EQU IHAPSW+X'60' ;NEW SUPERVISOR CALL PSW
NEWPGM EQU IHAPSW+X'68' ;NEW PROGRAM CHECK PSW
NEWMCK EQU IHAPSW+X'70' ;NEW MACHINE CHECK PSW
NEWIOS EQU IHAPSW+X'78' ;NEW I/O INTERRUPT PSW


24
PC370_orig/Diskette/full/CPY/IHASCB.CPY Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
*********************************************************************
*
* ASCB - ADDRESS SPACE CONTROL BLOCK FOR PC/370 RELEASE 2.0+
*
*********************************************************************
*
* THIS CONTROL BLOCK IS INITIALIZED BY THE PC/370 EMULATOR AT
* TIME FOR THE MAIN PROGRAM COM FILE AND IS LOCATED AT VIRTUAL MEMORY
* ADDRESS X'104'. THIS CONTROL BLOCK IS ALSO CREATED FOR EACH
* ATTACHED COM PROGRAM ADDRESS SPACE DURING ATTACH SVC 26 EXECUTION
* (SEE DOC\SYSTEM.DOC).
*
*********************************************************************
ASCB DSECT
ASCIDR DS CL4 ASCB IDENTIFIER C'ASCB'
ASCNXT DS A ABSOLUTE ADDRESS OF NEXT DAUGHTER TASK ASCB
ASCPRV DS A ABSOLUTE ADDRESS OF PREVIOUS MOTHER TASK ASCB
ASCASO DS A ABSOLUTE ADDRESS OF ADDRESS SPACE ORIGIN
ASCASL DS F LENGTH OF ADDRESS SPACE (USED FOR ADDRESS PROT.)
ASCASF DS A RELATIVE ADDRESS OF FIRST FREE QUEUE ELEMENT (FQE)
ASCENT DS A RELATIVE ADDRESS OF ENTRY POINT (FROM COM PREFIX)
ASCEXT DS A RELATIVE ADDRESS OF RETURN IN MOTHER TASK ASCB
LASCB EQU *-ASCB


172
PC370_orig/Diskette/full/CPY/MVS.CPY Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,172 @@
*********************************************************************
*
* MVS.DOC - PC/370 RELEASE 2 MVS.ALC SHELL SVC LABELS/DOCUMENTATION
*
*********************************************************************
*
* MVS.ALC IS A SUBROUTINE WHICH CAN BE CALLED BY ANY PC/370 MAIN
* PROGRAM RUNNING IN SUPERVISOR STATE (THE DEFAULT AT STARTUP).
* MVS.ALC ESTABLISHES SVC, PROGRAM, AND EXTERNAL INTERRUPT HANDLERS
* TO EMULATE AN IBM MVS/XA OPERATING SYSTEM ENVIRONMENT AND RETURNS
* TO THE CALLING PROGRAM IN PROBLEM STATE MODE. FROM THAT POINT ON
* IN THE PC/370 PROGRAM EXECUTION, ALL SVC CALLS AND PROGRAM CHECK
* INTERRUPTIONS WILL BE HANDLED BY MVS.ALC. THE LABELS OF THE COMMON
* MVS SVCS FOLLOW WITH DOCUMENTATION ON HOW SELECTED SVC'S HAVE BEEN
* IMPLEMENTED IN THE CURRENT VERSION OF MVS.ALC.
*
* MVS SUPPORTS RESIDENT AND DYNAMICALLY LOADED SVCS. ALL SVCS ARE
* NAMED IGC0NNN WHERE NNN IS THE DECIMAL SVC NUMBER 000-255. IF THE
* SVC TABLE DOES NOT HAVE SVC ENTRY ADDRESS IN IT WHEN ACCESSED, MVS
* WILL ATTEMP TO LOAD IGC0NNN.MOD AND STORE ADDRESS FOR FUTURE USE.
* IF LOAD FAILS, 106 ABEND PROCESSING IS INVOKED.
*
* MVS SUPPORTS RESIDENT AND DYNAMICALLY LOADED MACRO INS. ALL INS ARE
* NAMED INS0NNN WHERE NNN IS THE DECIMAL INS NUMBER 000-255. IF THE
* INS TABLE DOES NOT HAVE INS ENTRY ADDRESS IN IT WHEN ACCESSED, MVS
* WILL ATTEMP TO LOAD INS0NNN.MOD AND STORE ADDRESS FOR FUTURE USE.
* IF LOAD FAILS, 106 ABEND PROCESSING IS INVOKED. THIS IS NOT A STANDARD
* MVS/XA OFFERING BUT IS USEFUL FOR SIMULATING SELECTED 370 SUPR. INSTR.
* SUCH AS THE SIO SAMPLE WHICH IMPLEMENTS CCW CHANNEL SIMULATION I/O
* TO/FROM CONSOLE VIA SIO X'01F'.
*
*********************************************************************
MVSSVCS DSECT TYPE/REGS/DESCRIPTION
EXCP EQU 0
XDAP EQU 0
WAIT EQU 1
WAITR EQU 1
PRTOV EQU 1
POST EQU 2
EXIT EQU 3 T1 (NO REGS - EXIT MVS TO PC/370 SUPR. STATE)
GETMAIN EQU 4
FREEMAIN EQU 5
LINK EQU 6
XCTL EQU 7
LOAD EQU 8
DELETE EQU 9
GMAINR EQU 10 T1 R0 = SPL,LENGTH, R1=NEG. GMAIN
FMAINR EQU 10 T1 R0 = SPL,LENGTH, R1=POS. FMAIN ADDRESS
TIME EQU 11 T1 R0 = TIME, R1 = FORMAT CODE IN LOW 4 BITS
SYNCH EQU 12
ABEND EQU 13 T1/T4 R1 = COMPLETION CODE (DUMP OPT. INVOKES T4)
SPIE EQU 14
ERREXCP EQU 15
PURGE EQU 16
RESTORE EQU 17
BLDL EQU 18
FIND EQU 18
OPEN EQU 19
CLOSE EQU 20
STOW EQU 21
OPENJ EQU 22
CLOSEJ EQU 23
DEVTYPE EQU 24
TRKBAL EQU 25
CATALOG EQU 26
INDEX EQU 26
LOCATE EQU 26
OBTAIN EQU 27
SCRATCH EQU 29
RENAME EQU 30
FEOV EQU 31
ALLOC EQU 32
IOHALT EQU 33
MGCR EQU 34
QEDIT EQU 34
WTO EQU 35 T1 R1 = AL2(L'MSG,0),C'MSG'
WTOR EQU 35 T1 R1 = AL1(L'REPLY),AL3(REPLY),AL2(L'MSG,0),C'MSG'
WTL EQU 36
SEGLD EQU 37
SEGWT EQU 37
LABEL EQU 39
EXTRACT EQU 40
IDENTIFY EQU 41
ATTACH EQU 42
CIRB EQU 43
CHAP EQU 44
OVLYBRCH EQU 45
TIMER EQU 46
STIMER EQU 47
DEQ EQU 48
SNAP EQU 51
SDUMP EQU 51
RESTART EQU 52
RELEX EQU 53
DISABLE EQU 54
EOV EQU 55
ENQ EQU 56
RESERVE EQU 56
FREEBUF EQU 57
REFBUF EQU 58
REQBUF EQU 58
OLTEP EQU 59
STAE EQU 60
STAI EQU 60
ESTAE EQU 60
ESTAI EQU 60
IKJEGS6A EQU 61
DETACH EQU 62
CHKPT EQU 63
RDJFCB EQU 64
BTAMTEST EQU 66
SYNADAF EQU 68
SYNADRLS EQU 68
BSP EQU 69
GSERV EQU 70
ASGNBFR EQU 71
BUFINQ EQU 71
RLSBFR EQU 71
SPAR EQU 73
DAR EQU 74
DQUEUE EQU 75
IFBSTAT EQU 76
LSPACE EQU 78
STATUS EQU 79
SETPRT EQU 81
DASDR EQU 82
SMFWTM EQU 83
GRAPHICS EQU 84
DDRSWAP EQU 85
ATLAS EQU 86
DOM EQU 87
MOD88 EQU 88
VOLSTAT EQU 91
TCPEXEC EQU 92
TGET EQU 93
TPUT EQU 93
SYSEVENT EQU 95
STAX EQU 96
IKJEGSSG EQU 97
PROTECT EQU 98
DYNALLOC EQU 99
IKJEFFIB EQU 100
QTIP EQU 101
AQCTL EQU 102
XLATE EQU 103
TOPCTL EQU 104
IMGLIB EQU 105
MODSET EQU 107
PGRLSE EQU 112
PGFIX EQU 113
PGFREE EQU 113
PGLOAD EQU 113
PGOUT EQU 113
EXCPVR EQU 114
DEBCHK EQU 117
TESTAUTH EQU 119
GETMAIN2 EQU 120
FREMAIN2 EQU 120
VSAM EQU 121
PURGEDQ EQU 123
TPIO EQU 124
EVENTS EQU 125
MSSUCB EQU 126
RACHECK EQU 130
RACINIT EQU 131
RACLIST EQU 132
RACDEF EQU 133
*********************************************************************
* END OF MVS.DOC
*********************************************************************


544
PC370_orig/Diskette/full/DEALER.TXT Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,544 @@
SHAREWARE STANDARDS; APPROVED DISK DEALERS
The Association of Shareware Professionals (ASP) is an affiliation
of shareware authors dedicated to the shareware concept. Since 1987
the ASP has played an important role in the shareware industry by
creating standards and guidelines for shareware software and its
distribution.
By defining good shareware and helping fellow authors create it, the ASP
contributes to the overall quality of shareware programs. Through
communication with shareware vendors, the ASP insures that shareware
products are responsibly promoted to the software buying public. As an
approved vendor and associate member of the Association of Shareware
Professionals, PC-SIG is recognized for its adherence to all ASP
distribution standards, and for its accurate representation of shareware
programs.
The ASP wants to make sure that the shareware principle works for you.
If you are unable to resolve a shareware-related problem with an ASP
member by contacting the member directly, the ASP may be able to help.
The ASP Ombudsman can help you resolve a dispute or problem with an ASP
member, but does not provide technical support for members' products.
Please write to the ASP Ombudsman at P.O. Box 5786, Bellevue, WA 98006
or send a Compuserve message via easyplex to ASP Ombudsman 70007,3536.
PC-SIG AUTHORIZED DEALERS, FIRST QUARTER 1991
Following is a directory of all our domestic and international
PC-SIG authorized dealers to date. Domestic dealers are listed
alphabetically by state and city. International dealers are listed
alphabetically by country and city.
Our authorized dealers carry the distinctive red-and-white insignia.
PC-SIG disks have grey covers and wear our logo on each label. For your
protection, buy only from authorized PC-SIG dealers. We do not update or
support non-PC-SIG disks.
For information concerning dealerships, contact:
DEALER SALES
PC-SIG
1030D East Duane Ave.,
Sunnyvale, CA 94086.
Or phone (408) 730-9291
FAX: (408) 730-2107
Telex: 510-601-3509 PC SIG.
U.S.A.
ARIZONA:
RECYCLED MICRO
4312 East University Drive
Phoenix, AZ 85034
(602) 437-1413
SHO-TRONICS
1831 West Rosegarden Lane
Suite 10
Phoenix, AZ 85027
(602) 581-300
CALIFORNIA:
HOLMAN DATA PROCESSING
2210 5th Ave.
Oroville, CA 95965
(916) 533-3992
NEW AGE
1700 Hamner Ave., Suite 101
Norco, CA 91760
(714) 735-2569
COLORADO:
ENTERTAINMENT RENTALS, INC.
3050 W. Noirthern
Pueblo, CO 81005
(719)566-0566
CONNECTICUT:
HIGH TECH SYSTEMS
138 Main St.
Kensington, CT 06037
(203) 828-9938
FLORIDA:
FLORIDA COMPUTER RESOURCES, INC.
3950 Confederate Point Road
Jacksonville, FL 32210
(904) 771-7422
COMPUTER DIMENSIONS, INC.
5025 E. Fowler Ave.
Tampa, FL 33617
(813) 989-9525
COMPUTRAC
11 Miracle City Mall
Titusville, FL 32780
(407) 268-4355
CARRIBEAN COMPUTERS, INC.
1021 White St.
Key West, FL 33040
(305)294-3500
GEORGIA:
LAWHORN ELECTRONICS
1013 Main St.
Perry, GA 31069
(912) 987-2306
ROME VIDEO & COMPUTER
2006 Redmond Circle
Rome, GA 30161
(404) 235-7843
ILLINOIS:
T.G.T ENTERPRISES, INC.
664-A Meacham Road, #423
Elk Grove, IL 60007
(312) 310-9099
SOFTWARE CITY
334 W. North St.
Jeneseo, IL 61254
COMPUTER DOCTOR
14634 South Pulaski
Midlothian, IL 60445
(312) 396-2300
INDIANA:
DAVE'S COMPUTER WORLD
109 West Third St.
Brookston, IN 47923
(317) 563-3504
COMPLETE COMPUTER WORLD
711 Hwy. 131
Clarksville, IN 47130
(812) 282-6926
BEST COM
319 N.W. 7th
Evansville, IN 47708
(812) 464-0022
THE LOGICAL CHOICE
1721-A Handball Lane
Indianapolis, IN 46260
(317) 251-9833
IOWA:
P.V. COMPUTER CENTER
2217 Thornwood
Le Claire, IA 52753
(319) 332-6229
KANSAS:
COMPUTECH
404 South Buffalo
Oberlin, KS 67749
(913) 475-3964
KENTUCKY:
S & H COMPUTER CENTER
36 Country Square
Martha Lane Collins Blvd.
Cold Springs, KY 41076
(606) 781-4777
COMPUTER MANIA
8117-B Connector Drive
Florence Center
Florence, KY 41042
(606) 525-2525
MICHIGAN:
DSL COMPUTER PRODUCTS
23906 Ford Road
Dearborn Heights, MI 48127
(313) 278-5940
LOAD-N-GO
18716 Grand River
Detroit, MI 48223
(313) 835-0782
SOFTWARE CITY
2845 Breton, S.E.
Grand Rapids, MI 49512
(616) 245-5653
AMITY COMPUTER CENTER
759 West Franklin St.
Jackson, MI 49201
(516) 778-77844
COMPUTER CONSIGNMENTS
5501 South Cedar St.
Lansing, MI 48911
(517) 394-4408
COMPUTERS UNLIMITED
1414 Gratiot Blvd.
Marysville, MI 48040
(313) 364-8302
COMPUTER PLUS, INC.
39755 Garfield Road
Mount Clemens, MI 48044
(313) 286-6666
PS SOFTLINE
13690 Tyler
Detroit, MI 48277
(313) 356-1163
MINNESOTA:
SOFT SUPPLY
1650 Clubview Road
Winona, MN 55987
(507) 454-3383
MISSISSIPPI:
CJ'S COMPUTER SYSTEMS
313 Main St.
P.O. Box 787
Water Valley, MS 38965
(621) 473-2333
MISSOURI:
SPECIALTY SOFTWARE
337 Meadowbrook Drive
Ballwin, MO 63011
(314) 394-3315
A.S.A.P. SOFTWARE
504 N.E. 74th St.
Gladstone, MO 64118
(816) 436-0353
NEVADA:
COMPUTER HOUSE
155 Glendale Ave., #14
Sparks, NV 89431
(702) 356-7216
NEW JERSEY:
TOMORROW'S TECHNOLOGY TODAY, INC.
21 Hawthorne Court
Maple Shade, NJ 08052
(609) 482-2517
NEW MEXICO:
BALDRIDGE SATELLITE SYSTEMS
620 1\2 Commerce
Clovis, NM 88101
(505) 762-6551
NEW YORK:
CORBIT MICROSYSTEMS
40-4 Oser Ave.
Hauppauge, NY 11788
(516) 273-0051
COMPACT DISK PRODUCTS
223 East 85th Street
New York, NY 10028
(121) 737-8400
COMPUTER SUPPLY CO.
100 Seneca Ave.
Rochester, NY 14621
(716) 342-8140
LOVE AT FIRST BYTE
P.O. Box 702
Flushing, NY 11374
(718) 849-8741
NORTH CAROLINA:
THE COMPUTER PLACE
829 South Broadway St.
Forest City, NC 28043
(704) 245-3159
TABS, INC.
P.O. Box 3315
Kinston, NC 28502
(919) 527-8227
OHIO:
ELECTRONIC CONNEXION
101 E. Alexander Bell Road
Centerville, OH 45459
(513) 435-8956
HIGHLAND BUSINESS CENTER
1735 Highland Ave.
Cincinnati, OH 45210
(513) 651-5897
PC/ALTERNATIVES
3220 La Grange St.
Toledo, OH 43608
(419) 255-5303
PENNSYLVANIA:
GARLOFF AGENCY
225 Center St.
Monroeville, PA 15146
(412) 823-4998
WEIGOLD PRODUCTIONS
1209 Carlisle St.
Natrona Heights, PA 15065
(412) 224-7021
SOME HOLE IN THE WALL
6394 Castor Ave.
Philadelphia, PA 19149
(215) 533-1211
COMPUTER WURX
720 Main St.
Stroudsburg, PA 18360
(717) 424-2792
TEXAS:
C.C. COMPUTER TIME
307 S. Staples
Corpus Christi, TX 78411
(512) 883-7368
COMPUTER CONTROLS, INC.
4303 N. Central
Dallas, TX 75205
(214) 521-2242
TAYLORS TECHNICAL BOOKSTORE
5455 Belt Line Road
2nd Floor
Dallas, TX 75220
(214) 357-1700
WORD PROCESSING & MORE
333 North Belt
Suite #150
Houston, TX 77060
(713) 999-0713
HOME & BUSINESS COMPUTERS
1863 N. Plano Road
Richardson, TX 75081
(214) 234-1228
SPECIALTY COMPUTER SYSTEMS, INC.
13519 Nacogdoches
San Antonio, TX 78217
(512) 650-5331
VIRGINIA:
CALPRO-THE WORLD OF COMPUTERS
1900 12th Street
Lynchburg, VA 245012
(804) 845-1257
COMPUTER MANIA
2605 W. Mercury Blvd.
Hampton, VA 23666
(805) 583-2276
CENTRAL NEWSSTAND
2700 Potomac Mills Circle
Suite 924
Woodbridge, VA 22191
(703) 490-6941
WASHINGTON:
THE COMPUTER STORE
1419 Commerce
Longview, WA 98632
(206) 425-2682
B-ROM ENTERPRISES, INC.
(dba) COMPUTERS & MORE
1949-A 7th Ave., N.E.
Poulsbo, WA 98370
(206) 697-4744
WISCONSIN:
2ND BYTES,
9721 West Greenfield Ave.
West Allis, WI 53214
(414) 774-1155
INTERNATIONAL
Note: In an effort to better serve our international customers,
PC-SIG has set up the following distributors. For local service,
please refer international orders to the distributor nearest you.
AUSTRALIA:
MANACCOM PTY. LTD.
P.O. Box 509
Kenmore, Queensland 4069
AUSTRALIA
(07) 374 1331
BELGIUM:
HA-VE COMPUTER SYSTEMS
Rozenberg 22
2400 Mol, BELGIUM
(014) 31 69 34
BRAZIL:
MAPLE INFORMATICA LTDA.
Caixa Postal 54201
01296 Sao Paulo, SP
BRAZIL
55 11 825 9390
CHINA:
PANCHA BOOKS COMPANY
Hitech & Communications
Services Division
Unit 903, Join In Comm. Ctr.
33 Lai Chi Kok Rd.
Mongkok
HONG KONG
FINLAND:
OY SUOMEN MD-SYSTEMS AB
Sinikalliontie 14
02180 Espoo, FINLAND
502-1007
ITALY:
ULTIMOBYTE EDITRICE
Via A Manuzio 15
Milan, ITALY 20124
JAPAN:
OTC CORPORATION
Ikaida Bldg. 7th Floor
3-25-8 Hachoubori, Cho-ku
Tokyo, JAPAN 104
813 555-0640
THE NETHERLANDS:
MEGA-k PRODUCTS
Staten Bolwerk 44
2011 MN Haarlem
THE NETHERLANDS
(023) 31 92 16
NORWAY:
PECE-SOFT
Oppsalveien 16f
0686 Oslo, NORWAY
472 270627
PORTUGAL:
COMPUTAR
RUA Anjos #75 cnd
1100 Lisbon, PORTUGAL
SOUTH KOREA:
MICROLINKS
160-23 Hwang Sun Bldg.
Kang Nam-ku, Seoul
SOUTH KOREA
(02) 558-0900
SPAIN:
SOFTWARE INTERNATIONAL GROUP
Calle Bueso Pineda 24, 2A
28043 Madrid, SPAIN
915 195 719
WEST GERMANY:
KIRSCHBAUM
Kronau 15
D-8091 Emmering
WEST GERMANY
(49) 80 671 220

122
PC370_orig/Diskette/full/DEMO/CLOCK.ALC Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,122 @@
TITLE 'CLOCK.ALC - TRANSPARENT PC/370 OS TO DISPLAY CLOCK'
*********
*
* PGMID. CLOCK.ALC (LINKED TO CLOCK.MOD FOR DYNMAIC LOAD AND EXEC)
* AUTHOR. DON HIGGINS
* DATE. 04/26/87
* REMARKS.
* THIS MODULE DEFINES TRANSPARENT SVC HANDLER AND EXTERNAL
* INTERRUPT HANDLER TO ALLOW DISPLAYING TIME AND DATE IN
* UPPER LEFT CORNER OF SCREEN. RETURN FROM THIS MODULE IS
* VIA LPSW WHICH PLACES CALLING PROGRAM IN PROBLEM STATE WITH
* EXTERNAL INTERRUPTS ENABLED.
* MAINTENANCE.
*
* 07/20/87 USE PSA DSECT WITH REGISTER 0 FOR LOW MEMORY ACCESS
*
*
*
*
*********
CLOCK CSECT
USING *,R15
USING PSA,R0
L R0,=V(DTIME)
S R0,=A(CLOCK)
AR R0,R15 CALC DTIME ENTRY FOR COM OR MOD
ST R0,ADTIME SAVE DTIME RTN ENTRY
LA R0,SVCRTN
ST R0,SVCPSW+4 INIT NEW SVC PSW ADDR
LA R0,EXTRTN
ST R0,EXTPSW+4 INIT NEW EXT PSW ADDR
MVC NEWSVC(8),SVCPSW SET NEW SVC PSW
MVC NEWEXT(8),EXTPSW SET NEW EXT PSW
ST R14,PRBPSW+4 INIT PROBLEM STATE EXIT PSW ADDR
LPSW PRBPSW EXIT WITH NEW PROBLEM PSW
SVCPSW DS 0D
DC X'070C0000',A(*-*) ENTER SVC HANDLER IN SUPR STATE
EXTPSW DS 0D
DC X'070C0000',A(*-*) ENTER EXT HANDLER IN SUPR STATE
PRBPSW DS 0D
DC X'070D0000',A(*-*) RETRUN TO CALLER IN PROB. STATE
*********
*
* TRANSPARENT SVC INTERRUPT HANDLER
*
*********
SVCRTN EQU *
DROP R15
ST R15,NEWSVC+4 USE NEW SVC PSW AS TEMP STORGE FOR BASE
BALR R15,0 INIT BASE
USING *,R15
ST R14,SVCSAV
L R14,NEWSVC+4
ST R14,SVCSAV+4 SAVE R14-R15 FOR RESTORE
LR R14,R15
BCTR R14,0
BCTR R14,0
ST R14,NEWSVC+4 RESET NEW SVC PSW
L R14,OLDSVC+4 R14 = ADDR SVC + 2
BCTR R14,0
ICM R14,8,0(R14) GET SVC #
STCM R14,8,SVCXX+1 SETUP SVC TO ISSUE IN SUPR STATE
LM R14,R15,SVCSAV RESTORE ALL REGS
SVCXX SVC *-* REISSUE SVC
LPSW OLDSVC EXIT TO INSTR AFTER ORIG SVC IN PROB STATE
SVCSAV DC 2F'0' SAVE R14-R15
********
*
* EXTERNAL INTERRUPT RTN TO DISPLAY CLOCK IN UPPER LEFT OF SCREEN
*
********
EXTRTN EQU *
DROP R15
ST R15,NEWEXT+4 USE NEW EXT PSW AS TEMP SAVE
BALR R15,0
USING *,R15
ST R14,EXTSAV SAVE ORIG R14,R15,R0,R1
L R14,NEWEXT+4
ST R14,EXTSAV+4
STM R0,R1,EXTSAV+8
LR R14,R15
BCTR R14,0
BCTR R14,0
ST R14,NEWEXT+4 RESET NEWEXT PSW
L R15,ADTIME
DROP R15
BALR R14,R15 DISPLAY TIME
USING *,R14
LM R14,R0,EXTSAV RESTORE ALL REGS
LPSW OLDEXT EXIT TO NEXT INSTR IN PROB STATE
DROP R14
EXTSAV DC 4F'0' SAVE R14-R1
ADTIME DC A(8-8) ADDRESS OF DISPLAY TIME ROUTINE
********
*
* COMMON DATA
*
********
R0 EQU 0
R1 EQU 1
R14 EQU 14
R15 EQU 15
*********
*
* PSA - PREFIX STORAGE AREA DSECT (SEE PSW.DOC FOR MORE INFO.)
*
*********
PSA DSECT
ORG PSA+X'18'
OLDEXT DS D X'18' OLD EXTERNAL PSW
OLDSVC DS D X'20'OLD SUPERVISOR CALL PSW
OLDPGM DS D X'28' OLD PROGRAM CHECK PSW
OLDMCK DS D X'30' OLD MACHINE CHECK PSW
OLDIOS DS D X'38' OLD I/O INTERRUPT PSW
ORG PSA+X'58'
NEWEXT DS D X'58' NEW EXTERNAL PSW
NEWSVC DS D X'60' NEW SUPERVISOR CALL PSW
NEWPGM DS D X'68' NEW PROGRAM CHECK PSW
NEWMCK DS D X'70' NEW MACHINE CHECK PSW
NEWIOS DS D X'78' NEW I/O INTERRUPT PSW
END CLOCK


117
PC370_orig/Diskette/full/DEMO/DEMO8Q.ALC Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
TITLE 'DEMO8Q.ALC - 8 DEMO8QS PROBLEM'
* CONVERTED TO 8086 BY DON HIGGINS 03/30/85
*
* COPYRIGHT 1983 MACRO MICRO SYSTEMS, INC.
* AUTHOR. DON HIGGINS.
* DATE. 10/23/82.
* REMARKS. SOLVE 8 DEMO8QS PROBLEM WITH RECURSIVE ROUTINE.
*
* PROGRAM RAN 85 SECONDS WITH JRT PASCAL ON 4MHZ Z80
* PROGRAM RAN 55 SECONDS WITH A370 ON SAME SYSTEM
*
DEMO8Q CSECT
LR BASE,ENTRY
USING DEMO8Q,BASE
L ENTRY,=V(PET)
BALR LINK,ENTRY
LA STKPTR,STACK-LSENTRY
USING DSTACK,STKPTR
LA N,1
BAL LINK,GENQ
L ENTRY,=V(PET)
BALR LINK,ENTRY
SVC EXIT
GENQ EQU *
LA STKPTR,LSENTRY(STKPTR)
ST H,STKH
ST LINK,STKLINK
LA H,1
LOOP EQU *
LA ACOL,COL-1(H)
CLI 0(ACOL),TRUE
BNE NEXT
LA R1,8(N)
SR R1,H
LA AUP,UP-1(R1)
CLI 0(AUP),TRUE
BNE NEXT
LA R1,0(N,H)
BCTR R1,0
LA ADOWN,DOWN-1(R1)
CLI 0(ADOWN),TRUE
BNE NEXT
STC H,X-1(N)
MVI 0(ACOL),FALSE
MVI 0(AUP),FALSE
MVI 0(ADOWN),FALSE
LA N,1(N)
CH N,=H'8'
BH PRINT
BAL LINK,GENQ
B CONT
PRINT EQU *
LA K,8
LA ALINE,LINE+1
PLOOP EQU *
SR R0,R0
IC R0,X-1(K)
CVD R0,PWORK
MVC 0(4,ALINE),=X'40202020'
ED 0(4,ALINE),PWORK+6
LA ALINE,5(ALINE)
BCT K,PLOOP
LA R2,LINE
SVC WTO
CONT EQU *
BCTR N,0
LA R1,0(H,N)
BCTR R1,0
LA ADOWN,DOWN-1(R1)
MVI 0(ADOWN),TRUE
LA R1,8(N)
SR R1,H
LA AUP,UP-1(R1)
MVI 0(AUP),TRUE
LA ACOL,COL-1(H)
MVI 0(ACOL),TRUE
NEXT EQU *
LA H,1(H)
CH H,=H'8'
BNH LOOP
L H,STKH
L LINK,STKLINK
SH STKPTR,=AL2(LSENTRY)
BR LINK
LTORG
EXIT EQU 0
WTO EQU 209
R0 EQU 0
R1 EQU 1
R2 EQU 2
N EQU 3
ACOL EQU 4
AUP EQU 5
ADOWN EQU 6
AX EQU 7
H EQU 8
ALINE EQU 9
K EQU 10
BASE EQU 12
STKPTR EQU 13
LINK EQU 14
ENTRY EQU 15
COL DC 8AL1(TRUE)
UP DC 15AL1(TRUE)
DOWN DC 15AL1(TRUE)
X DC 8AL1(0)
STACK DC 8F'0,0'
LINE DC CL50' ',C'$'
PWORK DC D'0'
TRUE EQU 0
FALSE EQU 1
DSTACK DSECT
STKH DS F
STKLINK DS F
LSENTRY EQU *-DSTACK
END DEMO8Q


33
PC370_orig/Diskette/full/DEMO/DEMOAST1.ALC Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
TITLE 'DEMOAST1 - READ AND PRINT'
*
* AUTHOR. DON HIGGINS.
* DATE. 12/30/82.
* REMARKS. PC/370 DEMO TO ILLUSTRATE ASSIST DUMP AND LOG OUTPUT.
*
* THIS PROGRAM READS CARDS FROM DEMOAST1.DAT AND LISTS THEM ALONG
* WITH SELECTED DUMPS OF REGISTERS AND STORAGE ON DEMOAST1.LOG.
*
* MAINTENANCE
*
* 05/18/87 CONVERTED TO R2.0 XFILI/XFILO PATH/FILENAME FORMAT
*
*
DEMOAST1 CSECT
USING *,R15
XFILI =C'DEMOAST1.DAT'
XFILO =C'DEMOAST1.LOG'
XDUMP
LOOP EQU *
XREAD CARD
BNZ EOF
XPRNT CARD,80
B LOOP
EOF EQU *
XDUMP CARD,80
XDUMP CARD
SVC EXIT
R15 EQU 15
EXIT EQU 0
CARD DC CL80' '
END DEMOAST1


4
PC370_orig/Diskette/full/DEMO/DEMOAST1.DAT Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
DON HIGGINS
6365 - 32 AVENUE, NORTH
ST. PETERSBURG, FL 33710


50
PC370_orig/Diskette/full/DEMO/DEMOAST2.ALC Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
TITLE 'DEMOAST2 - READ SET OF NUMBERS AND PRINT MIN/MAX'
*
* AUTHOR. DON HIGGINS.
* DATE 03/30/85.
* REMARKS. PC/370 ASSIST FILE INPUT/OUTPUT DEMO.
*
* THIS PROGRAM READS A SET OF FREE FORM INPUT NUMBERS FROM DEMOAST2.DAT
* AND CREATES REPORT WITH LARGEST AND SMALLEST ON FILE DEMOAST2.LOG.
*
* MAINTENANCE.
*
* 05/18/87 CONVERTED TO R2.0 XFILEI/XFILO PATH/FILENAME FORMAT
*
START
USING *,15
XFILI =C'DEMOAST2.DAT'
XFILO =C'DEMOAST2.LOG'
READ XREAD CARD
BNZ RESULT
XPRNT CARD
XDECI 4,CARD
C 4,BIG
BH HIGH
C 4,SMALL
BL LOW
B READ
HIGH ST 4,BIG
B READ
LOW ST 4,SMALL
B READ
RESULT L 2,BIG
XDECO 2,DNUM1
XPRNT BIGOUT
L 2,SMALL
XDECO 2,DNUM2
XPRNT SMLOUT
SR 15,15
BR 14
CARD DC CL80' '
DC CL53' '
BIG DC F'0'
SMALL DC F'999'
BIGOUT DC CL12'0BIGGEST='
DNUM1 DC CL12' '
DC CL109' '
SMLOUT DC CL12'0SMALLEST='
DNUM2 DC CL12' '
DC CL109' '
END


8
PC370_orig/Diskette/full/DEMO/DEMOAST2.DAT Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
10
4
-13
1
23
-15
15


6
PC370_orig/Diskette/full/DEMO/DEMOAST3.ALC Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
DEMOAST3 START
USING *,15
XPRNT =CL133' TEST PRINTING ASSIST.PRN FILE IN RUN.BAT'
BR 14
END


35
PC370_orig/Diskette/full/DEMO/DEMOAST4.ALC Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
DEMOAST4 CSECT
USING *,R15
XFILO =C'CON:'
XPRNT =CL50' DEMOAST4 STARTED',50
XPRNT =CL50' TEST PC/370 ASSIST FILE REDIRECTION',50
XPRNT =CL50' COPY TEXT TO DEMOAST4.LOG AND LIST',50
XPRNT =CL50' ENTER TEXT (USE ESC KEY TO END)',50
XFILO =C'DEMOAST4.LOG'
XFILI =C'CON:'
LOOP1 EQU *
XREAD CMD,50
BNZ EOF1
XPRNT CMD-1,51
B LOOP1
EOF1 EQU *
XFILO =C'CON:'
XPRNT =C' ',2
XPRNT =CL50' LISTING OF DEMOAST4.LOG',50
XPRNT =C' ',2
XFILI =C'DEMOAST4.LOG'
LOOP2 EQU *
XREAD CMD,50
BNZ EOF2
XPRNT CMD-1,51
B LOOP2
EOF2 EQU *
XPRNT =C' ',2
XPRNT =CL50' DEMOAST4 ENDED',50
BR R14
DC C' ' SPACE FOR CC
CMD DC CL50' '
R14 EQU 14 RETURN
R15 EQU 15 BASE
END


197
PC370_orig/Diskette/full/DEMO/DEMOHATS.ALC Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,197 @@
TITLE 'HATGIRL2.ALC - CALCULATE VALUE OF E FOR N HATS'
* PGMID. HATGIRL2.ALC
* AUTHOR. DON HIGGINS.
* 6365 - 32 AVENUE NORTH
* ST. PETERSBURG, FL 33710
*
* DATE. 09/07/85.
* REMARKS. THIS PROGRAM CALCULATES VALUE OF E (BASE OF NATUARAL
* LOGRITHMS) USING THE CARELESS HAT CHECK GIRL ALGORITHM
* DESCRIBED BY ROBERT T. KUROSAKA IN 9/85 BYTE. HE
* SHOWS THAT E IS EQUAL TO N! DIVIDED BY THE NUMBER OF
* WAYS THAT N HATS CAN BE DISTRIBUTED SUCH THAT NO ONE
* GETS THE CORRECT HAT.
*
* THIS ALGORITHM IS WRITTEN IN IBM 370 ASSEMBLER TO BE
* RUN ON AN IBM PC USING THE PC/370 ASSEMBLER AND
* EMULATOR. THIS PROGRAM DIFFERS FROM THE BASIC PROGRAM
* SHOWN IN BYTE, IN THAT IT IS DETERMINISTIC RATHER THAN
* USING A RANDOM SAMPLE OF DISTRIBUTIONS TO APPROXIMATE
* THE ANSWER FOR A GIVEN N. THIS PROGRAM CALCULATES THE
* EXACT ANSWER FOR A GIVEN N. THE LARGER THE VALUE OF N,
* THE MORE ACCURATE THE ANSWER IS.
*
HATGIRL2 CSECT
LR BASE,ENTRY
USING HATGIRL2,BASE
LA N,2
LA ONE,1
LA BADCOMB,0
L ENTRY,=V(TIMER)
BALR LINK,ENTRY SAVE STARTING TIME IN 100TH SECONDS
ST R0,TIME
MAINLOOP EQU *
BAL LINK,CALCBAD COUNT BAD COMBINATIONS FOR CURRENT N
BAL LINK,CALCE CALCULATE N! AND E FOR CURRENT N
L ENTRY,=V(TIMER)
BALR LINK,ENTRY
L R1,TIME
ST R0,TIME SAVE NEW TIME
SR R0,R1
CVD R0,PWORK
MVC DS,DSMASK
ED DS,PWORK+4 EDIT SECONDS
LA R2,MSGLINE
SVC WTO DISPLAY RESULTS FOR CURRENT N
AR N,ONE
CH N,=AL2(MAXN)
BNH MAINLOOP
SVC EXIT
TITLE 'CALCBAD - CALCULATE NUMBER OF BAD COMBINATIONS FOR N'
CALCBAD EQU * CALCULATE BADCOMB = TOTAL BAD COMBINATIONS
*
* INCREMENT COMBINATION COUNTER D(N) TO NEXT BAD COMBINATION
* INCREMENT BADCOMB
* EXIT WHEN COUNTER OVERFLOWS
*
XR BADCOMB,BADCOMB
MVC D,DINIT
MVC DP,DPINIT
LA I,1
XR R1,R1
XR R2,R2
LR NM1,N
BCTR NM1,0 SET NM1 = N - 1
INCDI EQU * INCREMENT D(I) TO NEXT BAD DIGIT
IC J,D-1(I)
FINDD EQU * SEARCH DP(J) TO DP(N) FOR NEXT DIGIT
AR J,ONE
CLR J,N
BH NOTFOUND NO BAD DIGITS FOUND, GO INCR PREV DIGIT
IC R1,DP-1(J)
CLR I,R1 IS NEXT HIGHEST DIGIT AVAILABLE
BNL FINDD NO, GO TO NEXT LARGER DIGIT
CLR J,I IS NEXT DIGIT BAD
BE FINDD NO, GO TO NEXT LARGER DIGIT
FOUND EQU * SWAP LARGER DIGIT WITH D(I)
IC R1,D-1(I) SAVE OLD DIGIT
IC R2,DP-1(J) SAVE OLD POSITION OF NEW DIGIT
STC J,D-1(I) STORE NEW DIGIT
STC I,DP-1(J) SET POSITION OF NEW DIGIT
STC R1,D-1(R2) STORE OLD DIGIT
STC R2,DP-1(R1) SET POSITION OF OLD DIGIT
SORT EQU *
*
* SORT D(I+1) TO D(N) IN ASCENDING ORDER
*
XR J,J
LR K,I
NEXTDK EQU * SEARCH DP(J) FOR NEXT DIGIT FOR D(K)
AR K,ONE
CLR K,N
BNL CHKLAST GO CHECK IF LAST SORTED DIGIT D(N) IS BAD
NEXTDPJ EQU * FIND NEXT HIGHEST DIGIT FOR D(K)
AR J,ONE
IC R1,DP-1(J)
CLR K,R1 IS THIS DIGIT AVAILABLE
BH NEXTDPJ
BE CHKDIGIT IF ALREADY AT K, SKIP SWAP
IC R1,D-1(K) SAVE OLD DIGIT
IC R2,DP-1(J) SAVE OLD POSITION OF NEW DIGIT
STC J,D-1(K) STORE NEW DIGIT
STC K,DP-1(J) SET POSITION OF NEW DIGIT
STC R1,D-1(R2) STORE OLD DIGIT
STC R2,DP-1(R1) SET POSITION OF OLD DIGIT
CHKDIGIT EQU *
CLR J,K IS SORT DIGIT BAD
BNE NEXTDK YES, CONTINUE SORT
LR I,K NO, GO INCR GOOD DIGIT
B INCDI
CHKLAST EQU *
IC R1,D-1(K)
CLR K,R1 IS LAST DIGIT BAD
BNE SORTOK YES, SORT DONE
LR I,NM1 NO, GO INCR D(N-1)
B INCDI
SORTOK EQU *
AR BADCOMB,ONE COUNT BAD COMBINATION
LR I,NM1 GO INCR D(N-1)
B INCDI
NOTFOUND EQU *
BCTR I,0 DECREMENT I
IC R1,D-1(I)
LTR R1,R1 IF NOT OVERFLOW
BNE INCDI THEN GO INCREMENT NEW D(I)
BR LINK ELSE EXIT WITH BAD COMBINATION COUNT
TITLE 'CALCE - CALCULATE N! AND E FOR GIVEN N'
CALCE EQU * CALCULATE AND FORMAT RESULTS
CVD N,PWORK
MVC DNN,DNMASK
ED DNN,PWORK+6 N
LR R1,N
LR R2,N
BCTR R2,0
NFAC EQU *
MR R0,R2 GENERATE N!
BCT R2,NFAC
CVD R1,PWORK
MVC DT,DTMASK
ED DT,PWORK+4 N!
ZAP PT,PWORK
CVD BADCOMB,PWORK
MVC DB,DBMASK
ED DB,PWORK+4 BAD COMBINATIONS
MP PT,=P'100000000'
DP PT,PWORK+4(4)
MVC DE,DEMASK
ED DE,PT+7 E
BR LINK
*
* REGISTER ASSIGNMENTS
*
R0 EQU 0 WORK
R1 EQU 1 WORK
R2 EQU 2 WORK
N EQU 3 NUMBER OF HATS
BADCOMB EQU 4 BAD COMBINATION COUNTER
I EQU 5 INDEX FOR DIGITS D(I) AND DP(I)
J EQU 6 INDEX FOR DIGITS D(J) AND DP(J)
K EQU 7 INDEX FOR DIGITS D(K) AND DP(K)
ONE EQU 10 FREQUENTLY USED CONSTANT
NM1 EQU 11 FREQUENTLY USED CONSTANT N-1
BASE EQU 12 BASE
LINK EQU 14 LINK
ENTRY EQU 15 ENTRY
*
* PC/370 SYSTEM SVC'S
*
WTO EQU 209 WRITE TO OPERATOR (R2 = ADDRESS OF TEXT FOLLOWED BY $)
EXIT EQU 0 RETURN TO MSDOS
*
* DATA AREAS
*
MAXN EQU 7 MAX NUMBER OF COMBINATIONS (7 TAKES 40 SECONDS ON PC)
DINIT DC (MAXN)AL1(*-DINIT+1) COMBINATION REGISTER WITH DIGITS
DPINIT DC (MAXN)AL1(*-DPINIT+1) POSITION OF VALUE IN D(I)
DC C'*** D REG ***'
DC X'00' FORCE OVERFLOW ON CARRY OUT
D DC XL(MAXN)'00' BAD COMBINATION REGISTER
DC C'*** DP REG ***'
DP DC XL(MAXN)'00' DIGIT POSITION INDEX REGISER
PWORK DC D'0' WORK AREA FOR CVD
PT DC PL16'0' WORK AREA TO CALC TOTCOMB/BADCOMP
TIME DC F'0'
MSGLINE EQU *
DC C' N='
DNN DC C' ZZZ',C' N!='
DT DC C' Z,ZZZ,ZZZ',C' BAD='
DB DC C' Z,ZZZ,ZZZ',C' E='
DE DC C' 9.99999999',C' SEC='
DS DC C' ZZ,ZZZ',C'$'
DNMASK DC X'40202020'
DTMASK DC X'4020',C',',X'202020',C',',X'202020'
DBMASK DC X'4020',C',',X'202020',C',',X'202020'
DEMASK DC X'4021',C'.',8X'21'
DSMASK DC X'402020',C',',X'202121'
END HATGIRL2


53
PC370_orig/Diskette/full/DEMO/DEMOINT.ALC Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
TESTINT CSECT
LR 12,15
USING TESTINT,12
LA 2,=C'HELLO IN EBCDIC$'
SVC 209
SVC 29 DROP EBCDIC TRANS.
LA 2,=C"HELLO IN ASCII$"
SVC 209
SVC 31 DROP CR
LA 2,=C"HELLO IN ASCII WITHOUT CR $"
SVC 209
SVC 30 TURN CR BACK ON
LA 2,=C"HELLO IN ASCII WITH CR$"
SVC 209
SVC 28 TURN EBCDIC BACK ON
LA 2,=C'HELLO IN EBCDIC AGAIN$'
SVC 209
LA 4,PCWTO
USING PCVT,4
LA 1,WTOMSG
SVC 32 CVT VA TO SEG:OFF
STCM 0,X'C',PCDS
STCM 0,X'3',PCDX SET DS:DX TO WTO MESSAGE AREA
SR 1,1
SVC 33 CVT BACK AND VERIFY JUST TO TEST SVC 33
CL 1,=A(WTOMSG)
BNE *+1 ABORT IF NOT EQUAL
LA 1,PCWTO
SVC 34 INTERRUPT
SVC 34 INTERRUPT AGAIN
SVC 0 EXIT
WTOMSG DC C"HELLO VIA SVC 34",X'0D0A',C"$"
PCWTO DS 0F PC REGISTER AREA FOR MS-DOS FUNCTION CALL 9 VIA SVC 34
DC C'PCVT' IDENTIFIER REQUIRED BY SVC 34
DC H'33' INTERRUPT #33 DECIMAL OR 21H
DC H'0' FLAG STATUS AFTER INTERRUPT
DC X'0900' AX MS-DOS WTO FUNCTION CALL 9 IN AH
DC 3H'0' BX-DX
DC 4H'0' DS,SI,ES,DI
PCVT DSECT
DS CL4 C'PCVT IDENTIFIER REQUIRED
PCIN DS H INTERRUPT NUMBER (STD. MS-DOS FUNCTIONS USE 33)
PCPF DS H FLAGS REGISTER
PCAX DS H AX
PCBX DS H BX
PCCX DS H CX
PCDX DS H DX
PCDS DS H DS
PCSI DS H SI
PCES DS H ES
PCDI DS H DI
END TESTINT


229
PC370_orig/Diskette/full/DEMO/DEMOMVS.ALC Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,229 @@
TITLE 'DEMOMVS - DEMO USE OF MVS SHELL TO SUPPORT MVS WTO'
*
* PGM-ID. DEMOMVS.ALC
* AUTHOR. DON HIGGINS
* DATE. 05/29/87
* REMARKS. THIS PROGRAM INVOKES MVS.MOD DYNAMICALLY LOADED SUBROUTINE
* TO ESTABLISH MVS SHELL AND THEN USES STANDARD MVS WTO AND
* WTOR SVC'S.
* MAINTENANCE.
*
* 05/30/87 CHANGE LOGIC FOR RETURN TO PC/370 SUPERVISOR STATE AT SVC 3
* 06/01/87 REMOVE PATH FOR MVS.MOD
* 06/02/87 ADD CHAINED CCW'S AND POINT ASSIST CHANNEL I/O TO CONSOLE
* 06/06/87 ADD DISPLAY OF TIMER RESULTS IN R1 VIA ABEND, ADD WTOR TEST
*
DEMOMVS CSECT
STM R14,R12,12(R13)
LR R12,R15
USING DEMOMVS,R12
LA R15,DEMOSAVE
ST R15,8(R13)
ST R13,4(R15)
LR R13,R15
LA R2,=C'DEMOMVS STARTED$'
SVC PCWTO
L R15,=V(PET)
BALR R14,R15 PRINT TIME AND DATE
LA R1,=C'MVS.MOD'
SVC PCLOAD
LTR R15,R15
BNZ ABEND
LR R15,R0
BALR R14,R15 IPL MVS AND RETRUN IN PROBLEM STATE
*
* TEST MVS WTO/WTOR SVC 35
*
BAL R1,WTO1
DC AL2(WTO1M-*,0),C'HELLO FROM MVS DEMO VIA WTO'
WTO1M EQU *
WTO1 DS 0H
SVC MVSWTO MVS WTO SVC 35
BAL R1,WTO2
DC AL2(WTO2M-*,0),C'HELLO AGAIN TO TEST SERIAL REUSE'
WTO2M EQU *
WTO2 DS 0H
SVC MVSWTO MVS WTO SVC 35
CNOP 0,4
WTORLOOP BAL R1,WTOR1
DC AL1(L'WTOR1RPY),AL3(WTOR1RPY),A(WTORECB)
DC AL2(WTOR1M-*,0),C'ENTER WTOR REPLY TO ECHO, END TO STOP'
WTOR1M EQU *
WTOR1 DS 0H
SVC MVSWTOR MVS WTOR SVC 35
LA R3,20
WTOLOOP EQU * WTO SCREEN OF MSGS WHILE WAITING
BAL R1,WTO2A
DC AL2(WTO2AM-*,0),C'FILL SCREEN WHILE WTOR OUTSTANDING'
WTO2AM EQU *
WTO2A DS 0H
SVC MVSWTO MVS WTO SVC 35
BCT R3,WTOLOOP
LA R1,WTORECB
SVC MVSWAIT
CLC WTOR1RPY,=C'END'
BE WTOREND
BAL R1,WTO3
DC AL2(WTO3M-*,0),C'REPLY WAS '
WTOR1RPY DC C'XXX'
WTO3M EQU *
WTO3 DS 0H
SVC MVSWTO MVS WTO SVC 35
B WTORLOOP
WTORECB DC F'0'
WTOREND EQU *
*
* TEST MVS GMAINR/FMAINR SVC 10
*
BAL R1,WTO4
DC AL2(WTO4M-*,0),C'TEST MVS GETMAIN/FREEMAIN STARTING'
WTO4M EQU *
WTO4 DS 0H
SVC MVSWTO MVS WTO SVC 35
LA R4,X'104'
USING ASCB,R4
L R2,ASCASF SAVE FQE PTR FOR CHECK
LA R0,16
LCR R1,R0 R1 = NEG. FOR GMAIN
SVC MVSGMAIN MVS GETMAIN SVC 10
CLR R1,R2
BNE ERR DID WE GET FIRST 16
LA R3,16(R2)
CL R3,ASCASF DOES FQE NOT POINT TO REMAINING
BNE ERR
SVC MVSFMAIN MVS FREEMAIN SVC 10
CL R2,ASCASF IS FQE BACK TO ORIG.
BNE ERR
*
* TEST MVS ABEND SVC 13 WITH/WITHOUT FORMATTTED DUMP OPTION
*
BAL R1,WTO5
DC AL2(WTO5M-*,0),C'TEST MVS ABEND WITHOUT/WITH DUMP'
WTO5M EQU *
WTO5 DS 0H
SVC MVSWTO MVS WTO SVC 35
L R1,=X'00122000' SYSTEM ABEND 122
SVC MVSABEND
L R1,=X'80000333' USER ABEND 333 WITH DUMP
SVC MVSABEND
*
* TEST MVS TIMER SVC 11
*
BAL R1,WTO6
DC AL2(WTO6M-*,0),C'TEST TIMER R1=0.01 SEC/HHMMSSTH'
WTO6M EQU *
WTO6 DS 0H
SVC MVSWTO MVS WTO SVC 35
LA R1,X'01' REQ. TOD IN 0.01 SEC
SVC MVSTIME MVS TIME SVC 11
LR R1,R0
SVC MVSABEND USE ABEND TO DISPLAY R1 0.01 SEC TIME
LA R1,X'02'
SVC MVSTIME
LR R1,R0
SVC MVSABEND USE ABEND TO DISPLAY R1 PACKED HHMMSSTH
*
* TEST MACRO CODE FOR SIO (INS0156.MOD) TO SIMULATE CHANNEL TO X'01F' CONSOLE
*
BAL R1,WTO7
DC AL2(WTO7M-*,0),C'TEST MVS SIO SIMULATOR STARTING'
WTO7M EQU *
WTO7 DS 0H
SVC MVSWTO MVS WTO SVC 35
XFILI =C'CON:' REDIRECT ASSIST (SIMULATED CHANNEL I/O) TO CON:
XFILO =C'CON:'
LA R0,SIOCCW1
ST R0,CAW
SIO X'01F'
CLC CSW+4(4),=X'0D000050' CE,DE,UE, NO DATA READ AT EOF
BNE ERR
LA R0,SIOCCW2
ST R0,CAW
SIO X'01F'
CLC CSW+4(4),=X'0C000000' CE,DE, 0 RESID.
BNE ERR
*
* EXIT MVS MODE TO SUPR. STATE AND EXIT PC/370 TO MS-DOS
*
SVC MVSEXIT RETRUN TO SUPR. STATE
LA R2,=C'END OF DEMOMVS$'
SVC PCWTO
L R13,4(R13) RESTORE SAVE
LM R14,R12,12(R13) RESTORE REGS
BR R14 EXIT TO PC/370 DETACH SVC
ABEND EQU * MVS EXIT SVC
SVC MVSEXIT RETURN TO SUPR. STATE
SVC PCTRACE
DC C'106'
SVC PCTRACE
DC C'BUG'
B ABEND
ERR EQU *
SVC MVSEXIT RETURN TO SUPR. STATE
SVC PCTRACE
DC C'800'
SVC PCTRACE
DC C'BUG'
B ERR
SIOCCW1 CCW CCWRITE,SIOMSG1,X'40',L'SIOMSG1 HELLO
SIOCCW1L CCW CCWRITE,SIOMSG2,X'40',L'SIOMSG2 ENTER TEXT TO ECHO
CCW CCREAD,SIOREAD,X'40',L'SIOREAD READ TEXT
CCW CCWRITE,SIOREAD-1,X'40',L'SIOREAD+1 ECHO TEXT
CCW CCTIC,SIOCCW1L,X'00',0
SIOCCW2 CCW CCWRITE,SIOMSG3,X'00',L'SIOMSG3 THATS ALL
SIOMSG1 DC C' HELLO FROM SIO CCW READ/WRITE LOOP'
SIOMSG2 DC C' ENTER TEXT TO ECHO OR ESC TO END'
SIOMSG3 DC C' DEVICE END DETECTED'
DC C' ' CARRIAGE CONTROL FOR WRITE CCW
SIOREAD DC CL80' '
DEMOSAVE DC 18F'0'
R0 EQU 0
R1 EQU 1
R2 EQU 2
R3 EQU 3
R4 EQU 4
R12 EQU 12
R13 EQU 13
R14 EQU 14
R15 EQU 15
PCTRACE EQU 9 PC/370 TRACE
PCLOAD EQU 25 PC/370 LOAD MODULE
PCWTO EQU 200+9 PC/370 WTO VIA MS-DOS SVC 9
MVSWAIT EQU 1 MVS WAIT FOR ECB POST VIA EXT. INT.
MVSPOST EQU 2 MVS POST ECB
MVSEXIT EQU 3 MVS EXIT TO PC/370 SUPERVISOR STATE
MVSGMAIN EQU 10 MVS GETMAIN
MVSFMAIN EQU 10 MVS FREEMAIN
MVSTIME EQU 11 MVS TIME OF DAY IN R0
MVSABEND EQU 13 MVS ABEND WITH CMP CODE IN R1
MVSWTO EQU 35 MVS WTO
MVSWTOR EQU 35 MVS WTOR
CSW EQU X'40' CHANNEL STATUS WORD
CAW EQU X'48' CHANNEL ADDRESS WORD
CCWRITE EQU X'01' WRITE DATA FROM MEMORY TO CHANNEL
CCREAD EQU X'02' READ DATA FROM CHANNEL TO MEMORY
CCTIC EQU X'08' TRANSFER IN CHANNEL TO NEW CCW
*********************************************************************
*
* ASCB - ADDRESS SPACE CONTROL BLOCK FOR PC/370 RELEASE 2.0+
*
*********************************************************************
*
* THIS CONTROL BLOCK IS INITIALIZED BY THE PC/370 EMULATOR AT EXECUTION
* TIME FOR THE MAIN PROGRAM COM FILE AND IS LOCATED AT VIRTUAL MEMORY
* ADDRESS X'104'. THIS CONTROL BLOCK IS ALSO CREATED FOR EACH ATTACHED
* COM PROGRAM ADDRESS SPACE DURING ATTACH SVC 26 EXECUTION (SEE SVC.DOC).
*
*********************************************************************
ASCB DSECT
ASCIDR DS CL4 ASCB IDENTIFIER C'ASCB'
ASCNXT DS A ABSOLUTE ADDRESS OF NEXT DAUGHTER TASK ASCB
ASCPRV DS A ABSOLUTE ADDRESS OF PREVIOUS MOTHER TASK ASCB
ASCASO DS A ABSOLUTE ADDRESS OF ADDRESS SPACE ORIGIN
ASCASL DS F LENGTH OF ADDRESS SPACE (USED FOR ADDRESS PROTECTION)
ASCASF DS A RELATIVE ADDRESS OF FIRST FREE QUEUE ELEMENT (FQE)
ASCENT DS A RELATIVE ADDRESS OF ENTRY POINT (FROM COM PREFIX)
ASCEXT DS A RELATIVE ADDRESS OF RETURN IN MOTHER TASK ASCB
LASCB EQU *-ASCB
END DEMOMVS


21
PC370_orig/Diskette/full/DEMO/DEMOPD2.ALC Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
TITLE 'DEMOPD2 - PRINT POWERS OF 2 USING PACKED DECIMAL'
DEMOPD2 CSECT
USING *,BASE USE ENTRY POINT REG AS BASE
SPM 0 SET PROGRAM MASK TO SURPRESS DECIMAL OVF
LOOP MVC DNUM,MASK
ED DNUM,PWORK
LA R2,DMSG
SVC WTO PRINT LINE VIA WRITE TO OPERATOR SVC
AP PWORK,PWORK DOUBLE PACKED DECIMAL NUMBER
BNO LOOP LOOP UNTIL OVERFLOW CONDITION CODE SET
SVC EXIT
EXIT EQU 0 PC/370 SVC 0 EXIT TO MS-DOS
WTO EQU 209 PC/370 SVC 200+9 WRITE TO OPERATOR
R2 EQU 2
BASE EQU 15
PWORK DC PL16'1' INITIAL PACKED NUMBER
MASK DC C' ',X'20',10X'6B202020' EDIT MASK BLANK AND COMMAS
DMSG DC C' '
DNUM DC CL(DMSG-MASK)' ',C'$'
END DEMOPD2


119
PC370_orig/Diskette/full/DEMO/DEMOPNUM.ALC Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
TITLE 'DEMOPNUM - FIXED POINT PRIME NUMBER BENCHMARK'
DEMOPNUM CSECT
*
* AUTHOR. DON HIGGINS.
* DATE. 04/27/85.
* REMAKRS.
*
* THIS PROGRAM USES PREVIOUSLY FOUND PRIMES AS TRIAL DIVISORS
* TO FIND THE FIRST 100 PRIME NUMBERS AND PRINT THEM.
*
* THE FOLLOWING BASIC PROGRAM WAS RUN USING INTERPRETATIVE
* BASIC AND IT TOOK 60 SECONDS ON 4MHZ Z80 SYSTEM:
*
* DEFINT A-Z
* MT=100
* DIM T(MT)
* NT=1
* T(NT)=1
* PRINT NT,T(NT)
* NT=2
* T(NT)=2
* PRINT NT,T(NT)
* NT=3
* T(NT)=3
* PRINT NT,T(NT)
* N=3
* 150 N=N+2
* FOR I=3 TO NT
* J=N/T(I)
* IF J*T(I)=N GOTO 150
* NEXT I
* NT=NT+1
* T(NT)=N
* PRINT NT,N
* IF NT<MT GOTO 150
* STOP
* END
*
*
* THE 370 ASSEMBLER BENCHMARK RESULTS ARE AS FOLLOWS:
*
* 1. ON A 4 MHZ Z80 CP/M VERSION OF PC/370, THIS PROGRAM RAN
* IN 25 SECONDS.
*
* 2. ON A 4.77 MHZ 8086 MSDOS VERSION OF PC/370, THIS PROGRAM
* RNA IN 35 SECONDS.
*
*
*
LR R12,R15
USING DEMOPNUM,R12
L R15,=V(PET)
BALR R14,R15
LA R2,=C' 1 1$'
SVC 209
LA R2,=C' 2 2$'
SVC 209
LA R2,=C' 3 3$'
SVC 209
LA MT,100
LA NT,3
LA N,3
L150 EQU *
LA N,2(N)
LA I,3
L160 EQU *
LA I4,0(I,I)
LA I4,0(I4,I4)
L TI,T-4(I4) TI=T(I)
LR J,N
SR J-1,J-1
DR J-1,TI
MR J-1,TI
CLR J,N
BE L150
LA I,1(I)
CLR I,NT
BNH L160
LA NT,1(NT)
LA I4,0(NT,NT)
LA I4,0(I4,I4)
ST N,T-4(I4) T(NT)=N
CVD N,PN
CVD NT,PNT
MVC DNT,=X'40202020'
ED DNT,PNT+6
MVC DN,=X'40202020'
ED DN,PN+6
LA R2,PLINE
SVC 209
CLR NT,MT
BL L150
L R15,=V(PET)
BALR R14,R15
SVC 0
R0 EQU 0
R1 EQU 1
J EQU 1 0-1 USED FOR D AND M WORK
R2 EQU 2 CP/M ARG. REG.
N EQU 3 CURRENT TRIAL PRIME
NT EQU 4 SEQ. NUMBER OF PRIMES
MT EQU 5 MAX PRIMES IN TABLE
I EQU 6 TABLE SUBSCRIPT
I4 EQU 7 I * 4 TO INDEX FULL WORD ENTRIES
TI EQU 8 DIVISOR HOLD
R12 EQU 12 BASE
R14 EQU 14 LINK
R15 EQU 15 ENTRY
PWORK DC D'0'
PLINE EQU *
DNT DC CL4' '
DN DC CL4' '
DC C'$'
PNT DC PL8'0'
PN DC PL8'0'
T DC F'1,2,3'
DS 97F
END DEMOPNUM


60
PC370_orig/Diskette/full/DEMO/DEMOPSW.ALC Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
TITLE 'TESTPSW - TEST LPSW AND SVC, PCK, AND EXT INTERRUPTS'
*********
*
* PGM-ID. TESTPSW.ALC
* AUTHOR. DON HIGGINS
* DATE. 04/26/87
* REMARKS.
*
* THIS PROGRAM TESTS PC/370 RELEASE 2 PSW SUPPORT:
*
* 1. LOAD CLOCK.MOD WHICH USES TRANSPARENT SVC HANDLER AND AN
* EXTERNAL INTERRUPT HANDLER TO DISPLAY TIME OF DAY IN UPPER
* LEFT CORNER OF SCREEN. EXTERNAL INTERRUPT OCCURS EVERY
* 256 INSTRUCTIONS.
*
*
*
*********
TESTPSW CSECT
LR R12,R15
USING TESTPSW,R12
LA R2,=C'TESTPSW STARTED$'
SVC WTO
L R15,=V(DTIME)
BALR R14,R15
LA R1,=C'CLOCK.MOD'
SVC LOAD
LTR R15,R15
BNZ ERR
LR R15,R0
BALR R14,R15 START UP CLOCK PROBLEM STATE MODE
LA R3,50
LOOP EQU *
LA R2,=C'CLOCK RUNNING NOW$'
SVC WTO
LA R4,500
BCT R4,*
BCT R3,LOOP
LA R2,=C'TESTPSW ENDED$'
SVC WTO
SVC EXIT
ERR EQU *
SVC TRACE
DC C'BUG'
SVC EXIT
LTORG
EXIT EQU 0
TRACE EQU 9
LOAD EQU 25
WTO EQU 209
R0 EQU 0
R1 EQU 1
R2 EQU 2
R3 EQU 3
R4 EQU 4
R12 EQU 12
R14 EQU 14
R15 EQU 15
END


328
PC370_orig/Diskette/full/DEMO/DEMOSRC.ALC Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,328 @@
TITLE 'DEMOSRC - DEMOSRC PROGRAM ANALYSIS'
*
* AUTHOR. DON HIGGINS.
* DATE. 03/30/85.
* REMARKS. PC/370 DEMO PROGRAM TO READ SELECTED SOURCE TEXT FILES
* AND PRINT REPORT WITH COUNT OF RECORDS AND COMMENTS.
* MAINTENANCE.
*
* 05/24/87 CONVERT TO R2.0 USING NEW DCB, AND GET TFCB FROM COM PREFIX
*
*
*
* INPUT
*
* 1. DEMOSRC DRIVE:PREFIX.SUFFIX
*
* OUTPUT
*
* 1. CONSOLE LISTING OF DEMOSRC FILE NAMES AND
* COUNT OF LINES OF CODE IN EACH ONE.
*
*
DEMOSRC CSECT
LR R13,R15
USING DEMOSRC,R13
LA R2,=C'DEMOSRC PROGRAM ANALYSIS$'
SVC WTO
LA R2,=C' $'
SVC WTO
BAL R14,GETPARM
LTR R15,R15
BNZ EOJ
BAL R14,GETLIST
LTR R15,R15
BNZ EOJ
BAL R14,PROCLIST
EOJ EQU *
SVC EXIT
TITLE 'GETPARM - MOVE PARM TO DCB'
GETPARM EQU *
LA R2,SYSUT1
USING IHAFCB,R2
LRA R3,0 R1=A(ABSOLUTE ADDRESS OF ADDR. SPACE)
S R3,=A(X'110') R1=A(ABSOLUTE ADDRESS OF MS-DOS COM PREFIX
LA R4,1
MVCP FCUNIT(R4),TFCB+(FCUNIT-IHAFCB),R3 ** THIS IS REALLY
LA R4,8 ** TRICKY CODE AND
MVCP FCNAME(R4),TFCB+(FCNAME-IHAFCB),R3 ** MAGIC BY THE
LA R4,3 ** AUTHOR OF PC/370
MVCP FCTYPE(R4),TFCB+(FCTYPE-IHAFCB),R3 ** TO AVOID HAVING TO
DROP R2 ** SCAN PARMS (LAZY)
SR R15,R15
BR R14
TITLE 'GETLIST - BUILD LIST OF SORTED FILES FROM DIRECTORY'
GETLIST EQU *
LA R2,TBUFF
SVC SETDMA
LA R2,SYSUT1
SR R0,R0
SVC FNDDIR FIND FIRST DIRECTORY ENTRY
CLM R0,1,=X'FF'
BE NOFILES
BLDLIST EQU *
LA R3,TBUFF
SLL R0,5 R0=32*OFFSET
AR R3,R0 R3=DIRECTORY ENTRY
USING IHAFCB,R3
LA R1,LENTRY
SVC GMAIN
CLM R0,1,=X'00'
BNE MEMERR
USING ENTRY,R2
MVC ENAME,FCNAME
MVC ETYPE,FCTYPE
DROP R3
LA R1,LISTPTR R1 = LAST ENTRY
INSERT EQU *
L R3,ELINK-ENTRY(R1) R3 = NEXT ENTRY
LTR R3,R3
BZ ADDNOW
CLC ENAME,ENAME-ENTRY(R3)
BL ADDNOW
LR R1,R3
B INSERT
ADDNOW EQU *
ST R2,ELINK-ENTRY(R1) CHAIN CURRENT TO PREV.
ST R3,ELINK CHAIN NEXT TO CURRENT
NEXTFILE EQU *
DROP R2,R3
LA R2,SYSUT1
SR R0,R0
SVC NXTDIR GET NEXT MATCHING DIRECTORY
CLM R0,1,=X'FF'
BNE BLDLIST
SR R15,R15
BR R14 EXIT NORMALLY TO PROCESS LIST
MEMERR EQU *
LA R2,=C'OUT OF MEMORY$'
SVC WTO
SVC TRACE
DC C'BUG'
SVC EXIT
NOFILES EQU *
LA R2,=C'NO MATCHING FILES$'
SVC WTO
LA R15,16
BR R14
TITLE 'PROCLIST - PROCESS EACH DEMOSRC FILE IN LIST'
PROCLIST EQU *
LA R3,LISTPTR
NEXTLIST EQU *
L R3,0(R3)
LTR R3,R3
BZ PLEXIT
USING ENTRY,R3
LA R2,SYSUT2
USING IHADCB,R2
MVC DSNNAME,ENAME
TRT DSNNAME,FINDBLK
BNZ MOVSUF
LA R1,DSNNAME+8
MOVSUF EQU *
MVI 0(R1),X'2E' ASCII PERIOD
MVC 1(3,R1),ETYPE
MVI 4(R1),0
LA R2,4(R1)
LA R1,DSN
SR R2,R1
SVC ASCEBC CONVERT TO EBCDIC FOR MMS/370 OPEN
MVC DNAME,DNAME-1 CLEAR DSN ON TOTAL LINE
BCTR R2,0
EX R2,MVCDNAME MOVE DSN
LA R2,SYSUT2
SVC OPEN
ZAP PCOUNT,=P'0'
ZAP PCOMM,=P'0'
NEXTREC EQU *
LA R2,SYSUT2
LA R1,RECORD
SVC GET
AP PCOUNT,=P'1'
LA R1,RECORD
SKPN EQU *
TM 0(R1),X'80'
BZ SKPOK
LA R1,1(R1)
B SKPN
MVCDNAME MVC DNAME(0),DSNNAME
SKPOK EQU *
CLI 0(R1),ASCASK
BE COMM
CLI 0(R1),ASCSMI
BE COMM
B NEXTREC
COMM EQU *
AP PCOMM,=P'1'
B NEXTREC
EOFRTN EQU *
LA R2,SYSUT2
SVC CLOSE
MVC DCOUNT,MASK
ED DCOUNT,PCOUNT
MVC DCOMM,MASK
ED DCOMM,PCOMM
LA R2,TMSG
SVC WTO
AP PTOTAL,PCOUNT
AP PTCOMM,PCOMM
B NEXTLIST
PLEXIT EQU *
MVC DNAME,DNAME-1
MVC DNAME(5),=C'TOTAL'
MVC DCOUNT,MASK
ED DCOUNT,PTOTAL
MVC DCOMM,MASK
ED DCOMM,PTCOMM
LA R2,TMSG
SVC WTO
SR R15,R15
BR R14
SYN EQU *
LA R2,=C'IO ERROR$'
SVC WTO
SVC TRACE
DC C'BUG'
LTORG
*
* REGISTER USAGE
*
R0 EQU 0 SVC RETURN CODE
R1 EQU 1 SVC ARGUMENT
R2 EQU 2 SVC ARGUMENT (DCB ADDRESS, DMA, MSG, ETC.)
R3 EQU 3 DIRECTORY ADDRESS (TBUFF + OFFSET)
R4 EQU 4 LENGTH FOR CROSS MEMORY MOVE FROM TFCB
R13 EQU 13 BASE
R14 EQU 14 LINK FROM MAINLINE TO ROUTINES
R15 EQU 15 RETURN CODE FROM ROUTINES
*
* PC/370 SVC'S
*
EXIT EQU 0
OPEN EQU 1
CLOSE EQU 2
GET EQU 5
PUT EQU 6
TRACE EQU 9
GMAIN EQU 10
FMAIN EQU 11
ASCEBC EQU 12
WTO EQU 209
SETDMA EQU 226
FNDDIR EQU 217
NXTDIR EQU 218
*
* DATA AREAS
*
FINDBLK DC 32X'00',X'FF',(256-33)X'00' FIND ASCII BLANK
TFCB EQU X'5C' FCB BUILT BY MS-DOS IN COM PREFIX
TBUFF EQU X'80' BUFFER FOR DIRECTORY SEARCH (COPIED TO AS)
LISTPTR DC A(0) POINTER TO LIST OF FILE ENTRIES SELECTED
RECORD DS XL256 LOGICAL RECORD AREA
ASCASK EQU X'2A' ASCII ASTERISK FOR ALC COMMENT CHECK
ASCSMI EQU X'3B' ASCII SIMICOLON FOR MAC COMMENT CHECK
PCOUNT DC PL3'0' FILE RECORD COUNT
PCOMM DC PL3'0' FILE COMMENT COUNT
PTOTAL DC PL3'0' TOTAL RECORD COUNT
PTCOMM DC PL3'0' TOTAL COMMENT COUNT
TMSG DC C' '
DNAME DC CL12' ',C' RECORDS='
DCOUNT DC CL6' ',C' COMMENTS='
DCOMM DC CL6' '
DC AL1(EBCCR,EBCLF),C'$'
MASK DC X'402020202020' EDIT MASK FOR PL3
EBCCR EQU X'0D' EBCDIC CARRIAGE RETURN
EBCLF EQU X'0A' EBCDIC LINE FEED
DC C'SYSUT1 FCB FOR SEARCHES='
SYSUT1 DS 0XL37
DC X'00',CL8' ',CL3' '
DC HL2'0',XL2'8000' CURBLK, LRECL FOR MSDOS
DC XL16'00',X'00',XL4'00' RESV.,EXT RCD #, BLKPTR
*
* DSECTS
*
IHAFCB DSECT
FCUNIT DS X
FCNAME DS CL8
FCTYPE DS CL3
DS XL21
FCBLKPTR DS XL4
*
* DUMMY SECTION FOR DYNAMICALLY BUILT LINKED LIST OF SORTED FILES
*
ENTRY DSECT
ELINK DS A POINTER TO NEXT BLOCK
ENAME DS CL8 FILE NAME
ETYPE DS CL3 SUFFIX
LENTRY EQU *-ENTRY
****************************************************************************
*
* IHADCB - I HAD A DCB DSECT FOR PC/370 RELEASE 2.0+ FILE DATA CONTROL BLOCK
*
* FOR MORE INFORMATION SEE SVC.DOC AND DEMO PROGRAM TESTIO.ALC.
*
****************************************************************************
IHADCB DSECT
DCBDCB DS CL4 CONSTANT EBCDIC C'ADCB' DCB IDENTIFIER
DCBDSN DS A ADDRESS OF UP TO 64 BYTE PATH/FILE SPEC FOLLOWED BY ZERO
DCBFID DS H FILE HANDLE ASSIGNED BY MS-DOS AT OPEN (X'FFFF'DEFAULT)
DCBFLG DS X DATA CONTROL BLOCK FLAGS (ONLY DFTRAN MAY BE SET BY USER)
DFOPEN EQU X'80' FILE OPEN
DFUBUF EQU X'40' USER DEFINED BLOCK AREA (NO DYNAMIC ALLOC/DEALLOC)
DFOUT EQU X'20' OPEN FOR OUTPUT
DFGEOF EQU X'10' END OF FILE PENDING ON SHORT BLOCK
DFTRAN EQU X'08' TRANSLATE GET/PUT RECORDS FOR ASCII FILE
DFADCB EQU X'01' ASSIST DCB - DO NOT TRANSLATE 370 ADDRESSES
DSORG DS C DATA SET ORGANIZATION (R=RANDOM, S=SEQUENTIAL)
MACRF DS C DATA SET ACCESS MODE (R=READ, W=WRITE, G=GET, P=PUT)
RECFM DS C DATA SET RECORD FORMAT (F=FIXED, V=VAR, T=TEXT)
EOR DS X END OF RECORD CODE (DEFAULT IS LINE FEED X'0A')
EOF DS X END OF FILE CODE (DEFAULT IS CTL-Z X'1A')
LRECL DS H RECORD LENGTH (2<LRECL<64K-16)
BLKSZ DS H BLOCK LENGTH (2<BLKSZ<64K-16)
EODAD DS A END OF DATA EXIT ADDRESS
SYNAD DS A SYCHRONOUS ERROR EXIT ADDRESS
RCD DS A RECORD AREA ADDRESS FOR GET/PUT
BLK DS A BLOCK AREA ADDRESS (0 FOR DYNAMICALLY ALLOCATED)
RBA DS A RELATIVE BYTE ADDRESS FOR RANDOM READ/WRITE
REN DS A RENAME ASCIIZ FILE (ONLY USED BY RENAME SVC)
IOCNT DS F BLOCK I/O COUNT SINCE OPEN
PRECL DS H PHYSICAL BLOCK SIZE OF LAST READ/WRITE
*
* RESERVED AREA FOR USE BY PC/370 IOS SUPERVISOR WHILE FILE OPEN
*
DSNSG DS XL4 SEGMENT:OFFSET OF DCBDSN PATH/FILE NAME
EODSG DS XL4 SEGMENT:OFFSET OF EODAD EXIT
SYNSG DS XL4 SEGMENT:OFFSET OF SYNAD EXIT
RCDSG DS XL4 SEGMENT:OFFSET OF RECORD AREA FOR GET/PUT
RENSG DS XL4 SEGMENT:OFFSET OF RENAME FILE NAME
BLKSG DS XL4 SEGMENT:OFFSET OF BLOCK AREA
BLKPTR DS XL4 SEGMENT:OFFSET OF CURRENT RECORD IN BLOCK AREA
BLKEOD DS XL2 OFFSET OF CURRENT END OF DATA IN BLOCK AREA
BLKEND DS XL2 OFFSET OF END OF ALLOCATED BLOCK AREA
WLRECL DS H REVERSED LRECL
WBLKSZ DS H REVERSED BLKSZ
LDCB EQU *-IHADCB
DEMOSRC CSECT
DC C'SYSUT2 DCB FOR READS='
SYSUT2 DC 0F'0',C'ADCB'
DC A(DSN)
DC X'FFFF' FID
DC X'00' FLAGS
DC C'SGT' SEQ. GET TEXT
DC X'0A' EOR
DC X'1A' EOF
DC H'256' LRECL
DC H'8192' BLKSZ
DC A(EOFRTN) EODAD
DC A(SYN) SYN
DC XL(SYSUT2+LDCB-*)'00'
DC C'DSN FOR SYSUT2='
DSN DS 0XL64
DSNNAME DC CL8'DEMOSRC '
DC C'.'
DSNTYPE DC C'ALC'
DC X'00'
DC XL(DSN+64-*)'00'
END DEMOSRC


439
PC370_orig/Diskette/full/DEMO/DEMOSSP.ALC Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,439 @@
TITLE 'TESTSSP - TEST SCIENTIFIC SUBROUTINE PACKAGE'
*
* PGM-ID. TESTSSP.ALC
* AUTHOR. DON HIGGINS
* DATE. 07/24/87
* REMARKS. SEE SSP.ALC AND FP87.DOC FOR MORE INFORMATION.
* MAINTENANCE.
*
* 07/24/87 COPY FROM TESTFP AND MODIFY
* 07/31/87 ADD RANGE TEST OF EXP TO DETECT FRACTION SIGN BUG
* 08/08/87 ADD MOD, SIN, COS, TAN USING LIBRARY FUNCTIONS 14-17
* 08/09/87 ALLOW FOR R15 RETURNING 80X87 EXCEPTION BITS INCLUDING PRECISION
* ADD SIN/COS/TAN RANGE TEST -2*PI,2*PI,PI/6
TESTSSP CSECT
LA R10,0(R15)
LA R11,2048(R10)
LA R11,2048(R11)
USING TESTSSP,R10
USING TESTSSP+4096,R11
LA DE,=C'TESTSSP START$'
SVC WTO
* ALOG
LA DE,=C'TESTSSP STARTING ALOG VALUE TESTS$'
SVC WTO
LA R1,FPLE2
SVC FPSVC FR0=LOGE(2) 80X87 CONSTANT
LER FR2,FR0 FR2=FR0
LE FR0,=E'2'
L R15,=V(ALOG)
BALR R14,R15 FR0=LOGE(2) CALC'ED
SER FR0,FR2
LPER FR0,FR0
CD FR0,DERR VERFIFY RESULT WITHIN DERR
BAL R14,CCL
LA R1,FPLE2
SVC FPSVC FR0=LOGE(2) 80X87 CONSTANT
LNER FR2,FR0
LE FR0,=E'.5'
L R15,=V(ALOG)
BALR R14,R15 FR0=LOGE(2) CALC'ED
SER FR0,FR2
LPER FR0,FR0
CD FR0,DERR VERFIFY RESULT WITHIN DERR
BAL R14,CCL
* ALOG10
LA DE,=C'TESTSSP STARTING ALOG10 VALUE TESTS$'
SVC WTO
LA R1,FPLT2
SVC FPSVC FR0=LOG10(2) 80X87 CONSTANT
LER FR2,FR0 FR2=FR0
LE FR0,=E'2'
L R15,=V(ALOG10)
BALR R14,R15 FR0=LOG10(2) CALC'ED
SER FR0,FR2
LPER FR0,FR0
CD FR0,DERR VERFIFY RESULT WITHIN DERR
BAL R14,CCL
LA R1,FPLT2
SVC FPSVC FR0=LOG10(2) 80X87 CONSTANT
LNER FR2,FR0
LE FR0,=E'.5'
L R15,=V(ALOG10)
BALR R14,R15 FR0=LOG10(2) CALC'ED
SER FR0,FR2
LPER FR0,FR0
CD FR0,DERR VERFIFY RESULT WITHIN DERR
BAL R14,CCL
* ATAN
LA DE,=C'TESTSSP STARTING ATAN VALUE TESTS$'
SVC WTO
LA R1,FPPI
SVC FPSVC FR0=PI
DD FR0,=D'4' FR0=PI/4
LER FR2,FR0
LE FR0,=E'1'
L R15,=V(ATAN)
BALR R14,R15 FR0=ATAN(1.0)=PI/4
SER FR0,FR2
LPER FR0,FR0
CD FR0,DERR VERFIFY RESULT WITHIN DERR
BAL R14,CCL
* COS
LA DE,=C'TESTSSP STARTING COS VALUE TESTS$'
SVC WTO
SER FR0,FR0
L R15,=V(COS)
BALR R14,R15 FR0=COS(0.0)=1.0
SE FR0,=E'1'
LPER FR0,FR0
CD FR0,DERR VERFIFY RESULT WITHIN DERR
BAL R14,CCL
LA R1,FPPI
SVC FPSVC FR0=PI
DD FR0,=D'4' FR0=PI/4
L R15,=V(COS)
BALR R14,R15 FR0=COS(PI/4)=SQRT(2)/2.
LER FR2,FR0
LE FR0,=E'2'
L R15,=V(SQRT)
BALR R14,R15
DE FR0,=E'2'
SER FR0,FR2
LPER FR0,FR0
CD FR0,DERR VERFIFY RESULT WITHIN DERR
BAL R14,CCL
LA R1,FPPI
SVC FPSVC FR0=PI
DD FR0,=D'2' FR0=PI/2
L R15,=V(COS)
BALR R14,R15 FR0=COS(PI/2)=0.0
LPER FR0,FR0
CD FR0,DERR VERFIFY RESULT WITHIN DERR
BAL R14,CCL
* EXP
LA DE,=C'TESTSSP STARTING EXP VALUE TESTS$'
SVC WTO
LA R1,FPLE2
SVC FPSVC FR0=LOGE(2) 80X87 CONSTANT
L R15,=V(EXP)
BALR R14,R15 FR0=E**LOGE(2)=2 CALC'ED
SE FR0,=E'2'
LPER FR0,FR0
CD FR0,DERR VERFIFY RESULT WITHIN DERR
BAL R14,CCL
LE FR0,=E'0'
L R15,=V(EXP)
BALR R14,R15 FR0=E**(0) CALC'ED
SE FR0,=E'1'
LPER FR0,FR0
CD FR0,DERR VERFIFY RESULT WITHIN DERR
BAL R14,CCL
LA R1,FPLE2
SVC FPSVC FR0=LOGE(2) 80X87 CONSTANT
LNER FR0,FR0 FR0=-LOGE(2)
L R15,=V(EXP)
BALR R14,R15 FR0=E**(-LOGE(2)) CALC'ED
SE FR0,=E'0.5'
LPER FR0,FR0
CD FR0,DERR VERFIFY RESULT WITHIN DERR
BAL R14,CCL
LE FR0,=E'10'
L R15,=V(ALOG)
BALR R14,R15 FR0=LOGE(10) CALC'ED
L R15,=V(EXP)
BALR R14,R15 FR0=E**(LOGE(10)) CALC'ED
SE FR0,=E'10'
LPER FR0,FR0
CD FR0,DERR VERFIFY RESULT WITHIN DERR
BAL R14,CCL
LE FR0,=E'0.1'
L R15,=V(ALOG)
BALR R14,R15 FR0=LOGE(0.1) CALC'ED
L R15,=V(EXP)
BALR R14,R15 FR0=E**(LOGE(0.1)) CALC'ED
SE FR0,=E'0.1'
LPER FR0,FR0
CD FR0,DERR VERFIFY RESULT WITHIN DERR
BAL R14,CCL
* INT
LA DE,=C'TESTSSP STARTING INT VALUE TESTS$'
SVC WTO
LE FR0,=E'123.456'
L R15,=V(INT)
BALR R14,R15
CL R0,=F'123'
BAL R14,CCE
LE FR0,=E'-123.456'
L R15,=V(INT)
BALR R14,R15
CL R0,=F'-123'
BAL R14,CCE
* MOD
LA DE,=C'TESTSSP STARTING MOD VALUE TESTS$'
SVC WTO
LD FR0,=D'123.456'
LD FR2,=D'1'
L R15,=V(MOD)
BALR R14,R15
SD FR0,=D'0.456'
LPER FR0,FR0
CD FR0,DERR
BAL R14,CCL
LD FR0,=D'10'
LD FR2,=D'3'
L R15,=V(MOD)
BALR R14,R15
SD FR0,=D'1'
LPER FR0,FR0
CD FR0,DERR
BAL R14,CCL
* REAL
LA DE,=C'TESTSSP STARTING REAL VALUE TESTS$'
SVC WTO
L R0,=F'123'
L R15,=V(REAL)
BALR R14,R15
CE FR0,=E'123'
BAL R14,CCE
L R0,=F'-123'
L R15,=V(REAL)
BALR R14,R15
CE FR0,=E'-123'
BAL R14,CCE
* SIN
LA DE,=C'TESTSSP STARTING SIN VALUE TESTS$'
SVC WTO
SER FR0,FR0
L R15,=V(SIN)
BALR R14,R15 FR0=SIN(0.0)=1.0
SE FR0,=E'0'
LPER FR0,FR0
CD FR0,DERR VERFIFY RESULT WITHIN DERR
BAL R14,CCL
LA R1,FPPI
SVC FPSVC FR0=PI
DD FR0,=D'4' FR0=PI/4
L R15,=V(SIN)
BALR R14,R15 FR0=SIN(PI/4)=SQRT(2)/2.
LER FR2,FR0
LE FR0,=E'2'
L R15,=V(SQRT)
BALR R14,R15
DE FR0,=E'2'
SER FR0,FR2
LPER FR0,FR0
CD FR0,DERR VERFIFY RESULT WITHIN DERR
BAL R14,CCL
LA R1,FPPI
SVC FPSVC FR0=PI
DD FR0,=D'2' FR0=PI/2
L R15,=V(SIN)
BALR R14,R15 FR0=SIN(PI/2)=1.0
SE FR0,=E'1'
LPER FR0,FR0
CD FR0,DERR VERFIFY RESULT WITHIN DERR
BAL R14,CCL
* SQRT
LA DE,=C'TESTSSP STARTING SQRT VALUE TESTS$'
SVC WTO
LE FR0,=E'4'
L R15,=V(SQRT)
BALR R14,R15
CE FR0,=E'2'
BAL R14,CCE
LD FR0,=D'2.25'
L R15,=V(SQRT)
BALR R14,R15
CD FR0,=D'1.5'
BAL R14,CCE
LD FR0,=D'12345'
MDR FR0,FR0
L R15,=V(SQRT)
BALR R14,R15
SD FR0,=D'12345'
LPER FR0,FR0
CD FR0,DERR VERFIFY RESULT WITHIN DERR
BAL R14,CCL
* TAN
LA DE,=C'TESTSSP STARTING TAN VALUE TESTS$'
SVC WTO
SER FR0,FR0
L R15,=V(TAN)
BALR R14,R15 FR0=TAN(0.0)=0.0
SE FR0,=E'0'
LPER FR0,FR0
CD FR0,DERR VERFIFY RESULT WITHIN DERR
BAL R14,CCL
LA R1,FPPI
SVC FPSVC FR0=PI
DD FR0,=D'4' FR0=PI/4
L R15,=V(TAN)
BALR R14,R15 FR0=TAN(PI/4)=1.0
SE FR0,=E'1'
LPER FR0,FR0
CD FR0,DERR VERFIFY RESULT WITHIN DERR
BAL R14,CCL
LA R1,FPPI
SVC FPSVC FR0=PI
DD FR0,=D'2' FR0=PI/2
L R15,=V(TAN)
BALR R14,R15 FR0=TAN(PI/2)=1.0*16**63 PLUS DIVIDE CHK ERR
LTR R15,R15
BAL R14,CCH VERIFY RC>0 DUE TO EXCEPTION
STE FR0,WE0
NI WE0,X'7F'
CLC WE0,=X'7F800000' ABS COMPARE WITH FP87 MAX CONSTANT
BAL R14,CCE
LA DE,=C'TESTSSP STARTING RANGE TESTS$'
SVC WTO
* SIN/COS/TAN RANGE TEST -2*PI,2*PI,PI/6
LA DE,=C'TESTSSP STARTING SIN/COS RANGE TESTS$'
SVC WTO
LA R1,FPPI
SVC FPSVC FR0=PI
LDR FR6,FR0
DD FR6,=D'6' FR6=PI/6 INCR ARG.
LDR FR4,FR0
ADR FR4,FR4 FR4=2*PI MAX. ARG.
LNDR FR2,FR4 FR2=-2*PI CURRENT ARG.
LA R2,1
SLOOP EQU *
LER FR0,FR2
L R15,=V(SIN)
BALR R14,R15 FR0=SIN(X)
STD FR0,SAVSIN
LDR FR0,FR2
SDR FR0,FR6
SDR FR0,FR6
SDR FR0,FR6
L R15,=V(COS)
BALR R14,R15 FR0=COS(X-PI/2)
SD FR0,SAVSIN
LPDR FR0,FR0
CD FR0,DERR VERFIFY SIN(X)=COS(X-PI/2) WITHIN DERR
BAL R14,CCL
SP PTAN,=P'1' DEC SKIP COUNTER
BNZ TSTTAN
ZAP PTAN,=P'6' RESET COUNTER TO SKIP AGAIN AT +PI
B SKPTAN
TSTTAN EQU *
LER FR0,FR2
L R15,=V(COS)
BALR R14,R15 FR0=COS(X)
STD FR0,SAVCOS
LD FR0,SAVSIN
DD FR0,SAVCOS
STD FR0,SAVTAN SIN(X)/COS(X)
LER FR0,FR2
L R15,=V(TAN)
BALR R14,R15 FR0=TAN(X)
SD FR0,SAVTAN
LPDR FR0,FR0
CD FR0,DERR VERFIFY TAN(X)=SIN(X)/COS(X) WITHIN DERR
BAL R14,CCL
SKPTAN EQU * SKIP TAN TEST FOR COS(X)=0
LA R2,1(R2)
ADR FR2,FR6
CDR FR2,FR4
BL SLOOP
* EXP AND ALOG RANGE TEST 0.1 TO 10 BY 0.1
LA DE,=C'TESTSSP STARTING EXP/ALOG 0.1,10,0.1 RANGE TESTS$'
SVC WTO
LE FR2,=E'0.1' X
LA R2,1
XLOOP EQU *
LER FR0,FR2
L R15,=V(ALOG)
BALR R14,R15 FR0=LOGE(X) CALC'ED
L R15,=V(EXP)
BALR R14,R15 FR0=E**(LOGE(X)) CALC'ED
SER FR0,FR2
LPER FR0,FR0
CD FR0,DERR VERFIFY RESULT WITHIN DERR
BAL R14,CCL
LA R2,1(R2)
AE FR2,=E'0.1'
CE FR2,=E'10'
BL XLOOP
TESTEOJ EQU *
LA DE,CMSG
SVC WTO
LA DE,=C'TESTSSP END$'
SVC WTO
SVC TRACE
DC C'ERX '
SVC EXIT
CCE BE CCOK
CCBAD SVC TRACE
DC C'BUG'
CCOK LA R12,1(R12)
ST R14,SAVELINK
L R13,SAVELINK
LA R4,DCOUNT+2
LA R3,0
CLOOP IC R3,0(R4)
O R3,=X'000000F0' CHANGE BLANK TO DIGIT
A R3,=F'1'
C R3,=X'000000FA'
BL CDONE
L R3,=X'000000F0'
STC R3,0(R4)
S R4,=F'1'
B CLOOP
CDONE STC R3,0(R4)
B 0(R14)
CCL BL CCOK
B CCBAD
CCH BH CCOK
B CCBAD
CCNE BNE CCOK
B CCBAD
CC3 BO CCOK
B CCBAD
SAVELINK DC A(0)
*
* DATA
*
FR0 EQU 0
FR2 EQU 2
FR4 EQU 4
FR6 EQU 6
R0 EQU 0
R1 EQU 1
R2 EQU 2
R3 EQU 3
R4 EQU 4
R10 EQU 10 BASE 1
R11 EQU 11 BASE 2
R12 EQU 12
R13 EQU 13
R14 EQU 14
R15 EQU 15
WE0 DC E'0'
WD0 DC D'0'
NAN DC X'E060000000000000'
CMSG DC C'TOTAL TESTS = '
DCOUNT DC C' '
DC C'$'
DC 0F'0',C'* FWORD*'
FWORD DC F'0'
HWORD DC H'0'
SPIE EQU 14 SET SPIE
TRACE EQU 9 TRACE SVC - MUST BE FOLLOWED BY 3 CHAR. ID
WTO EQU 209 CPM WRITE TO OPERATOR (CPM SVC 9)
EXIT EQU 0 EXIT EMULTOR SVC
DE EQU 2 REG. 2 MAPS TO DE FOR CP/M SVC'S
FPSVC EQU 35
FPLT2 EQU 1
FPLE2 EQU 2
FPL2E EQU 3
FPL2T EQU 4
FPPI EQU 5
DERR DC D'1E-12' ERROR THRESHOLD
SAVSIN DC D'0'
SAVCOS DC D'0'
SAVTAN DC D'0'
PTAN DC P'4' SET TO SKIP TAN TEST AT PI/2
END TESTSSP


272
PC370_orig/Diskette/full/DEMO/DEMOSVC.ALC Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,272 @@
TITLE 'DEMOSVC - TEST E370 SVCS'
*
* CONVERTED TO 8086 BY DON HIGGINS 03/30/85
*
* 04/06/85 CHANGE LINKED Z80SUB TO LOADED Z86SUB
* 04/07/85 ADD TEST FOR TIMER SVC AND LIBRARY SUBROUTINES
* 04/08/85 ADD TEST FOR ALLOC/DEALLOC SECONDARY MAIN MEMORY
* 04/14/85 ADD TEST FOR IN/OUT SVCS BY GETTING CURSOR ADDRESS
* 04/12/87 CONVERT FOR R2.0
* 1. DROP ALLOC/DEALLOC TESTS SINCE ALL OF DYNAMIC
* MEMORY IS ALLOCATED TO VIRTUAL FREE SPACE.
* 2. CHANGE Z86SUB.EXE TO Z86SUB.COM FORMAT WITH
* FAR RETURN AND USE NEW SVC 17 AND 15 LOGIC WHICH
* LOADS 8086 CODE FILE IN FREE MEMORY JUST LIKE 370
* LOAD DOES.
* 3. FIX SPIE ROUTINE TO RETURN PSW IN R0-R1 INSTEAD OF
* ADDDRESS OF PSW IN R1.
* 05/16/87 TEST SVC 8 FOR GANNON
* 11/11/87 EXPAND FREE MEMORY DISPLAY
* 12/26/87 ADD TEST OF ENHANCED SPIE WITH R2=A(PIE) PLUS
* CORRECT HANDLING OF PGM CHK ON EX'D INSTR.
* 01/07/88 USE COPY EQUS
*
* CONSOLE IO TEST REQUIRES ENTERING ANY CHARACTERS AND RETURN
* MEMORY TEST DISPLAYS AVAILABLE MEMORY FOR GMAIN'S
*
DEMOSVC CSECT
LR R12,R15
USING DEMOSVC,R12
LA R2,=C'TESTSVC START$'
SVC WTO
L R15,=V(PET)
BALR R14,R15
L R1,=A(1000000)
SVC GMAIN
CLM R0,1,=X'01'
BNE GMAINERR A=1 MEMORY NOT AVAIL
LR R5,R1 SVE R1 FOR CHECK AFTER 2G+2F
CVD R1,PWORK
ED DMEM,PWORK+4
LA R2,DMEMMSG
SVC WTO
LA R1,2000
SVC GMAIN
CLM R0,1,=X'00'
BNZ GMAINERR
LR R4,R2 R4 = FIRST AREA
LA R1,2000
SVC GMAIN
CLM R0,1,=X'00'
BNZ GMAINERR
LR R6,R2 R6 = SECOND AREA
LR R0,R4
AH R0,=H'2000'
CLR R0,R6
BNE GMAINERR
LA R1,2000
LR R2,R4
SVC FMAIN
CLM R0,1,=X'00'
BNE FMAINERR
LA R1,2000
LR R2,R6
SVC FMAIN
CLM R0,1,=X'00'
BNE FMAINERR
L R1,=A(1000000)
SVC GMAIN
CLR R1,R5
BNE FMAINERR VERIFY MEMORY BACK TO ORIG.
LA R1,USERSPI1
SVC SPIE
LM R14,R2,=A(14,15,0,1,2)
INVOP1 DC X'0123' INVALID OP 0C1
LA R1,USERSPI2
SVC SPIE
LM R14,R2,=A(14,15,0,1,2)
INVOP2 CP =P'1',=X'00' INVALID DATA 0C7
LA R1,USERSPI3
SVC SPIE
LM R14,R2,=A(X'14ABCDEF',15,X'00ABCDEF',1,2)
INVOP3 EX 0,INVOPEX INVALID DATA 0C4
SR R1,R1
SVC SPIE
L R15,=V(USER370A)
BALR R14,R15
L R15,=V(USER370B)
BALR R14,R15
LA R1,=C'Z86SUB.COM'
SVC LOADSVC LOAD Z86SUB.COM IN FREE MEMORY
ST R0,LOADADDR
CLM R15,1,=X'00'
BNE LOADERR
L R15,LOADADDR
SVC CALLZ86 EXEC Z86SUB IN FREE MEMORY
LA R2,=C'CONSOLE ECHO TEST UNTIL <CR>$'
SVC WTO
ECHO EQU *
SVC READCON
CLM R0,1,=AL1(CR)
BE ECHODONE
LR R2,R0
SVC WRITECON
B ECHO
ECHODONE EQU *
LA R2,=C'CONSOLE ECHO DONE$'
SVC WTO
SR R1,R1
SVC SPIE REMOVE SPIE
LA R2,=C'START CURSOR ADDRESS ROUTINE$'
SVC WTO
LA R0,X'0E'
LA R1,X'3D4'
SVC PORTOUT SET CURSOR HIGH BYTE INDEX POINTER
LA R1,X'3D5'
SVC PORTIN READ HIGH BYTE
LR R3,R0 SAVE IN R3
LA R0,X'0F'
LA R1,X'3D4'
SVC PORTOUT SET CURSOR LOW BYTE INDEX POINTER
LA R1,X'3D5'
SVC PORTIN READ LOW BYTE
SLL R3,8
OR R0,R3
CVD R0,PWORK
ED DCUR,PWORK+5
LA R2,DCURMSG
SVC WTO
L R15,=V(PET)
BALR R14,R15
LA R2,=C'TESTSVC ENDED$'
SVC WTO
SVC EXIT
LOADERR EQU *
LA R2,=C' LOAD ERROR ON Z86SUB.EXE$'
SVC WTO
SVC TRACE
DC C'BUG'
SVC EXIT
GMAINERR EQU *
LR R3,R0
LA R2,=C'GMAIN ERROR$'
SVC WTO
SVC TRACE
DC C'BUG'
SVC EXIT
FMAINERR EQU *
LR R3,R0
LA R2,=C'FMAIN ERROR$'
SVC WTO
SVC TRACE
DC C'BUG'
SVC EXIT
USERSPI1 EQU * 0C1 ON X'123'
LR R3,R0
LR R4,R1
LR R5,R2
USING IHAPIE,R5
LA R2,=C'USER SPIE EXIT 1 TAKEN$'
SVC WTO
CL R3,=AL2(4,1) R0 = INS LNG + INT. CODE
BNE SPIERR
CL R4,=A(INVOP1) R1 = INSTR. ADDR
BNE SPIERR
CLC PIEPSW+4(4),=A(INVOP1)
BNE SPIERR
LA R6,32(R5) R4 = PIE (SET R6 TO PICA)
CL R6,PIEPICA
BNE SPIERR
CLC PICEXT,=A(USERSPI1)
BNE SPIERR
CLC PIEGR14,=A(14)
BNE SPIERR
CLC PIEGR15,=A(15)
BNE SPIERR
CLC PIEGR0,=A(0)
BNE SPIERR
CLC PIEGR1,=A(1)
BNE SPIERR
CLC PIEGR2,=A(2)
BNE SPIERR
B 2(R4)
USERSPI2 EQU * 0C7 ON CP =P'1',=X'00'
LR R3,R0
LR R4,R1
LR R5,R2
LA R2,=C'USER SPIE EXIT 2 TAKEN$'
SVC WTO
CL R3,=AL2(6,7) R0 = INS LNG + INT. CODE
BNE SPIERR
CL R4,=A(INVOP2+6) R1 = INSTR. ADDR
BNE SPIERR
LA R6,32(R5) R4 = PIE (SET R6 TO PICA)
CL R6,0(R5) VERIFY PIE POINTS TO PICA
BNE SPIERR
CLC 12(20,R5),=A(14,15,0,1,2)
BNE SPIERR
B 0(R4)
USERSPI3 EQU * 0C5 ON EX 0,INVOPEX = MVCL 0,14
LR R3,R0
LR R4,R1
LR R5,R2
LA R2,=C'USER SPIE EXIT 3 TAKEN$'
SVC WTO
CL R3,=AL2(4,5) R0 = INS LNG + INT. CODE
BNE SPIERR
CL R4,=A(INVOP3+4) R1 = INSTR. ADDR
BNE SPIERR
LA R6,32(R5) R4 = PIE (SET R6 TO PICA)
CL R6,0(R5) VERIFY PIE POINTS TO PICA
BNE SPIERR
CLC 12(20,R5),=A(X'14ABCDEF',15,X'00ABCDEF',1,2)
BNE SPIERR
B 0(R4)
SPIERR EQU *
LA R2,=C'SPIE PSW / ADDR BAD$'
SVC WTO
SVC TRACE
DC C'BUG'
SVC EXIT
INVOPEX MVCL 0,14 FORCE 0C4 VIA EX
DC C'*** SAVE PSW ***'
SAVEPSW DC D'0'
COPY CPY/EQUREGS.CPY
COPY CPY/EQUSVCS.CPY
WRITECON EQU 202
READCON EQU 208
PORTIN EQU INBYTE
PORTOUT EQU OUTBYTE
CALLZ86 EQU USERSVC
LOADSVC EQU LOAD86
LOADADDR DC A(0) VIRTUAL LOAD ADDRESS SET BY SVC NOW
CR EQU X'0D'
PWORK DC D'0'
DMEMMSG DC C'FREE MEMORY ='
DMEM DC X'40206B2020206B202020',C'$'
DSMASK DC X'4020',C',',X'202020',C',',X'202020'
DSMMSG DC C' SECONDARY MEMORY START ='
DSMEMS DC CL10' Z,ZZZ,ZZZ',C' LENGTH ='
DSMEML DC CL10' Z,ZZZ,ZZZ',C'$'
DCURMSG DC C' CURSOR ADDRESS ='
DCUR DC X'402020202020',C'$'
LTORG
USER370A CSECT
DROP
USING *,R15
LA R2,MSGA1
SVC WTO
USER370B CSECT
DROP
USING *,R15
LA R2,MSGB1
SVC WTO
USER370A CSECT
DROP
USING USER370A,R15
LA R2,=C'USER 370 A MSG 2$'
SVC WTO
BR R14
MSGA1 DC C'USER 370 A MSG 1$'
LTORG
USER370B CSECT
DROP
USING USER370B,R15
LA R2,=C'USER 370 B MSG 2$'
SVC WTO
BR R14
MSGB1 DC C'USER 370 B MSG 1$'
LTORG
COPY CPY/IHAPIE.CPY
END DEMOSVC


57
PC370_orig/Diskette/full/DEMO/DEMOTRAP.ALC Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
TITLE 'TESTM37.ALC - TEST SVT TRAP FACILITY FOR PC/370 REL 4.2'
* PGM-ID. TESTM37.ALC
* AUTHOR. DON HIGGINS
* DATE. 01/05/88
* REMARKS. TEST NEW SVC TRAP FACILITY - SEE DOC\SYSTEM.DOC FOR MORE INFO.
* 1. SVC 37 DEFINES SVC TRAP TABLE VIA R1 (R1=0 CANCELS TRAP MODE).
* 2. SVC WITH NON-ZERO TRAP TABLE ENTRY CAUSES CURRENT PSW TO BE STORED
* IN OLD SVC INTERRUPTION PSW IN LOW VIRTUAL MEMORY X'20', SETS
* TRAP ACTIVE MODE IN PC/370 EMULATOR, AND BRANCHES TO TRAP ADDRESS.
* 3. SVC WITH ZERO TRAP TABLE ENTRY RESULTS IN REAL SVC EXECUTION.
* 3. SVC TRAP TABLE NOT USED IN TRAP ACTIVE MODE (ALL SVCS ARE REAL).
* 4. LPSW INSTRUCTION TURNS OFF TRAP ACTIVE MODE.
*
* THIS FACILITY CAN BE USED TO CODE MORE EFFICIENT PC/370 SVC SUPERVISOR SHELL.
* IT CAN BE USED DIRECTLY OR WITH PROBLEM STATE FACILITY TO REDUCE OVERHEAD
* ASSOCIATED WITH EMULATOR OF 370 SVC FIRST LEVEL INTERRUPT HANDLER. IT CAN
* BE USED TO SIMPLY ADD USER EXIT TO SELECTED PC/370 SVC'S SUCH AS I/O OPEN,
* CLOSE, ETC.
*
TESTM37 CSECT
LR R12,R15
USING TESTM37,R12
LA R2,=C'TESTM37 STARTED$'
SVC WTO
LA R1,SVCTAB
SVC SVCTRAP SET TRAP SVC TABLE (ALL 0'S)
LA R2,=C'TEST SVC 209 #1 VIA REAL - ENTRY 0$'
SVC WTO USE REAL SVC SINCE ENTRY 0
MVC SVCTAB+4*WTO,=A(WTOTRAP) SET TRAP ADDRESS IN TABLE
LA R2,=C'TEST SVC 209 #2 VIA TRAP - ENTRY NOT ZERO$'
SVC WTO USE WTOTRAP THIS TIME
SR R1,R1
SVC SVCTRAP CANCEL SVC TRAP FACILITY
LA R2,=C'TEST SVC 209 #3 VIA REAL - TRAP CANCELLED$'
SVC WTO USE REAL SVC - NOT TRAPS
LA R1,SVCTAB
SVC SVCTRAP SET TRAP ON AGAIN
LA R2,=C'TEST SVC 209 #4 VIA TRAP - TRAP BACK ON$'
SVC WTO USE TRAP AGAIN
SVC EXIT USE REAL - NO SVC 0 TRAP ENTRY
WTOTRAP EQU * ENTERED VIA SVC WTO WITH SVCTAB+4*WTO CONTAINING ENTRY
LR R3,R2 SAVE MSG ADDR FOR SVC CAUSING TRAP ENTRY
LA R2,=C'TRAP ENTERED$'
SVC WTO USE REAL - TRAP ACTIVE MODE
LR R2,R3
SVC WTO USE REAL - TRAP ACTIVE MODE
LA R2,=C'EXITING WTOTRAP NOW$'
SVC WTO USE REAL - TRAP ACTIVE MODE
USING IHAPSW,0
LPSW OLDSVC RETURN AND RESET ACTIVE MODE
LTORG
COPY CPY/EQUREGS R1-R15 EQU'S
COPY CPY/EQUSVCS PC/370 REAL SVC EQU'S
SVCTAB DC 256A(0) TABLE OF TRAP ADDRESSES FOR SVC 0-255
COPY CPY/IHAPSW IHAPSW DSECT OF LOW STORAGE PSW AREAS
END TESTM37


96
PC370_orig/Diskette/full/DEMO/IGC0011.ALC Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
TITLE 'IGC0011 - PC/370 MVS TIMER TYPE 4 SVC'
* PGMID. IGC0011.ALC (LINKED AS IGC0011.MOD)
* AUTHOR. DON HIGGINS.
* DATE. 06/03/87
* REMARKS. PC/370 MVS SHELL TIMER TYPE 4 SVC MODULE DYNAMICALLY
* LOADED AND EXECUTED BY SVC HANDLER
*
* MAINTENANCE.
*
* 06/03/87 COPIED FROM IGC1013 AND CODED
* 06/06/87 FINISH CODING OPTIONS
*
IGC0011 CSECT
USING *,R6
ST R14,IGCSAV
LR R3,R0 SAVE ADDR TO STORE TOD/TIME IN MICROSECONDS
STC R1,OPTIONS
NI OPTIONS,X'0F'
BZ TUNITS R0 = TOD TIMER UNITS (26. MICROSECONDS)
CLI OPTIONS,X'01'
BE T01SEC R0 = TOD 0.01 SECONDS
CLI OPTIONS,X'02'
BE TPDEC R0 = TOD PACKED (HHMMSSTH)
CLI OPTIONS,X'03'
BE TMICRO A(R0) = DOUBLE WORD TOD (BIT 51 = MSEC)
CLI OPTIONS,X'04'
BE TCLOCK A(R0) = TOD CLOCK
LA R15,4 EXIT WITH ERROR IF NO OPTION MATCH
L R14,IGCSAV
BR R14
TUNITS EQU *
L R15,=V(TIMER) USE L370.LIB TIMER.ALC SUBROUTINE
AR R15,R6 RELOCATE
BALR R14,R15
LR R1,R0
SR R0,R0
M R0,=A(1000000/26) CONVERT 0.01 SEC TO TU'S (CRUDE!)
LR R0,R1
B IGCEXT
T01SEC EQU *
L R15,=V(TIMER) USE L370.LIB TIMER.ALC SUBROUTINE
AR R15,R6 RELOCATE
BALR R14,R15
B IGCEXT
TPDEC EQU *
SVC PCTIME
ST R0,WORK
SR R0,R0
IC R0,WORK HOURS
BAL R1,CVT
STC R0,WORK
IC R0,WORK+1 MINUTES
BAL R1,CVT
STC R0,WORK+1
IC R0,WORK+2 SECONDS
BAL R1,CVT
STC R0,WORK+2
IC R0,WORK+3 100TH SECONDS
BAL R1,CVT
STC R0,WORK+3
L R0,WORK
B IGCEXT
CVT EQU * CONVERT R0 NN BINARY TO NN DEC
CVD R0,PWORK
MP PWORK,=P'10'
IC R0,PWORK+6
BR R1
TMICRO EQU *
MVC 0(8,R3),=XL8'00' STORE ZEROS FOR NOW
B IGCEXT
TCLOCK EQU *
MVC 0(8,R3),=XL8'00' STORE ZEROS FOR NOW
B IGCEXT
IGCEXT EQU *
SR R15,R15
L R14,IGCSAV
BR R14
*
* DATA
*
PWORK DC D'0'
WORK DC F'0'
PCTIME EQU 18
IGCSAV DC A(0) SAVE RETURN
OPTIONS DC X'00'
R0 EQU 0
R1 EQU 1
R2 EQU 2
R3 EQU 3
R4 EQU 4
R5 EQU 5
R6 EQU 6
R14 EQU 14
R15 EQU 15
END


66
PC370_orig/Diskette/full/DEMO/IGC1013.ALC Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
TITLE 'IGC1013 - PC/370 MVS ABEND FORMATED DUMP TYPE 4 SVC'
* PGMID. IGC1013.ALC (LINKED AS IGC1013.MOD)
* AUTHOR. DON HIGGINS.
* DATE. 05/31/87
* REMARKS. PC/370 MVS SHELL ABEND TYPE 4 SVC MODULE DYNAMICALLY
* LOADED AND EXECUTED BY TYPE 1 ABEND SVC ROUTINE IF
* PATH TO MODULE AND SUFFICIENT MEMORY IS AVAILABLE.
* IGC013 TYPE 1 ROUTINE JUST PRINTS ABEND CODE AND PSW.
* THIS MODULE FORMATS THE FOLLOWING:
*
* 1. GENERAL REGISTERS
*
IGC1013 CSECT
USING *,R6
STM R0,R15,SAVREGS
LA R3,SAVREGS
LA R4,DREGS
LA R5,8 FORMAT FIRST 8
FMTR07 EQU *
BAL R14,FMTREG
LA R3,4(R3)
LA R4,9(R4)
BCT R5,FMTR07
LA R2,BLKLINE
SVC WTO
LA R2,DLINE
SVC WTO
LA R4,DREGS
LA R5,8 FORMAT LAST 8
FMTR8F EQU *
BAL R14,FMTREG
LA R3,4(R3)
LA R4,9(R4)
BCT R5,FMTR8F
LA R2,DLINE
SVC WTO
LA R2,BLKLINE
SVC WTO
L R14,SAVREGS+4*14
SR R15,R15
BR R14
FMTREG EQU *
UNPK 0(9,R4),0(5,R3)
TR 0(8,R4),HEXTAB-240
MVI 8(R4),C' '
BR R14
*
* DATA
*
R0 EQU 0
R1 EQU 1
R2 EQU 2
R3 EQU 3
R4 EQU 4
R5 EQU 5
R6 EQU 6
R14 EQU 14
R15 EQU 15
WTO EQU 209
BLKLINE DC C' $'
DLINE DC C' R0-R7 '
DREGS DC 8CL9' ',C'$'
SAVREGS DC 16F'0'
HEXTAB DC C'0123456789ABCDEF'
END


93
PC370_orig/Diskette/full/DEMO/INS0156.ALC Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
TITLE 'INS0156 - PC/370 MVS SIO TYPE 4 MACRO INSTRUCTION'
* PGMID. INS0156.ALC (LINKED AS INS0156.MOD)
* AUTHOR. DON HIGGINS.
* DATE. 05/31/87
* REMARKS. PC/370 MVS SIO (START I/O) TYPE 4 MACRO INSTRUCTION TO
* SUPPORT SIMULATED CAHNNEL PROGRAMS TO CONSOLE X'01F'
* MAINTENANCE.
*
* 06/02/87 ADD TIC AND DEVICE END LOGIC
* 06/06/87 ADD CR,LF AFTER READ
*
INS0156 CSECT
USING *,R6
L R3,OLDPGM+4
CLC 0(4,R3),=X'9C00001F' IF NOT EXPLICIT X'01F'
BNE NOTOPER SET CC=3 = NOT OPERATIONAL
L R3,CAW
CCWEXEC EQU * EXEC CCW AT R3
CLI 0(R3),CCREAD
BE INSREAD
CLI 0(R3),CCWRITE
BE INSWRITE
CLI 0(R3),CCTIC
BE INSTIC
CCWERR EQU * CCW INVALID OP CODE
MVC CSW+4,=X'0C20' CE, DE, PGM CHECK
LH R0,6(R3)
STH R0,CSW+6 CCW RESIDUAL COUNT
B CSWSTOR
INSREAD EQU * CCW READ VIA ASSIST XREAD
L R4,0(R3)
LH R5,6(R3)
XREAD 0(R4),0(R5)
LA R2,LF
SVC WRITECHR FORCE LF,CR AFTER READ
LA R2,CR
SVC WRITECHR
MVC CSW+4(4),=X'0C000000'
BZ CCWNEXT
MVC CSW+4(2),=X'0D00' CCW CE, DE, UNIT EXCEPTION
LH R0,6(R3)
STH R0,CSW+6
B CSWSTOR
INSWRITE EQU * CCW WRITE VIA ASSIST XPRNT
L R4,0(R3)
LH R5,6(R3)
XPRNT 0(R4),0(R5)
MVC CSW+4(4),=X'0C000000'
B CCWNEXT
INSTIC EQU * CCW TRANSFER TO CCW
L R3,0(R3)
B CCWEXEC
CCWNEXT EQU *
TM 4(R3),X'40' IS CHAIN COMMAND ON
BZ CSWSTOR NO, STORE CSW AND EXIT
LA R3,8(R3) YES, GO TO NEXT CCW
B CCWEXEC
NOTOPER EQU *
OI OLDPGM+2,X'30' SET CC=3
B INSEXT
CSWSTOR EQU *
NI OLDPGM+2,X'CF' SET CC=0 STARTED
OI OLDPGM+2,X'10' SET CC=1 CSW STORED
ST R3,CSW CCW ADDRESS
INSEXT EQU *
L R15,OLDPGM+4
LA R15,4(R15) SKIP OVER SIO INSTR.
ST R15,OLDPGM+4
SR R15,R15
BR R14
*
* DATA
*
R0 EQU 0
R1 EQU 1
R2 EQU 2
R3 EQU 3
R4 EQU 4
R5 EQU 5
R6 EQU 6
R14 EQU 14
R15 EQU 15
OLDPGM EQU X'28' OLD PGM PSW
CSW EQU X'40' CHANNEL STATUS WORD
CAW EQU X'48' CHANNEL ADDRESS WORD
CCREAD EQU X'02' CCW READ
CCWRITE EQU X'01' CCW WRITE
CCTIC EQU X'08' CCW TIC
WRITECHR EQU 200+2 WRITE CHR TO CONSOLE FROM R2
CR EQU X'0D' ASCII CARRIAGE RETURN
LF EQU X'0A' ASCII LINE FEED
END


660
PC370_orig/Diskette/full/DEMO/MVS.ALC Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,660 @@
*********
*
* PGMID. MVS.ALC (LINKED TO MVS.MOD FOR DYNMAIC LOAD AND EXEC)
* AUTHOR. DON HIGGINS
* DATE. 05/26/87
* REMARKS.
* THIS MODULE DEFINES MVS SVC HANDLER AND EXTERNAL
* INTERRUPT HANDLER TO SUPPORT EXECUTION OF MODULES WITH
* MVS SVC'S. RETRUN FROM THIS MODULE IS VIA LPSW WHICH
* PLACES CALLING PROGRAM IN PROBLEM STATE WITH SUPERVISOR
* AND NO EXTERNAL INTERRUPTS ENABLED (EXTERNAL CAN BE TURNED
* ON LATER IF DESIRED). FOR MVS SVC EQU'S SEE MVS.DOC.
*
* MAINTENANCE.
*
* 05/30/87 CHANGE SVC 3 EXIT TO RETURN IN SUPR STATE, ADD SVC 10
* 05/31/87 ADD IGC013 ABEND T1/T4
* 06/01/87 USE SVCR15 TO SIMPLIFY RTN SAVE/RESTORE, CHANGE IGC NAMES
* 06/04/87 SAVE R14,R1 ACROSS EXECRTN FOR SVC'S AND INS'S
* 06/06/87 FIX WTOR TO CLEAR R15 AND USE EXTERNAL INTERRUPT TO POST
*********
*
* MVS NUCLEUS INITIALIZATION PROGRAM (NIP)
*
*********
MVS CSECT
USING MVS,R15
STM R14,R6,12(R13)
LR R6,R15
DROP R15
USING MVS,R6
SVC TRACE
DC C'IOF' TURN OFF INTERRUPTS FOR WTOR FACILITY
*
* INIT CVT
*
LA R1,CVT
USING IHACVT,R1
ST R1,16 STORE CVT ADDRESS IN LOW MEMORY
LA R0,TCB
ST R0,CVTTCBP CVT TCB PTR
LA R0,SMCA
ST R0,CVTSMCA CVT SMCA PTR
L R0,ASCASL
ST R0,CVTMZ00 CVT END OF REAL MEMORY
*
* INIT SVC TABLE
*
LA R1,4*256
SVC GMAIN
LTR R0,R0
BNZ ABEND80A NO MEMORY FOR SVC TABLE
ST R2,ASVCTAB
LR R0,R2
LA R1,4*256
SR R14,R14
SR R15,R15
MVCL R0,R14 CLEAR SVC TABLE
LA R0,IGC0001
ST R0,4*1(R2) INIT SVC 1 WAIT
LA R0,IGC0002
ST R0,4*2(R2) INIT SVC 2 POST
LA R0,IGC0003
ST R0,4*3(R2) INIT SVC 3 EXIT
LA R0,IGC0010
ST R0,4*10(R2) INIT SVC 10 GMAINR/FMAINR
LA R0,IGC0013
ST R0,4*13(R2) INIT SVC 13 ABEND T1
LA R0,IGC0035
ST R0,4*35(R2) INIT SVC 35 WTO/WTOR
*
* INIT INS TABLE
*
LA R1,4*256
SVC GMAIN
LTR R0,R0
BNZ ABEND80A NO MEMORY FOR INS TABLE
ST R2,AINSTAB
LR R0,R2
LA R1,4*256
SR R14,R14
SR R15,R15
MVCL R0,R14 CLEAR SVC TABLE
*
* INIT SVC, PGM, AND EXT NEW PSW'S
*
LA R0,SVCRTN
ST R0,SVCPSW+4 INIT NEW SVC PSW ADDR
LA R0,PGMRTN
ST R0,PGMPSW+4 INIT NEW PGM PSW ADDR
LA R0,EXTRTN
ST R0,EXTPSW+4 INIT NEW EXT PSW ADDR
MVC NEWSVC(8),SVCPSW SET NEW SVC PSW
MVC NEWPGM(8),PGMPSW SET NEW PGM PSW
MVC NEWEXT(8),EXTPSW SET NEW EXT PSW
LM R14,R6,12(R13) RESTORE CALLER'S REG'S
DROP R6
USING MVS,R15
ST R14,PRBPSW+4 INIT PROBLEM STATE EXIT PSW ADDR
*
* EXIT TO CALLER IN PROBLEM STATE TO ACTIVATE MVS SHELL ENVIRONMENT
*
LPSW PRBPSW EXIT WITH NEW PROBLEM PSW
DROP
SVCPSW DS 0D
DC X'060C0000',A(*-*) ENTER SVC HANDLER IN SUPR STATE
PGMPSW DS 0D
DC X'060C0000',A(*-*) ENTER PGM HANDLER IN SUPR STATE
EXTPSW DS 0D
DC X'060C0000',A(*-*) ENTER EXT HANDLER IN SUPR STATE
PRBPSW DS 0D
DC X'070D0000',A(*-*) RETURN WITH PROB. STATE AND EXT. INT.
*********
*
* MVS SVC INTERRUPT HANDLER
*
*********
SVCRTN EQU *
SVC TRACE
DC C'SVC'
DROP
ST R15,SVCR15
L R15,NEWSVC+4
USING SVCRTN,R15
STM R0,R14,SVCSAV
L R14,SVCR15
ST R14,SVCSAV+15*4
L R14,OLDSVC+4 R14 = ADDR SVC + 2
BCTR R14,0
SR R2,R2
IC R2,0(R14) R2=SVC#
L R3,ASVCTAB
LA R4,IGC0NNN
BAL R14,EXECRTN EXECUTE SVC
USING *,R14
LTR R15,R15 WAS EXEC OK
BNZ ABEND106
LM R2,R13,SVCSAV+2*4 RESTORE USER REGS (2-13 ONLY)
LPSW OLDSVC EXIT TO INSTR AFTER ORIG SVC IN PROB STATE
ABEND106 EQU *
L R1,=X'80106000' NO, ABEND 106 WITH DUMP
LA R2,13
L R3,ASVCTAB
LA R4,IGC0NNN
BAL R14,EXECRTN EXECUTE ABEND SVC
DROP
USING *,R14
OI OLDSVC+1,X'02' TURN ON WAIT BIT IN OLD SVC PSW
LM R0,R15,SVCSAV RESTORE ALL REGS TO ORIG.
LPSW OLDSVC IF IT RETURN'S, LOAD WAIT STATE OLD PSW
DROP
SVCSAV DC 16F'0'
********
*
* PROGRAM INTERRUPT ROUTINE
*
********
PGMRTN EQU *
SVC TRACE
DC C'PGM'
DROP
ST R15,PGMR15 TEMP SAVE R15 IN LOW MEMORY
L R15,NEWPGM+4
USING PGMRTN,R15
STM R0,R14,PGMSAV SAVE REGS
L R14,PGMR15
ST R14,PGMSAV+4*15
CLI OLDPGM+3,2 IS THIS PRIVILEGED OR OPERATION EXCEPTION
BH ABEND0CX NO, ABEND 0CX WITH DUMP
L R14,OLDPGM+4 YES, TRY TO LOAD INS0NNN MACRO INSTRUCTION
SR R2,R2
IC R2,0(R14) R2 = OPERATION CODE
L R3,AINSTAB
LA R4,INS0NNN
BAL R14,EXECRTN EXECUTE INS RTN IF FOUND
USING *,R14
LTR R15,R15 WAS MACRO INSTR. EXEC OK
BNZ ABEND0CX NO, ABEND 0CX WITH DUMP
LM R0,R15,PGMSAV RESTORE ALL REGS
LPSW OLDPGM EXIT TO NEXT INSTR IN PROB STATE
DROP
ABEND0CX EQU *
BALR R15,0
USING *,R15
SR R1,R1
IC R1,OLDPGM+3
SLL R1,12
O R1,=X'800C0000' R1=0CX SYSTEM ABEND WITH DUMP
LA R2,13
L R3,ASVCTAB
LA R4,IGC0NNN
BAL R14,EXECRTN EXECUTE ABEND SVC
DROP
USING *,R14
OI OLDPGM+1,X'02' TURN ON WAIT BIT IN OLD PGM PSW
LM R0,R15,PGMSAV
LPSW OLDPGM IF IT RETURN'S, LOAD WAIT STATE OLD PSW
DROP
PGMSAV DC 16F'0' SAVE R0-R15
********
*
* EXTERNAL INTERRUPT ROUTINE
*
* 1. CURRENTLY ONLY FUNCTION IMPLEMENTED VIA EXTERNAL INTERRUPT IS
* ENTRY OF WTOR REPLY WITH POST OF ECB WHEN DONE. ONLY ONE WTOR
* ACTIVE AT A TIME IS SUPPORTED IN THIS SINGLE USER SHELL.
* PC/370 RELEASE 2.0 EXECUTES EXTERNAL INTERRUPT ROUTINE EVERY
* 256 INSTRUCTIONS IF ENABLED AND PROBLEM STATE. THIS WILL
* CAUSE HESITATION ON SLOWER PC'S AND HAVING EXTERNAL INTERRUPT
* ENABLED FOR THIS FACILITY INTRODUCES AROUND 10% OVERHEAD (25
* EXTRA INSTRUCTIONS EVERY 256 INSTRUCTIONS).
*
********
EXTRTN EQU *
SVC TRACE
DC C'EXT'
DROP
ST R15,EXTR15 TEMP SAV R15
L R15,NEWEXT+4
USING EXTRTN,R15
STM R0,R14,EXTSAV SAVE REGS
L R14,EXTR15
ST R14,EXTSAV+4*15
CLI WTORPEND,TRUE EXIT IF NO WTOR PENDING
BNE EXTEXT
SVC KEYSTAT IS THERE KEYBOARD INPUT PENDING
LTR R0,R0 EXIT IF NO KEY PENDING
BZ EXTEXT
L R3,WTORCCNT
L R4,WTORCRPY
WTORLOOP EQU *
SVC KEYSTAT IS THERE KEYBOARD INPUT PENDING
LTR R0,R0
BZ WTORSAVE
SVC KEYREAD
CLM R0,1,=AL1(CR)
BE WTORDONE STOP AT CARRIAGE RETURN
STC R0,0(R4)
LA R4,1(R4)
BCT R3,WTORLOOP REPEAT UNTIL NO MORE CHAR OR FULL
WTORDONE EQU *
MVI WTORPEND,FALSE
LA R2,LF
SVC WRITECHR
LA R2,CR
SVC WRITECHR
L R2,WTORTCNT
SR R2,R3
BZ WTORSKIP SKIP CONVERT IF NO CHAR.
L R1,WTORARPY
SVC ASCEBC CONVERT REPLY TO EBCDIC
WTORSKIP EQU *
L R1,WTORAECB
LA R6,IGC0002
BALR R14,R6 POST WTOR ECB VIA BRANCH ENTRY TO POST
USING *,R14
LM R0,R15,EXTSAV RESTORE ALL REGS
LPSW OLDEXT EXIT TO NEXT INSTR. OR EXIT FROM WAIT
DROP R14
WTORSAVE EQU *
ST R3,WTORCCNT
ST R4,WTORCRPY
EXTEXT EQU *
LM R0,R15,EXTSAV RESTORE ALL REGS
LPSW OLDEXT EXIT TO NEXT INSTR
DROP
EXTSAV DC 16F'0' SAVE R0-R15
********
*
* EXECUTE SVC/INS ROUTINE FROM SVC, PGM, OR EXT INTERRUPT HANDLER
*
* NOTE THIS ROUTINE ALONG WITH INTERRUPT HANDLERS IS CURRENTLY ONLY
* SERIALLY REUSABLE SO NO SVC CAN ISSUE MVS SVC ETC. (PC/370 SVC'S OK).
* THIS IS A SINGLE USER NON-MULTI-TASKING VERSION OF MVS.
*
* R2 = NUMBER OF SVC OR USER DEFINED INSTRUCTION OP CODE
* R3 = SVC/INS TABLE
* R4 = ADDRES OF MODULE NAME 'IGC0NNN' OR 'INS0NNN'
* R14 = RETURN ADDRESS
* R15 = NZ IF LOAD FAILED ELSE ZERO FOR SUCCESSFUL EXECUTION
*
EXECRTN EQU *
BALR R7,0
USING *,R7
CLI LOCK,BUSY
BE ABENDFXX ABEND FXX FOR INVALID RECURSIVE ENTRY
MVI LOCK,BUSY
ST R14,EXECEXT
AR R2,R2
AR R2,R2 R2=4*SVC#
L R6,0(R2,R3) R6=A(SVC RTN ENTRY)
LTR R6,R6
BNZ CALLRTN
BAL R14,LOADRTN LOAD SVC/INS IF NO ADDR IN TABLE
BNZ EXITRTN
CALLRTN EQU *
LA R3,CVT
LA R4,TCB
LA R5,RB
LA R7,ASCB
BALR R14,R6 CALL SVC ROUTINE
EXITRTN EQU *
BALR R14,0
USING *,R14
MVI LOCK,FREE
L R14,EXECEXT
BR R14
DROP R14
LOCK DC AL1(FREE) PREVENT RECURSIVE CALLS
FREE EQU 0
BUSY EQU 1
EXECEXT DC A(0)
LOADRTN EQU *
ST R14,LOADEXT
STM R0,R1,LOADSAV SAVE R0-R1 ACROSS LOAD
LA R3,0(R2,R3) SAVE TABLE ENTRY ADDR IN R3
SRL R2,2
CVD R2,PWORK
MVC 3(4,R4),=X'F0202020'
ED 3(4,R4),PWORK+6
LR R1,R4
SVC LOAD LOAD TYPE 3/4 DYNAMIC SVC ROUTINE
L R14,LOADEXT
LTR R15,R15
BNZR R14
ST R0,0(R3) SAVE SVC ENTRY IN SVC TABLE
LR R6,R0
LM R0,R1,LOADSAV
BR R14 RETURN FROM LOAD SVC
DROP
LOADEXT DC A(0)
LOADSAV DC 2F'0'
IGC0NNN DC C'IGC0NNN.MOD' TYPE 3/4 SVC MODULE
INS0NNN DC C'INS0NNN.MOD' TYPE 3/4 USER DEFINED OPCODE ROUTINE
ASVCTAB DC A(*-*) ADDRESS OF SVC TABLE
AINSTAB DC A(*-*) USER DEFINED INSTRUCTION RTN TABLE
*********
*
* WAIT STATE ERRORS
*
*********
ABEND80A EQU * MEMORY ERROR DURING NIP
SVC TRACE
DC C'80A'
SVC TRACE
DC C'BUG'
ABENDFXX EQU * RECURSIVE CALL TO EXECRTN
SVC TRACE
DC C'FXX'
SVC TRACE
DC C'BUG'
*********
*
* IGC0001 - WAIT
*
*********
IGC0001 DS 0H
USING *,R6
SR R15,R15
LTR R1,R1
BZ IGC0001E EXIT WITH ERROR IF ECBLIST
TM 0(R1),X'40'
BOR R14 EXIT OK IF POSTED ALREADY
OI 0(R1),X'80' TURN ON WAIT BIT FOR EXT. INT. POST
LA R0,IGC0001L
ST R0,WAITLOOP+4
LPSW WAITLOOP ENTER ENABLED PROB. STATE AND LOOP
IGC0001L B * LOOP UNTIL POST OCCURS VIA EXT. INT.
IGC0001E EQU *
LA R15,4
BR R14
WAITLOOP DC 0D'0',X'070D0000',A(*-*) PROB STATE LOOP
*********
*
* IGC0002 - POST
*
*********
IGC0002 DS 0H
USING *,R6
SR R15,R15
LTR R1,R1
BM IGC0002E EXIT WITH ERROR IF ECBLIST
OI 0(R1),X'40' TURN ON ECB POST BIT
TM 0(R1),X'80' IS WAIT BIT ON
BZR R14 EXIT NOW IF TASK NOT WAITING
NI OLDEXT+1,X'FE' TURN OFF PROB. STATE IF WAITING
LA R0,IGC0002P FORCE EXIT FROM WAIT SVC LOOP
ST R0,OLDEXT+4 RESET EXT RETURN ADDR. TO BR R14
IGC0002P EQU *
BR R14 EXIT IN SUPERVISOR STATE
IGC0002E EQU *
LA R15,4
BR R14
*********
*
* IGC0003 - EXIT
*
*********
IGC0003 DS 0H
USING *,R6
NI OLDSVC+1,X'FE' TURN OFF PROBLEM STATE
SR R15,R15
BR R14 EXIT IN SUPERVISOR STATE
*********
*
* IGC0010 - GMAINR/FMAINR R0=SPL,LENGTH, R1=NEG GMAIN/POS. FMAIN ADDR.
*
*********
IGC0010 DS 0H
USING *,R6
LTR R1,R1
BNM IGC0010F
IGC0010G EQU *
LR R1,R0
SVC GMAIN
LR R0,R1
LR R1,R2
SR R15,R15
BR R14
IGC0010F EQU *
LR R2,R1
LR R1,R0
SVC FMAIN
SR R15,R15
BR R14
*********
*
* IGC0013 - ABEND R1 = COMPLETION CODE
*
*********
IGC0013 DS 0H
USING *,R6
STM R14,R2,IGC0013S
ST R1,PWORK
UNPK DWORK(9),PWORK(5)
TR DWORK(8),HEXTAB-240
MVC DCMP,DWORK
UNPK DWORK(9),OLDSVC(5)
TR DWORK(8),HEXTAB-240
MVC DPSW(8),DWORK
UNPK DWORK(9),OLDSVC+4(5)
TR DWORK(8),HEXTAB-240
MVC DPSW+8(8),DWORK
LA R2,DABEND
SVC WTO DISPLAY COMPLETION CODE AND PSW
LTR R1,R1
BP IGC0013N NO DUMP REQUESTED
L R0,AIGC1013
LTR R0,R0
BNZ IGC0013D
LA R1,=C'IGC1013.MOD'
SVC LOAD
LTR R15,R15
BNZ IGC0013A EXIT WITH ERROR TO FORCE ABEND 106
ST R0,AIGC1013 SAVE ADDRESS OF TYPE 4 ABEND FORMATTED DUMP
IGC0013D EQU * TYPE 4 FOUND, GO PRINT FORMATTED DUMP
LM R14,R2,IGC0013S
L R6,AIGC1013
BR R6 LINK TO TYPE 4 FORMATTED ABEND DUMP ROUTINE
IGC0013N EQU * NO DUMP REQUESTED, EXIT NORMALLY
LM R14,R2,IGC0013S
SR R15,R15 CLEAR R15 TO PREVENT 106 ABEND FOR IGC1013 ONLY
BR R14 EXIT NORMALLY
IGC0013A EQU *
LM R14,R2,IGC0013S
LA R15,4 SET ERROR TO FORCE 106 ABEND FOR IGC1013 NOT FOUND
BR R14 EXIT NORMALLY
AIGC1013 DC A(0) ADDRESS OF TYPE 4 ABEND FORMATTED DUMP ROUTINE
IGC0013S DC 5F'0' SAVE R14,R2 ACROSS LOAD
DABEND DC C'IGC0013A ABEND = '
DCMP DC CL8'XXSSSUUU',C' PSW = '
DPSW DC CL16' ',C'$'
*********
*
* IGC0035 - WTO/WTOR
*
*********
IGC0035 DS 0H
USING *,R6
SR R2,R2
CLI 0(R1),0
BNE IGCWTOR
IGCWTO EQU *
IC R2,1(R1)
SH R2,=H'4'
EX R2,MVCWTO MOVE WTO TEXT
LA R2,WTOMSG(R2)
MVI 0(R2),C'$' ADD MS-DOS END OF TEXT
LA R2,WTOMSG
SVC WTO ISSUE MS-DOS WTO
SR R15,R15
BR R14
IGCWTOR EQU *
SR R15,R15
IC R15,9(R1)
EX R15,MVCWTORM
LA R2,WTOMSG-4(R15)
MVI 0(R2),C'$'
LA R2,WTOMSG
SVC WTO
CLI WTORPEND,TRUE ONLY ONE AT A TIME ALLOWED
BE WTORERR
IC R15,0(R1) R15 = REPLY LENGTH
ST R15,WTORTCNT SAVE COUNT FOR EXT. INT. RTN.
ST R15,WTORCCNT
L R0,0(R1)
ST R0,WTORARPY SAVE REPLY ADDR.
ST R0,WTORCRPY
L R15,4(R1)
ST R15,WTORAECB SAVE ECB ADDR.
SR R0,R0
ST R0,0(R15) CLEAR ECB
MVI WTORPEND,TRUE ENABLE EXT. INT. REPLY ROUTINE
SR R15,R15
BR R14 EXIT WITH REPLY PENDING
WTORERR EQU *
LA R15,4
BR R14
WTOMSG DC CL256' ',C' '
MVCWTO MVC WTOMSG(0),4(R1)
MVCWTORM MVC WTOMSG(0),12(R1)
WTORPEND DC AL1(FALSE)
TRUE EQU 1
FALSE EQU 0
WTORTCNT DC A(*-*) TOTAL REPLY CHAR ALLOWED
WTORCCNT DC A(*-*) CURRENT REPLY COUNTER DEC BY EXT. INT. RTN.
WTORARPY DC A(*-*) ADDRESS OF REPLY FIELD
WTORCRPY DC A(*-*) CURRENT REPLY CHAR. ADDR. INC BY EXT. INT. RTN.
WTORAECB DC A(*-*) ADDRESS OF ECB
********
*
* COMMON DATA
*
********
*
* PC/370 SVC'S
*
PWORK DC D'0'
DWORK DC CL9' '
HEXTAB DC C'0123456789ABCDEF'
EXIT EQU 0
TRACE EQU 9
GMAIN EQU 10
FMAIN EQU 11
EBCASC EQU 12
ASCEBC EQU 12
LOAD EQU 25
WTO EQU 200+9 MS-DOS PRINT TEXT
WRITECHR EQU 200+2 MS-DOS PRINT CHAR
KEYREAD EQU 200+1 MS-DOS READ CHAR WITH ECHO
KEYSTAT EQU 200+11 MS-DOS TEST KEYBOARD
CR EQU X'0D' ASCII CARRIAGE RETURN
LF EQU X'0A' ASCII LINE FEED
*
* GENERAL REGISTERS
*
R0 EQU 0
R1 EQU 1
R2 EQU 2
R3 EQU 3
R4 EQU 4
R5 EQU 5
R6 EQU 6
R7 EQU 7
R8 EQU 8
R9 EQU 9
R10 EQU 10
R11 EQU 11
R12 EQU 12
R13 EQU 13
R14 EQU 14
R15 EQU 15
*********
*
* CVT - MVS COMMUNICATIONS VECTOR TABLE
*
*********
DS 0F
DC CL16'PC/370 MVS CVT'
DC X'8386' MACHINE #
DC C'2.0A' PC/370 RELEASE 2.0A
CVT DS 0F
DC A(*-*) CVTTCBP ACCRESS OF NEXT TCB
ORG CVT+56
DC PL4'87200' CVTDATE PACKED DECIMAL DATE
ORG CVT+116
DC X'93' MVS/XA OS OPTIONS
ORG CVT+128
DC A(X'200') CVTNUCB END OF NUCLEUS
ORG CVT+164
DC A(*-*) CVTMZ00 HIGHEST ADDRESS IN MACHINE
ORG CVT+196
DC A(*-*) CVTSMCA SMF COMMON AREA
DC A(*-*) CVTUSER USER POINTER
*********
*
* MISC. MVS CONTROL BLOCKS
*
*********
TCB DS 0F TASK CONTROL BLOCK
RB DS 0F
ASCB DS 0F ADDRESS SPACE CONTROL BLOCK
SMCA DS 0F SMF COMMON AREA
*********
*
* PSW.DOC LOW MEMORY PSW EQUATES
*
*********
OLDEXT EQU X'18' OLD EXTERNAL PSW
OLDSVC EQU X'20' OLD SUPERVISOR CALL PSW
OLDPGM EQU X'28' OLD PROGRAM CHECK PSW
OLDMCK EQU X'30' OLD MACHINE CHECK PSW
OLDIOS EQU X'38' OLD I/O INTERRUPT PSW
CSW EQU X'40' CHANNEL STATUS WORD
CAW EQU X'48' CHANNEL ADDRESS WORD
ITIMER EQU X'50' INTERVAL TIMER
NEWEXT EQU X'58' NEW EXTERNAL PSW
NEWSVC EQU X'60' NEW SUPERVISOR CALL PSW
NEWPGM EQU X'68' NEW PROGRAM CHECK PSW
NEWMCK EQU X'70' NEW MACHINE CHECK PSW
NEWIOS EQU X'78' NEW I/O INTERRUPT PSW
SVCR15 EQU X'190' SVC TEMP SAV R15
PGMR15 EQU X'194' PGM TEMP SAV R15
EXTR15 EQU X'198' EXT TEMP SAV R15
IHACVT DSECT
CVTTCBP DS A NEXT TCB
ORG IHACVT+56
CVTDATE DS PL4 PACKED DATE
ORG IHACVT+128
CVTNUCB DS A END OF NUCLEUS
ORG IHACVT+164
CVTMZ00 DS A END OF REAL MEMORY
ORG IHACVT+196
CVTSMCA DS A SMF COMMON AREA
CVTABEND DS A SECONDARY CVT
CVTUSER DS A USER POINTER
*********************************************************************
*
* ASCB - ADDRESS SPACE CONTROL BLOCK FOR PC/370 RELEASE 2.0+
*
*********************************************************************
*
* THIS CONTROL BLOCK IS INITIALIZED BY THE PC/370 EMULATOR AT EXECUTION
* TIME FOR THE MAIN PROGRAM COM FILE AND IS LOCATED AT VIRTUAL MEMORY
* ADDRESS X'104'. THIS CONTROL BLOCK IS ALSO CREATED FOR EACH ATTACHED
* COM PROGRAM ADDRESS SPACE DURING ATTACH SVC 26 EXECUTION (SEE SVC.DOC).
*
*********************************************************************
ASCB DSECT
ASCIDR DS CL4 ASCB IDENTIFIER C'ASCB'
ASCNXT DS A ABSOLUTE ADDRESS OF NEXT DAUGHTER TASK ASCB
ASCPRV DS A ABSOLUTE ADDRESS OF PREVIOUS MOTHER TASK ASCB
ASCASO DS A ABSOLUTE ADDRESS OF ADDRESS SPACE ORIGIN
ASCASL DS F LENGTH OF ADDRESS SPACE (USED FOR ADDRESS PROTECTION)
ASCASF DS A RELATIVE ADDRESS OF FIRST FREE QUEUE ELEMENT (FQE)
ASCENT DS A RELATIVE ADDRESS OF ENTRY POINT (FROM COM PREFIX)
ASCEXT DS A RELATIVE ADDRESS OF RETURN IN MOTHER TASK ASCB
LASCB EQU *-ASCB
END MVS


121
PC370_orig/Diskette/full/DEMO/PLOTXY.ALC Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,121 @@
TITLE 'PLOTXY.ALC - PLOT Y=SIN(X) USING 320 X 200 COLOR SCREEN'
*
* PGM-ID. GRAPH.ALC
* AUTHOR. DON HIGGINS
* DATE. 08/20/87
* REMARKS. PLOT SIN WAVE ON 320X200 SCREEN USING 80X87 SCIENTIFIC
* SUBROUTINE PACKAGE SIN FUNCTION.
*
PLOTXY CSECT
LR R12,R15
USING PLOTXY,R12
LA R2,=C' PLOTXY.ALC GRAPH OF SIN WAVE$'
SVC WTO
LA R2,=C' THIS PGM REQUIRES COLOR 320X200 MONITOR AND 80X87$'
SVC WTO
LA R2,=C' HIT ANY KEY TO START$'
SVC WTO
SVC READCON
ICM R0,B'0011',=AL1(VIOSETM,VIOM320)
SVC VIDEOIO SET GRAPHIC 320 X 200 MODE
LD FR0,=D'0'
STD FR0,XMIN XMIN=0.
STD FR0,X X=XMIN
L R15,=V(PI)
BALR R14,R15
MD FR0,=D'2'
STD FR0,XMAX XMAX=2*PI
SD FR0,XMIN
DD FR0,XPIXILS
STD FR0,XINC XINC=(XMAX-XMIN)/XPIXILS
LD FR2,=D'1'
DDR FR2,FR0
STD FR2,XSCALE XSCALE=XPIXILS/(XMAX-XMIN)
LD FR0,=D'-1'
STD FR0,YMIN YMIN=-1 FOR SIN
LD FR0,=D'1'
STD FR0,YMAX YMAX=1 FOR SIN
SD FR0,YMIN
LD FR2,YPIXILS
DDR FR2,FR0
STD FR2,YSCALE YSCALE=YPIXILS/(YMAX-YMIN)
LOOP EQU * PLOT Y=F(X) FOR X=XMIN,XMAX,XINC
LD FR0,X
LDR FR2,FR0 SAVE X IN FR2 FOR DEBUG
L R15,=V(SIN)
BALR R14,R15 FR0=SIN(X)
LDR FR4,FR0 SAVE SIN(X) IN FR4 FOR DEBUG
STD FR0,Y
BAL R14,PLOT
LD FR0,X
AD FR0,XINC
STD FR0,X
CD FR0,XMAX
BL LOOP
EOJ EQU *
SVC READCON HOLD SCREEN UNTIL NEXT KEY
ICM R0,B'0011',=AL1(VIOSETM,VIOM2480)
SVC VIDEOIO SET 24X80 CHARACTER MODE
SVC EXIT EXIT TO MS-DOS
PLOT EQU * PLOT (X,Y) SCALED TO 320X200 SCREEN
ST R14,SAVE14
LD FR0,Y
SD FR0,YMIN
MD FR0,YSCALE
L R15,=V(INT)
BALR R14,R15 R0=INT((Y-YMIN)*YSCALE)
ST R0,IY
LR R4,R0 SAVE IY IN R4 FOR DEBUG
LD FR0,X
SD FR0,XMIN
MD FR0,XSCALE
L R15,=V(INT)
BALR R14,R15 R0=INT((X-XMIN)*XSCALE)
ST R0,IX
LR R2,R0 SAVE IX IN R2 FOR DEBUG
ICM R0,B'0011',=AL1(VIOPSET,VIOPCV)
L R14,IX
L R15,IYPIXILS
S R15,IY
SVC VIDEOIO SET PIXIL AT (IX,IY)
L R14,SAVE14
BR R14
R0 EQU 0
R1 EQU 1
R2 EQU 2
R3 EQU 3
R4 EQU 4
R5 EQU 5
R12 EQU 12
R14 EQU 14
R15 EQU 15
FR0 EQU 0 FLOATING POINT REG 0
FR2 EQU 2
FR4 EQU 4
FR6 EQU 6
VIOSETM EQU 0 AH VALUE FOR VIDEOIO SET MODE (SEE A-48)
VIOM320 EQU 4 AL VALUE FOR 320 X 200 MODE
VIOM2480 EQU 2 AL VALUE FOR 24 X 80 BW CHARACTER MODE
VIOPSET EQU 12 AH VALUE FOR VIDEOIO SET BIT (SEE A-49)
VIOPCV EQU 1 AL VALUE FOR COLOR VALUE
VIDEOIO EQU X'80'+X'10' 8086 VIDEO BIOS INTERRUPT SVC
EXIT EQU 0 EXIT TO MS-DOS
WTO EQU 209 WRITE TO OPERATOR
READCON EQU 207 READ KEYBOARD CHARACTER INTO R0
XPIXILS DC D'318' 320-2 TO AVOID MISSING PIXILS AT EDGE
YPIXILS DC D'198' 200-2 TO AVOID MISSING PIXILS AT EDGE
IYPIXILS DC F'199' REVERSE IY TO MOVE ORIGIN FROM UPPER LEFT TO LOWER
X DC D'0'
XMAX DC D'0'
XMIN DC D'0'
XINC DC D'0' CALC (XMAX-XMIN)/XPIXILS
XSCALE DC D'0' CALC XPIXILS/(XMAX-XMIN)
Y DC D'0'
YMAX DC D'0'
YMIN DC D'0'
YSCALE DC D'0' CALC YPIXILS/(YMAX-YMIN)
IX DC F'0'
IY DC F'0'
SAVE14 DC A(0)
END PLOTXY


161
PC370_orig/Diskette/full/DEMO/SIEVE.ALC Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,161 @@
TITLE 'SIEVE.ALC - FIND PRIME NUMBERS USING SIEVE'
*
* AUTHOR. DON HIGGINS.
* DATE. 12/19/86.
* REMARKS. LIST PRIMES ENDING IN 999 UP TO 100,000 (MAXPRIME VALUE)
* USING 100,000 BYTE TABLE AND SIEVE ROUTINE
*
* 01/16/87 MODIFY TO USE BXLE AND CLCL SCAN FOR NEXT PRIME
* 03/01/87 MODIFY TO USE GMAIN INSTEAD OF DIRECT FQE ACCESS
* 05/20/87 UPDATE TIMINGS FOR PC/370 R2.0
*
SIEVE CSECT
LR BASE,ENTRY
USING SIEVE,BASE
LA R2,=C' $'
SVC WTO
LA R2,=C'SIEVE.ALC PROGRAM TO PRINT PRIMES ENDING$'
SVC WTO
LA R2,=C'IN 999 UP TO 100,000 USING 100,000 BYTE TABLE$'
SVC WTO
LA R2,=C'AND SIEVE ROUTINE. START AND ENDING TIME,$'
SVC WTO
LA R2,=C'AND 370 INSTRUCTION COUNT ARE ALSO PRINTED.$'
SVC WTO
LA R2,=C'TIME = 176 SECONDS ON 4.77 MHZ 8088 PC.$'
SVC WTO
LA R2,=C'TIME = 63 SECONDS ON 6 MHZ 80286 PC/AT.$'
SVC WTO
LA R2,=C'TIME = 37 SECONDS ON 10 MHZ 80286 PS/2-50.$'
SVC WTO
LA R2,=C'TIME = 31 SECONDS ON 12 MHZ 80286 COMPAQ.$'
SVC WTO
LA R2,=C'TIME = 20 SECONDS ON 16 MHZ 80386 COMPAQ.$'
SVC WTO
LA R2,=C' $'
SVC WTO
L ENTRY,=V(PET)
BALR LINK,ENTRY PRINT STARTING TIME
BAL LINK,INIT INIT REGS AND TABLE WITH 2,3 MARKED
LA NUMBER,5
LA NEXT,999 NEXT TARGET NUMBER WITH 999'S
MAINLOOP EQU *
BAL LINK,MARKDUP MARK DUPLICATES OF NUMBER
BAL LINK,FINDNEXT FIND NEXT PRIME
BZ MAINEOJ EXIT IF NONE FOUND
CLR NUMBER,NEXT
BL MAINLOOP LOOP IF NUMBER < NEXT TARGET
LA NEXT,1000(NEXT)
BNE CHKEOJ
BAL LINK,PRTNUM PRINT NUMBER IF EQUAL TO TARGET
CHKEOJ EQU *
CL NUMBER,=A(MAXPRIME)
BL MAINLOOP LOOP IF NUMBER < MAXPRIME
MAINEOJ EQU *
L ENTRY,=V(PET)
BALR LINK,ENTRY PRINT ENDING TIME
SVC EXIT
TITLE 'INIT - INITIALIZE TABLE WITH PRIME INDICATORS'
INIT EQU *
L R1,=A(MAXPRIME)
SVC GMAIN ALLOCATE TABLE FROM FREE MEMORY
LTR R0,R0
BNZ INITERR
LR TABS,R2
LR TABE,R2
A TABE,=A(MAXPRIME)
MVC 0(6,TABS),INITDATA
LRA R3,0(TABS)
L R2,=A(MAXPRIME-6)
MVCP 6(R2,TABS),0,R3 INIT TABLE WITH 2,3 DUP. MARKED
BR LINK
INITERR EQU *
LA R2,=C'INSUFFICIENT MEMORY FOR TABLE$'
SVC WTO
SVC TRACE
DC C'BUG '
SVC EXIT
TITLE 'PRTNUM - PRINT PRIME NUMBER'
PRTNUM EQU *
CVD NUMBER,PWORK
MVC DNUM,DMASK
ED DNUM,PWORK+4
LA R2,DNUM
SVC WTO
BR LINK
TITLE 'MARKDUP - MARK DUPLICATES IN TABLE'
MARKDUP EQU *
LA DUP,0(NUMBER,TABS)
BXH DUP,NUMBER,MARKEXIT EXIT IF DUP > TABE
MARKLOOP EQU *
MVI 0(DUP),NOTPRIME
BXLE DUP,NUMBER,MARKLOOP LOOP IF DUP <= TABE
MARKEXIT EQU *
BR LINK
TITLE 'FINDNEXT - FIND NEXT PRIME IN TABLE'
FINDNEXT EQU *
LA R0,1(NUMBER,TABS)
LR R1,TABE
SR R1,R0
BNH FINDEOF EOF IF SCAN LENGTH NOT > 0
LM R2,R3,=A(0,NOTPRIME*X'1000000')
CLCL R0,R2 SCAN FOR NEXT PRIME
BE FINDEOF EOF IF NO PRIME FOUND
SR R0,TABS
LR NUMBER,R0
BR LINK EXIT WITH NZ FOR PRIME
FINDEOF EQU *
SR R0,R0 FORCE ZERO CC FOR END OF TABLE
BR LINK
TITLE 'COMMON DATA'
LTORG
*
* SVC'S
*
EXIT EQU 0
TRACE EQU 9
GMAIN EQU 10 R1=LENGTH, R2=ADDRESS, R0=RC (0=OK)
WTO EQU 209
*
* REGISTERS
*
R0 EQU 0
R1 EQU 1
R2 EQU 2
R3 EQU 3
DUP EQU 4
TABS EQU 5
NUMBER EQU 6 R6/R7 USED IN BXLE/BXH
TABE EQU 7
TWO EQU 9
NEXT EQU 10
BASE EQU 12
LINK EQU 14
ENTRY EQU 15
*
* DATA
*
MAXPRIME EQU 100000 (100,000=200 SEC, 10,000=20 SEC FOR QUICK TEST)
PRIME EQU 0
NOTPRIME EQU 1
PWORK DC D'0'
DMASK DC X'40206B2020206B202020'
DNUM DC CL10' Z,ZZZ,ZZZ',C'$'
*
* INITDATA ELIMINATES 2'S AND 3'S FROM TABLE
*
INITDATA DC AL1(NOTPRIME,PRIME,NOTPRIME,NOTPRIME,NOTPRIME,PRIME)
*
* DSECTS
*
ASCB DSECT
ASCBIDR DS CL4
ASCBNEXT DS A NEXT ASCB OR ZERO
ASCBPREV DS A PREVIOUS ASCB OR ZERO
ASCBASO DS A VIRTUAL ADDRESS SPACE ORIGIN
ASCBASL DS A VIRTUAL ADDRESS SPACE LENGTH
ASCBASF DS A RELATIVE ADDRESS OF FREE SPACE QUEUE OR ZERO
ASCBASE DS A RELATIVE ADDRESS OF ENTRY POINT USED BY ATTACH
ASCBEXIT DS A RELATIVE ADDRESS OF EXIT IN PREV. ADDR. SPACE
END SIEVE


22
PC370_orig/Diskette/full/DEMO/Z86SUB.ASM Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
TITLE 'Z86SUB - 8086 USER EXIT'
;
; PGMID. Z86SUB.ASM LINKED TO Z86SUB.EXE
; AUTHOR. DON HIGGINS
; DATE. 04/12/87 CONVERTED TO MASM V4 STD. EXE CONVENTIONS WITH FAR EXIT
;
CODE SEGMENT PUBLIC
ASSUME CS:CODE
PRTMSG PROC FAR
PUSH DS ;SAVE DS
PUSH CS
POP DS ;MOVE CS TO DS
MOV DX,OFFSET MSG
MOV AH,9
INT 21H
POP DS ;RESTORE DS
RET
PRTMSG ENDP
MSG DB 'HELLO FROM Z86 SUB',0DH,0AH,'$'
CODE ENDS
END


BIN
PC370_orig/Diskette/full/DEMO/Z86SUB.COM Normal file
View File

Binary file not shown.

183
PC370_orig/Diskette/full/DOC/HELP.DOC Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,183 @@
PC/370 help documentation
So you've successfully installed PC/370 using the BAT\INSTALL.BAT
command, have run the demo programs, and have read the documentation
files, but you still have some questions. Well, here are some of the
most frequently asked questions and some answers which may help:
1. Where can I get more help?
Send letter and/or diskette with problem to me at the address
listed below and I will reply. Subscribe to Compu-Serve
electronic mail survice adn send me EASY mail message
using ID# 73047,1113.
2. The A370.EXE cross assembler gets I/O error reading my source
ALC program file?
The file must be in ASCII text form with line feed (X'0A')
character ending each line of text. This is standard PC format
used by most text editors including EDLIN and SEE. If the ALC
file was downloaded from an IBM mainframe, it may need to be
translated from EBCDIC to ASCII. Most mainframe to PC link
facilities have this translation option as a default.
3. The A370.EXE cross assembler did not recognize some statements?
See USER.DOC for OS/VS assembler features not supported by
A370.EXE such as macros, and see the reference section for
additional texts on OS/VS assembler and ASSIST. If the program
has macros, you must use the M370.COM macro preprocessor to
expand macros into basic assembler first. If the program has
floating point E, D, or L type DC constants, an 80x87 math co-
processor must be installed for the assembler to correctly
assemble the floating point constants.
4. The L370.EXE linkage editor keeps getting unresolved external
references even though I've checked that all subroutines have
been added to system or program LIB file with correct /B option
of MS-DOS copy command as shown in BAT\BLDLIB.BAT?
The linkage editor scans the program LIB file first and then the
system LIB file in sequential order attempting to resolve all
external references in one pass. If any module selected for
inclusion calls a module previously scanned and not selected,
then the link will fail as a result of the backward reference.
You must sequence the libraries to eliminate backward references
or force loading of required modules with explicit external
address constants. To allow unresolved references use option U.
5. My first program will not run. How do I debug it?
Specify an upper case T as only parameter when executing program
to start in debug mode or link it with option D specified. At
the interactive debug prompt, type T to trace instructions up to
point of failure. You can stop trace at any point by hitting
any key and then typing T again to restart. If no entry point
name was specified on END statement, the program will start at
first byte of code. If there are too many instructions before
failure to trace, enter Q for quiet mode execution up to point
of failure and then enter N for list of last 20 instructions
executed. See debug chapter of USER.DOC for more information.
6. My write to operator message printed garbage after message?.
Add $ character to tell MS-DOS where end of text is.
7. My first file I/O operation caused an I/O error?
Make sure that file is in current directory or that complete
MS-DOS file path was specified in DCBDSN field of DCB with a
trailing null character (X'00'). Make sure that record length
(LRECL) includes room for carriage return and line feed
characters in each text record. Text record processing on the
PC is quite different from the normal fixed length text record
processing on an IBM mainframe. Text records on the PC created
by the SEE.COM full screen editor or most other PC editors such
as EDLIN store text records in variable length ASCII form with a
carriage return (X'0D') and line feed (X'0A') character
indicating the end of each record and an end of file (X'1F')
character after the last line feed. If the file being read or
written has 80 data characters, then the record length needs to
be 82 bytes for text type files. See SYSTEM.DOC for more
information on file DCB options including translation between
EBCDIC and ASCII. The ASSIST extended instructions XREAD and
XPRNT make the translation between ASCII text file format and
EBCDIC fixed length record format automatically. See the ASSIST
demo programs DEMOAST1.ALC through DEMOAST4.ALC and the ASSIST
section of USER.DOC for more information.
8. The records read from my input file appear to be in ASCII
instead of EBCDIC as expected by the 370 program?
The default for DCB text file processing is not to translate
between ASCII and EBCDIC. There is an option bit in the DCBFLG
byte named DBTRAN which can be set prior to open to request that
each record be translated such that file is in ASCII and record
processed by program is in EBCDIC. The ASSIST extended
instructions XREAD and XPRNT automatically make this
translation.
9. Why don't you have an option to let all character strings
default to ASCII instead of EBCDIC code in an assembler program?
Release 1 did have option E to specify either ASCII or EBCDIC
for DC character strings and self defining character strings
such as immediate data in CLI instruction. This created non-
standard 370 code by default when the ASCII mode was selected
and was very confusing when mixing subprograms with different
options. Release 2 removed the E option and added option to
define ASCII character strings using double quotes. This
solution also allows both types of character strings to be
easily used in a single program.
10. Can I download and use the MVS, VM, or VSE macro's?
No. First they are copyright by IBM and licensed only on the
mainframe they reside on. Second, they would not work without
changing them to use PC/370 supervisor calls and the limited
syntax of the macro pre-processor. The common MVS macros
included such as DCB, OPEN, CLOSE, GET, and PUT have been coded
from scratch for the PC environment. Several different users
are developing additional macros to provide compatible unit test
environments for each of the above operating systems.
11. Can I download load modules from an IBM mainframe and run
them using PC/370?
Yes, but only if you also complete a PC/370 shell such as the
MVS demo shell to intercept all SVC's and supervisor state
instructions used. The demo shell will support a native 370
mainframe MVS load module that only uses problem state
instructions and the WTO and WTOR svc's. The actual load module
file would have to be processed to remove all the extraneous
fetch control records leaving just the 370 object code in a MOD
type file which could be loaded and executed by the shell
program. The object code would have to be self relocating (i.e.
no relocation records in the load module file).
12. Can I download fixed blocked files and read them directly with a
PC/370 program?
Yes, one of the DCB file processing options is fixed blocked.
This mode assumes that the file contains fixed length binary
and/or EBCDIC data records with no carriage returns or line
feeds. Text files are not normally stored in this format on
PC's because it wastes so much space compared to the variable
length ASCII text format.
13. Can I upload source, object, or load modules to the mainframe
and execute them?
Yes, with the following restrictions:
a. Source code must be translated back to EBCDIC and any SVC's
or macros used must be compatible with the mainframe
operating system and macro assembler.
b. Object code can be uploaded after it is converted from
compressed bit stream format (OBJ) to OS/VS linkage editor
80 byte fixed blocked format (370) using the utility
T370.COM which is included in both object and source form.
This is being used by some software developers who unit
test code on a PC and then upload tested object code to
mainframe.
c. Load module code can be uploaded but with the following
restrictions. Only MOD format code would make sense to
upload since the loader code in COM format files is unique
to PC MS-DOS environments. An application interface on
the mainframe would have to be written to read the MOD
file code into memory and link to it. Of course, the
supervisor instructions would have to be compatible with
the mainframe operating environment.
Please send additional questions and answers you think would be
helpful to other users. I will add them with appropriate credits.
This file was first added in release 4.2 at the suggestion of BIll
Earle.
Don Higgins
6365 - 32 Avenue North
St. Petersburg, Florida 33710

430
PC370_orig/Diskette/full/DOC/HISTORY.DOC Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,430 @@
HISTORY.DOC Summary PC/370 Release History
MMS/370 R1.0 12/28/81 first beta test demo for Z80 CP/M-80
Successful demo program assembly, link, and execute
completed on the following systems:
1. Radio Shack Model II with Lifeboat CP/M v2.2.
2. Cromemco system with Tarbell CP/M v1.4.
MMS/370 R1.1 01/04/82 first Distributor evaluation version
sent to Lifeboat Assoc. for evaluation
MMS/370 R1.2 12/20/82 second beta test
MMS/370 R1.3 02/12/83 first user release
A370
1. Add XREAD, XPRNT, XDECI, XDECO, XFILI, XFILO, XDUMP
2. Fix location 0 overlay processing missing END.
3. Force E22 length error for 0 length program.
L370
1. Force E08 memory error for 0 length segment.
2. Fix incorrect SEARCH return code due to DEQ.
3. Fix ORG error at end if no literals.
4. Fix bad stack address at program entry with option G.
5. Fix object code error when control Z is first byte of
physical block in concatenated object file.
6. Allow alternate disk drive A for L370.LIB if not found
on specified drive for object file.
E370
1. Add ASSIST support plus interactive debug log option.
2. Add 370 instruction trace and instruction address stop.
3. Add 370 address protection for CP/M and E370 areas.
MMS/370 R2.2 05/04/83 second user release with new XA extensions
A370
1. 27 new instructions added including BAS, BASR, MVCIN,
BSM, and BASSM.
2. Fix made to handle explicit 256 byte SS instructions
correctly.
3. Fix DC logic to surpress duplicate references to *.
4. FIX SVC interface to save IX and IY for NEC PC MSDOS.
L370
1. Fix stack pointer for execution for option G to prevent
initial call from storing address in program area. Also
changed call in prefix to simple jump to emulator entry.
E370
1. 5 new non-privileged instructions supported along with
PSW address mode bit 17.
2. The existing instructions LA, BAL, BALR, EDMK, and TRT
all have been modified to function correctly in both
24 and 31 bit addressing modes.
3. Fix incorrect instruction length code in BAL 24 bit
mode .
4. Fix incorrect EDMK address for single byte PD fields.
5. Fix incorrect SS instruction processing when length is
over 128.
6. Fix fixed point multiply and divided overflow when
result is negative.
7. Fix sign of remainder for fixed and packed divide.
8. Fix packed decimal compare for negative zero.
9. Fix condition codes for multiply and divide exceptions.
10. Fix Assist XREAD to correctly support 1 byte area.
11. Fix arithmetic shift left overflow logic.
12. Fix packed decimal divide to correctly detect overflow.
MMS/370 R2.3 06/30/83 third user release with updated XA
extensions
A370
1. Add IPM and other new XA supervisor instructions
L370
E370
1. Add IPM instruction
2. Change XA mode PSW bit to 32 and display extended mode PSW
when in XA mode.
3. Correct BSM logic to skip save when first register is 0.
4. Add option to update 370 registers to MMDBUG command Y.
5. Reduce size of E370 by 500 bytes by changing logic macros
to common subroutines for logical RR and RX instructions.
MMS/370 R3.1 03/08/84 maintenance release with corrections
A370
1. Fix error created by V type address constant referencing
CSECT defined later in same assembly.
2. Fix length attribute of CSECT/DSECT to always be 1.
L370
E370
1. Fix error in XR and X exclusive OR logic introduced in R2.3
when logic was combined in 1 routine to save memory.
2. Fix DP overflow logic to cause divide exception 0CB instead
of divide overflow. Note divide exception cannot be masked
like overflow but SPIE can be used to handle it.
3. Check for interrupt every 256 instructions even in kill
mode.
4. Only trace IFL entries in 370 mode for N command.
5. Fix NODBUG minimum storage replacement module for MMDBUG to
correctly NOP 370 TRACE calls.
PC/370 R1.0 06/08/85 first freeware release for 8086 MSDOS systems
A370
L370
1. Force option F to always dynamically load E370.EXE. The
emulator can no longer be linked with 370 code since L370
does not process native 8086 assembler object code format.
E370
1. Add SVC's 17-22 to handle extended MSDOS functions such as
time.
PC/370 R1.1 11/11/85 maintenance release
A370
1. Allow lower case command line.
2. Fix error for zero length data in DC for alignment.
L370
1. Allow lower case command line.
E370
1. Allow lower case debug command entry.
2. Initialize register 13 to standard save area.
3. Support 370 instruction address reset via J command.
4. Only stop at IFL trace in 370 address stop mode.
5. Attempt to close all files when exiting via <esc> command.
DOC
1. Add documentation files describing trace id points.
PC/370 R1.2 07/18/86 maintenance release plus SEE editor utility
A370
1. Drop form feed on first page heading.
2. Translate lower case ASCII comments to upper case.
3. Align column headings for cross reference and repeat
headings.
4. Fix error when DC F coded without data - now issues error.
5. Rearrange opening of files in pass 2 to insure that no more
memory is required in pass 2 than in pass 1. This allows
number of symbols to directly determine maximum assembly
possible (SEE is within 30 symbols of maximum now). Note
debug was removed from A370 (8k) to provide more symbol
space. Also note in pass 2, ALC file buffer will be smaller
to provide room for object and print file buffers if
necessary to not exceed pass 1 memory usage.
6. Tighten TITLE syntax to require correct leading quote.
L370
1. Drop form feed on first page heading.
2. Align column headings with data lines.
3. Correct bug causing CSECT reference labels to be truncated.
E370
1. Correct bug in XDECI ASSIST instruction to correctly input
negative numbers.
2. Translate DDNAME to ASCII for SEARCH and DELETE SVC's.
3. Reverse DMAS, DMAE, BLKE addresses during OPEN/CLOSE along
with EODAD and SYNAD addresses to support user defined
buffer.
4. Change debug trace to only trace first ID after IFL in 370
mode.
5. Support trace ID's IOF and ION to turn interrupts off and
on.
6. Fix bug in IOS get text record routine which caused
premature end of file when DCB was within 128 bytes of
buffer area due to uninitialized register picking up DCB
address instead of DMA address during pending EOF
processing.
7. Fix bug in IOS random write routine to increment block
pointer when writing blocks larger than 128 bytes.
8. Change debug to not kill SVC 9 trace entries from 370 code.
9. Add SVC 23 to perform RENAME using DCB with EBCDIC names.
(See SEE.ALC for example use and IHADCB extensions.)
10. Add SVC 24 to microcode printing line of ASCII text on
screen with attribute colors. (used to more than double SEE
speed).
11. Fix memory management to not allocate from last FQE unless
there is room for a remaining smaller FQE pointer. Force
end of memory at x'FF00' to leave room for stack.
12. Support S save/unsave debug command to protect current trace
ID while running in kill mode. (very useful to obtain high
speed execution up to selected point in program).
13. Save 8086 flags in high R0 for BIOS SVC's such as KEYBOARD.
14. Add explicit EBCDIC/ASCII translation and line control
options to SVC's 0-24 via high bits of R2:
bit 0 - explicit control if on, else use option E
bit 1 - force EBCDIC translation if on, else use ASCII
bit 2 - force addition of line control, else none
(For example ICM R2,8,=X'80' would force no translation
and no line control regardless of option E setting.)
15. Fix debug N trace listing to translate SVC 9 EBCDIC Id's.
DOC
1. Add SEE.ALC source code utility to edit or browse an ASCII
text file in full screen color mode. Keystrokes are
compatible with Turbo Pascal and PFS:WRITE. The editor
supports files up to 512k. SEE includes character graphics
to support line drawings and organizational chart drawings.
SEE also supports creation of session keystroke file (.KSF)
which can be reused to recreate SEE session with full screen
colors and with keyboard pause and wait control.
2. Add PRINT.ALC source code utility to print source programs
and PC370.DOC documentation file with page control.
3. Add information on electronic bulletin board and PC-SIG
distribution via disk #402.
4. Add DW3NUM.ALC source code utility to insert line numbers on
all non-blank lines in a Displaywrite III text document.
Numbers are placed in left margin and reset at beginning of
each page. This program serves as a model for other
utilities that could be written to process Displaywrite III
document files directly. This utility squeezes file and
lists file on console in the process of inserting line
numbers.
5. Drop form feed on first page heading for PRINTDOC.ALC.
PC/370 R2.0 05/16/87 major update with 512 address space support
A370
1. Converted to EXE format with 64k data segment and buffer
segment.
2. Now supports 3 times as many labels and literals.
3. File handle I/O with pathing much more efficient.
4. Fix error if DSECT's contain anything but DS instructions.
5. Allow references to ENTRY symbols within same module.
L370
1. Converted to EXE format with 64k data segment and buffers
segment.
2. Now supports code modules up to 50k.
3. File handle I/O with pathing much more efficient.
4. New option M creates 370 MOD file without COM prefix.
E370
1. Converted to EXE format running in high 64k segment.
2. The standard instruction set plus ASSIST now supports
direct addressing up to the maximum available memory
under MS-DOS 2.0+ (512k+).
3. Error in one byte overlapped pack instruction corrected.
4. Error in BXH and BXLE with negative updated index values
fixed.
5. Memory management now supports the full address space
using 8 byte free queue elements (4 byte address and
4 byte length). ASCASF FQE chain pointer is located at
X'118'in new address space control block. The same
registers for SVC 10 and 11 are used.
6. File management support has been rewritten using MS-DOS
file handle I/O to support pathing and random or
sequential access to multiple files. Each file can
have up to 64K buffer. Maximum files open is
controlled by CONFIG.SYS FILES= parameter. See
DOC\SYSTEM.DOC and CPY\IHADCB.CPY for more information.
7. The interactive debug facility has been expanded to
provide additional support for virtual address space
separate from emulator address space. The Z command
determines which address space functions refer to. The
debug facility is included in A370 and L370 as well as
E370. A new "I" command added, dumps full word counter
which is source record count in A370, logical object record
in L370, and 370 instruction counter in E370. Address stop
on this word can be used to stop execution at any desired
point. However, note that in kill mode, the counter may be
incremented more than once between trace ids preventing
address stop on equal from triggering.
8. The interface between linked COM modules and the E370.EXE
emulator has been redesigned to use the MS-DOS standard EXEC
function instead of somewhat non-standard overlay load. Now
the first 16 bytes of each linked COM module contains the
EXEC mainline which links to E370.EXE in the high 64k of
available memory. E370.EXE initializes the virtual address
space origin 16 bytes past the beginning of the COM module
with executable code starting at X'210' into module or
relative X'200'. COM mainline will abort if there is not
room for COM module plus 64k for E370.EXE.
9. E370.EXE now supports SVC 25 to load any kind of file
including linked COM files into free memory. See
DOC\SYSTEM.DOC and CPY\IHASCB.CPY.
10. E370.EXE now supports SVC 26 an 27 for attach and detach of
COM 370 programs which run in their own relative address
spaces. See DEMO\DEMOPSW series of demo programs for
example.
11. Fix trace and PSW address of EX target instructions.
PC/370 R2.0A 05/24/87 fixes to 2.0
A370
1. EQU's preceeding first CSECT caused 0 length blank CSECT
error.
L370
E370
1. Error in Freemain svc 11 when releasing block between two
existing free blocks chained to third free block.
2. I/O supervisor now takes SYNAD exit if bad RBA causes random
read or write to fail due to pointing beyond disk capacity.
PC/370 R3.0 08/30/87 new macro preprocessor, floating point,
scientific subroutines, generic interrupt SVC, ASCII string
constants, MVS shell demo with SIO channel simulator
A370
1. Support for E, D, and L floating point constants added.
2. ASCII string constants in double quotes added and self
defining string constants fixed to handle C'''' etc.
3. Error in DS or DC destroyed location counter causing
additional erroneous base errors in following instructions.
4. Treat blank lines like comments instead of syntax errors.
L370
1. Error in concatenating object files when previous file ends
exactly on 128 block boundary.
2. Add option I to surpress all interrupts during execution.
3. Add option P to surpress floating point even if 80x87 avail.
E370
1. Floating point instructions added using 80x87.
2. SVC's 28-35 added to assist use of ASCII strings, generic
interrupt to issue any MS-DOS or BIOS interrupt with user
defined PC registers, plus scientific subroutine assist
using 80x87 routines for square root, 2**X, tangent,
arctangent, logs.
3. Fixed ASCII file output translation option (was translating
after write) in PUT svc.
4. Correct ASCII/EBCDIC translation of left bracket and GE
symbols.
5. Correct debug jump command to handle addresses over 64k in
370 mode.
6. Correct MP to return specification error if L'A LE L'B, L'B
GT 8, or high bytes of A for length L'B not zero.
PC/370 R3.1 09/02/87 maintenance to R3.0 based on user feedback
A370
1. Fix error in object code ORG when DS is used in multiple
CSECT module causing L370 link error due to ORG exceeding
length of CSECT (offset to start of non-zero CSECT was not
being subtracted to calculate relative CSECT ORG address).
Explicit ORG's worked fine, only a DS generated ORG caused
error.
L370
E370
PC/370 R3.2 09/07/87 maintenance to R3.1 based on user feedback
A370
1. Allow maximum 80 character ALC source with seq. #.
2. Fix label equated to CSECT/DSECT which caused L370 errors.
3. Flag DC error for RLD's for DSECT labels which caused L370
errors.
L370
E370
1. Fix ZAP to correct regression bug with R2.0 where any number
with zero in low nibble gives positive sign and zero
condition.
PC/370 R4.0 11/08/87 maintenance to R3.1 based on user feedback
A370
1. Add support for COPY statement to include source code from
any MS-DOS path\filename. The default suffix is CPY.
L370
1. Add option B to create file identical to COM file but with
suffix BIN for use with Micro Focus COBOL.
E370
1. Support resident option invoked by directly executing the
emulator EXE module.
2. Support calls from Micro Focus COBOL in resident mode using
standard linkage conventions and V=R addressing mode.
3. Modify OPEN logic to allow use of SYNAD exit even though
file may not be open due to error such as file not found.
Add error and function codes in R0 and R1 for use by SYNAD
exit in determining error (see LIB\SYNERROR.ALC).
PC/370 R4.1 11/20/87 maintenance to R4.0 based on user feedback
A370
1. Correct ORG to correctly handle CSECT or DSECT name as well
as any relative expression (The code was only allowing
relative expression operand rather than special label type).
L370
E370
1. Correct serious bug in release 4.0 which stores 8 byte free
queue element directly after the end of each BIN module.
(This code to build free area behind COM modules can cause
COBOL run time system to crash after exiting from
subroutine depending on use of area overlayed).
2. Add optional parameter to define size of system queue area
(SQA) memory in the resident emulator address space for use
by COBOL subroutines. Size is in hex paragraphs and default
is 10 or 256 bytes. Through use of SQA, COBOL subroutines
can now perform standard file I/O with dynamic buffer
allocation (See BAT\RUNCBL.BAT demo for example SQA and
I/O use).
3. Enhance interactive debug to support resident reusability by
restoring all traces at beginning of each COM execution and
at beginning of all COBOL subroutines called with option D
specified at link edit. Also toggle command K can be used
to restore traces at any point in program execution (This
allows quickly reaching a selected point in program and then
restoring traces for complete instruction tracing).
3. Support user defined standard COBOL return code using value
in register 15 (low 16 bits) at exit.
PC/370 R4.2 01/05/88 Micro Focus XM protected mode support
A370
L370
1. Add option U to allow undefined external references.
E370
1. Support Micro Focus XM COBOL protected mode call to PC/370
assembler subroutine in BIN file (See USER.DOC for more).
The resident interrupt was moved from hex DC to hex 60.
(See PTF.DOC for fix to change interrupt # if it conflicts.)
2. Fix 0C9 on CVB with negative zero packed decimal input.
3. Correct EBCDIC to ASCII translate tables to handle
> { and [ conversion in both directions (half fixed in 3.0).
4. Flag error for text file with LRECL<2.
5. Fix SRP to use only low 6 bits in second operand for shift.
(If the 6 bit number was positive, 8 bits were used.)
6. MVS standard parm list with address, half word count, and
EBCDIC parm field is now pointed to by R1 at entry.
7. If floating point option is on and 80X87 is installed,
hardware assist is used for CVB and CVD to speed up
instruction by up to 4 times for large numbers.
8. Add MVS program interruption element (PIE) control block
pointed to by R2 at entry to SPIE trap. This allows full
recovery from trap without losing content of registers.
(See CPY\IHAPIE.CPY for more information.)
9. Fix incorrect PSW on exception of executed instruction.
10. Add SVC 36 to load overlay file at specified virtual
address.
11. Add SVC 37 to define SVC user exit table.
See DEMO\DEMOTRAP.ALC for examples.
12. Add production version of emulator E370P42.EXE without
interactive debug or ASSIST facility to save 10k.


160
PC370_orig/Diskette/full/DOC/INTRO.DOC Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,160 @@
INTRO.DOC Introduction to PC/370
Copyright 1988 Donald S. Higgins
Don Higgins
6365 - 32 Avenue North
St. Petersburg, Florida 33710
E-MAIL via CompuServe 73047,1113
The PC/370 package is a PC shareware package which supports the
assembly, link edit, and execution of IBM 370 assembler programs
on a PC with 256k and MS-DOS release 2.0+. See READ.ME file in
root directory for registration information.
The PC/370 package consists of four main programs:
1. M370.COM macro preprocessor which reads macro assembler file
and produces expanded basic assembler source code.
2. A370.EXE is an IBM 370 cross assembler which reads 370 source
code file and produces object code file plus optional listing
file.
3. L370.EXE is an IBM 370 cross linkage editor which reads object
code and produces a directly executable 370 native machine code
file plus optional CSECT listing file.
4. E370R42.EXE is an IBM 370 machine code emulator which is
dynamically invoked at execution time to support execution of
370 native machine code including the standard problem state
instruction set plus packed decimal and floating point
instructions. Direct execution of E370 makes it resident to
eliminate the time required to dynamically load it at each 370
program execution time, and to also support calls to 370
subroutines from Micro Focus COBOL/2 programs running under
the default real MS-DOS mode on any 80x86 machine or the
extendedmemory XM protected mode on 80286 or 80386 machines.
The package also comes with several 370 assembler language utilities
including:
1. SEE.COM - full screen text editor with PFS:Write and
Wordstar keystroke compatibility.
2. PRINTDOC.COM - format utility to print documentation with
page numbers.
3. T370.COM - object code translator to allow uploading 370
object code files for direct OS/VS linkage
editing on 370 mainframe without reassembly.
The PC/370 package consists of the following component directories:
1. R42 - root directory containing all PC/370 executable code.
2. DOC - documentation ASCII text files.
3. BAT - demo command procedures plus install procedure.
4. LIB - 370 source code for L370.LIB system subroutine library.
5. CPY - 370 source code for copy members.
6. MAC - 370 source code for macros.
7. CBL - 370 source code for COBOL 370 subroutine demo.
8. DEMO - 370 source code for demo programs.
9. UTIL - 370 source code for utilities SEE, PRINTDOC, and T370.
On 3.5" diskette, all of the above directories are on single disk.
On 5.25" diskettes, 3 volumes are required starting with the
R42 volume which contains BAT\INSTALL.BAT command file.
The PC/370 documentation consists for the following machine readable
files which can be printed via the utility PRINTDOC.COM:
1. INTRO.DOC - overview of product.
2. HELP.DOC - common questions and answers
3. USER.DOC - program options required to use all of the PC/370
facilities at the application programmer level.
4. SYSTEM.DOC - program options available for use by system
programmers.
5. MACRO.DOC - macro preprocessor options plus included macros.
6. UTILITY.DOC - utility program options.
7. HISTORY.DOC - history of PC/370 releases and features
8. PTF.DOC - private temporary fixes for previous releases.
The PC/370 command procedures in the \BAT directory are as follows:
1. INSTALL - copy all PC/370 directories to hard disk with R42
as root and all others as sub-directories.
2. RUNDEMO - run all the demo programs in the \DEMO directory.
This will verify installation and illustrate the
PC/370 facilities. Note last section of demo
requires 80x87 math co-processor for floating point
demo. This section can be skipped if no co-processor
is installed.
3. RUNUTIL - run demo of the SEE text editor, PRINTDOC print
utility, and T370 object code format utility.
4. RUNMAC - run demo of macro pre-processor facility.
5. RUNCBL - run demo of Micro Focus VS COBOL 370 subroutine.
6. BLDLIB - rebuild L370.LIB system relocatable subroutine
library from source code in \LIB.
7. BLDUTIL - rebuild utilities from source code in \UTIL.
All of the above commands are designed assuming that the current
directory is R42 and that all of the other 8 directories are defined
in the R42 directory. No parameters are required.
To code and execute a simple sample program, type the following after
running the installation procedure file INSTALL.BAT and setting the
current directory to \R42:
STEP COMMAND COMMENTS
1 SEE DEMO invoke full screen editor to
create DEMO.ALC 370 assembler
source file.
2 DEMO CSECT first line - define section
3 USING *,15 second - define base register
4 LA 2,=C'HELLO$' third - address of msg. text
5 SVC 209 fourth - request console msg.
6 BR 14 fifth - exit to MS-DOS
7 END sixth - end of program
8 <esc> enter escape key to save DEMO.ALC
and exit to MS-DOS
9 A370 DEMO/LX assemble DEMO.ALC and create
DEMO.OBJ object code file and
DEMO.PRN listing with symbol
cross reference.
10 L370 DEMO/LX link DEMO.OBJ object file and
create DEMO.COM executable file
and DEMO.LST CSECT listing file.
11 DEMO.COM execute DEMO.COM which will load
E370R42.EXE to execute 370 machine
code in DEMO.COM and print "HELLO"
on the console.
12 DEMO.COM T execute DEMO.COM again with test
parameter which invokes debug
facility.
13. T At debug prompt, enter T to trace
each instruction while executing
the demo program.
14. TYPE DEMO.PRN print assembly listing.
15. TYPE DEMO.LST print link edit listing.
I hope you find the PC/370 package useful. Please send feedback on
your usage of the product and suggestions you may have. Please
register if you want assistance with the current product and want
to support future development and enhancements.
If you are not familiar with IBM 370 assembler language, I recommend
you obtain the text, "IBM 370 Assembler Language with ASSIST,
Structured Concepts, and Advanced Topics", by Charles J. Kacmar at
Texas A&M University, and published by Prentice Hall in September
1987, ISBN 0-13-455742-5.
____________
IBM - trademark of International Business Machines
MS-DOS - trademark of Microsoft
VS COBOL - trademark of Micro Focus Inc.

483
PC370_orig/Diskette/full/DOC/MACRO.DOC Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,483 @@
MACRO.DOC PC/370 macro pre-processor documentation
Resolution of macros in a PC370 Assembler source program is achieved
by means of a preprocessor. To invoke the preprocessor, just type the
following:
M370 filespec
"filespec" is in the standard DOS format for file specification. The
file extension is optional: if one is specified, it can be just
anything; if none is specified, MLC is the default. To indicate a file
with no extension, you must terminate the name by a period with
nothing behind.
The source program will be examined, with all references to macro
instructions causing the appropriate expansion to be performed. A new
file with the same file name and ALC as the extension will be created
on the same drive as the input, ready to be passed to A370. For
instance, typing M370 MYPROG will cause MYPROG.MLC to be read from the
default drive and MYPROG.ALC to be written on the same drive.
Macros themselves must each constitute one separate file with the
filename equal to the macro name and the extension equal to MAC, for
instance OPEN.MAC. Macros will always be read from the default drive
(if this drive is a RAM disk, access is extremely fast).
Macros can have both positional and keyword parameters. In a macro,
references to parameters is via the & character:
- &n ("n" being replaced by one digit from 1 to 9) refers to the
nth positional parameter;
- &xxxxxxxx ("xxxxxxxx" being replaced by a name from one to eight
letters and/or digits) refers to keyword parameter xxxxxxxx.
There are two predefined and system-maintained keyword parameters:
- &LABEL$$ refers to the label; it always returns an eight-
character label padded with blanks if necessary;
- &N$ references an internal three-digit counter incremented by one
at every occurrence of a macro instruction in the source program:
it can be appended to labels generated in the macro expansion to
make them unique.
References to parameters may be inserted anywhere: between commas,
parentheses or quotes, and even in comments. If a parameter is to be
immediately followed by letters or digits, a separating period must be
used, for instance &PARM.DATA (the period will be dropped at expansion
time). In other cases, the period is optional: for instance, one may
code &PARM(R1) or &PARM.(R1) indifferently. If a parameter is to be
followed by a period, two consecutive periods must be coded, for
instance &NAME..COM.
The length of a parameter can be tested in a AIF instruction by coding
K'&xxxxxxxx as the subject; the complement must then be a numeric
value.
Macros may contain five special opcodes:
MACRO which, if present, must be in the very first line of the
macro. It is used to supply the default values of the parameters.
The MACRO statement may extend on multiple lines.
SETC which is used to set a new value in an existing parameter or
in a macro work-parameter. The first execution of a SETC instruction
for a new parameter name creates that parameter: no prior definition
is needed. The format of the SETC instruction is as follows:
xxxxxxxx SETC value
"xxxxxxxx" is the name of the parameter, without the leading &
character. "value" is any value; if it is enclosed in quotes, these
quotes will not be returned when the parameter is referenced.
AIF in which only one condition can be tested. The relation signs
supported are = # > <. If, after resolution of all &parameters, the
two sides of the equation are composed of digits only, regardless of
the respective numbers of digits, the comparison is numeric
(negative values are not supported). If K'&parameter is coded as
the first member and the second member is composed of digits only,
the comparison is also numeric. Otherwise, the comparison is
alphanumeric and the length of the complement determines the number
of characters compared from the subject. Both the subject and the
complement may be coded as is, quotes being optional. The
complement may contain any character except the period because the
period indicates the end of the complement. At the same time, the
period is the first character of the label where to go if the
condition is true.
AGO in which you code a label where to proceed unconditionally.
This label should begin with a period.
ANOP which is a no-op.
Labels start with a period and can be 2 to 8 characters long. They
can be attached to a AIF, AGO or ANOP instruction or to any regular
Assembler statement in which case the label is erased during the
expansion process. All AIF and AGO statements referencing a label
must come before this label; in other words, branching backward is not
permitted.
Lines of comments may be inserted in a macro simply by coding .* in
the first two positions. These lines will be ignored during the
expansion of the macro.
*****************************
In the input source program, references to macros can freely be coded.
Parameters may extend on multiple lines. Each of these input lines is
changed into a comment line on the output.
If continuation lines are used, the continued line must stop on a
comma as the last character or followed by at least one blank and
optional comments; the continuation line may restart in any position.
No continuation indicator in column 72 is needed.
Positional and keyword parameters may be intermixed. If the value of
a parameter is a literal in quotes, these quotes are passed as an
integral part of the value: if necessary, you can get rid of them by
issuing a SETC statement moving the parameter into itself.
Consecutive commas can be coded to skip a positional parameter and
keep its default value.
*****************************
Here are two examples of macros:
DCB MACRO DSORG=S,RECFM=F,MACRF=G,LRECL=80,BLKSIZE=0,
EODAD=0,SYNAD=&EODAD,RECORD=0
&LABEL$$ DS 0F,0CL86
DC C'ADCB'
AIF &DDNAME=(.DDX format DDNAME=(FIELD) ?
DC A(DCBDD&N$) no, use generated ddname field
AGO .DDZ
.DDX DC A(&DDNAME)
.DDZ AIF &MACRF>P.BDAM is MACRF equal to R or W ?
DC X'FFFF',X'00'
DC CL1'&DSORG',CL1'&MACRF',CL1'&RECFM'
DC X'0A1A'
DC H'&LRECL',H'&BLKSIZE'
DC A(&EODAD,&SYNAD,&RECORD)
DC 54X'00'
AGO .DDN
.BDAM AIF '&RECORD'='0'.NOREC has RECORD parameter been omitted ?
DC X'FFFF',X'40'
AGO .DSORG
.NOREC DC X'FFFF',X'00'
.DSORG DC CL1'&DSORG',CL1'&MACRF',CL1'&RECFM'
DC X'0A1A'
AIF '&BLKSIZE'='0'.NOBLK has BLKSIZE been omitted ?
DC H'&BLKSIZE',H'&BLKSIZE'
AGO .ADRS
.NOBLK DC H'&LRECL',H'&LRECL'
.ADRS DC A(&EODAD,&SYNAD,0,&RECORD)
DC 50X'00'
.DDN AIF &DDNAME=(.END is DDNAME a field name ?
DDNAME SETC &DDNAME to remove quotes if any
DCBDD&N$ DC C'&DDNAME',X'00'
.END ANOP
Note in the above example that the default value for SYNAD is that
specified or assumed for EODAD.
OPEN MACRO
AIF '&LABEL$$'=' '.GO is label field blank?
&LABEL$$ EQU *
.GO AIF &1=(.REG is it OPEN (register) ?
LA 2,&1
AGO .SVC
.REG AIF &1=(2).SVC is it OPEN (2) ?
LR 2,&1
.SVC SVC 1
Here is an example of a program using the BEGIN, WTO, OPEN, GET, PUT,
CLOSE, RETURN and DCB macros:
TEST BEGIN
WTO 'DEMONSTRATING THE USE OF MACROS'
OPEN FILE1
OPEN FILE2
LOOP GET FILE1,RECORD
PUT FILE2,RECORD
B LOOP
EOJ CLOSE FILE1
CLOSE FILE2
RETURN
FILE1 DCB LRECL=256,RECFM=T,MACRF=G,EODAD=EOJ,
DDNAME='MYFILE.IN'
FILE2 DCB LRECL=256,RECFM=T,MACRF=P,
DDNAME='MYFILE.OUT'
RECORD DS CL256
END
Run BAT\RUNMAC.BAT for macro demo programs.
********************************************************************
If you find the macro preprocessor useful and want to support
future enhancements, please send $20.00 to:
Jacques Roy
XL SOFTWARE INC.
1000 St-Jean-Baptiste #120
Quebec City CANADA G2E 5G5
********************************************************************
The following macros are included in the MAC directory for use with
the M370.COM preprocessor. For more information on M370, see
DOC\USER.DOC and BAT\RUNMAC.BAT.
BEGIN SAVE={YES|NO},BASES={1|2}
Generate CSECT and standard program beginning.
Parameters are optional. Defaults are SAVE=YES,BASES=1.
Unless SAVE=NO is specified, a save area is defined and register 13
is established as the first base register. Register 12 will be
established as the second base register if BASES=2 is specified.
If SAVE=NO is specified, register 12 is established as the only base
register: in this case, the program should not modify the contents
of register 13.
CALL pgm
Load address of external subroutine pgm into register 15 and
branch and link via register 14 to address in register 15.
CLOSE dcb
Close a file. The parameter is mandatory and must be either the
name of a DCB, or a register in brackets pointing to a DCB.
DCB DDNAME=ddname
DSORG=org
RECFM=format
MACRF=macro
LRECL=reclength
BLKSIZE=blklength
EODAD=eof
SYNAD=err
RECORD=fieldname
Generate a DCB for PC/370 file access. See DOC\SYSTEM.DOC for more
information. Only DDNAME is required; all other parameters have
default values. Parameters can be specified in any order.
"ddname" can be: - a filename of one to eight characters only (no
device specification, no extension);
- a literal in quotes of 1 to 64 characters that represents a
valid DOS file specification;
- the name in brackets of a 1 to 64-character field
containing a valid DOS file specification, in EBCDIC.
"org" can be S or R; the default is S.
"format" can be F, V or T; the default is F.
"macro" can be G, P, R or W; the default is G.
"reclength" is a number representing the record length; the default
is 80.
"blklength" is a number representing the block size; the default is
0.
"eof" is the address where to go at end of file; default is 0;
must be
supplied for an input file.
"eof" is the address where to go in case of an error while
attempting to handle the file; default is the same as for
EODAD.
"record" is the address of a field where data will be read into
or written from; default is no such field: record area will be
specified in GET, PUT, READ or WRITE macros.
DISPLAY fieldname
Display text contained in fieldname on console. Text must be in
ASCII with ending line feed X'0A'.
FREEMAIN R,LV=length,A=address
E,LV=length,A=address
V,A=values
Release dynamically allocated memory.
Use only one of the three possible formats.
If R or E (register or elementary format) is coded as the first
parameter, both LV and A are mandatory. "length" is either the
number of bytes to be released or a register in brackets containing
the number of bytes to be released. "address" is either the name of
a full word or a register in brackets containing the address of the
memory area to be released.
If V (variable format) is coded as the first parameter, only A is
mandatory. "values" must be the name of two consecutive full words
that must respectively contain the address and the size of the
memory area to be released.
GET dcb,record
Read next sequential fixed, variable, or text record from buffered
file. The first parameter is mandatory and must be either the name
of a DCB, or a register in brackets pointing to a DCB.
The second parameter is optional and may be either the name of a
field or a register in brackets pointing to a field into which the
record will be read. If the second parameter is omitted, the area
pointed to by the RECORD parameter in the DCB will be used and its
address will be passed in register 1.
GETMAIN RU,LV=length
EU,LV=length,A=fieldname
VU,LA=sizes,A=values
Dynamically allocate memory.
Use only one of the three possible formats.
If RU (unconditional register request) is coded as the first
parameter, LV is mandatory and "length" is either the number of
bytes requested or a register in brackets containing the number of
bytes requested. The address of the allocated memory will be
returned in register 1.
If EU (unconditional elementary request) is coded as the first
parameter, both LV and A are mandatory. "length" is either the
number of bytes requested or a register in brackets containing the
number of bytes requested. "fieldname" must be the name of a full
word into which the address of the allocated memory will be
returned.
If VU (unconditional variable request) is coded as the first
parameter, both LA and A are mandatory. "sizes" must be the name of
two consecutive full words that must respectively contain the
minimum and the maximum number of bytes requested. "values" must
be the name of two consecutive full words that will respectively be
used to receive the address and the size of the allocated memory.
LINK EP=filename
EP='literal'
EPLOC=fieldname
EPLOC=(register)
Dynamically load a module, branch and link to it, and then release
memory. Module's entry point is assumed to be at X'210'.
Use only one of the four forms for parameters. "filename" is one to
eight characters only: the default drive and the extension of COM
are assumed. "literal', or "fieldname", or field pointed to by
"register", must contain an EBCDIC character string representing a
valid DOS file specification.
LOAD EP=filename
EP='literal'
EPLOC=fieldname
EPLOC=(register)
Dynamically load a module (can be any file type). Register 15 will
contain the address where the module was loaded and register 1 will
contain the module's length. Register 0 will contain the module's
entry point assumed to be at X'210' from the beginning (only
applicable if loading a COM module generated by PC370).
Use only one of the four forms for parameters. "filename" is one to
eight characters only: the default drive and the extension of COM
are assumed. "literal', or "fieldname", or field pointed to by
"register", must contain an EBCDIC character string representing a
valid DOS file specification.
OPEN dcb
Open a file. The parameter is mandatory and must be either the name
of a DCB, or a register in brackets pointing to a DCB.
PUT dcb,record
Write next sequential fixed, variable, or text record to buffered
file. The first parameter is mandatory and must be either the name
of a DCB, or a register in brackets pointing to a DCB.
The second parameter is optional and may be either the name of a
field or a register in brackets pointing to a field from which the
record will be written. If the second parameter is omitted, the
area pointed to by the RECORD parameter in the DCB will be used.
READ dcb,record,{rbn | RBN=rbn | RBA=rba}
Read a block from a file. The first parameter is mandatory and must
be either the name of a DCB, or a register in brackets pointing to a
DCB. The second parameter is optional and may be either the name of
a field or a register in brackets pointing to a field into which the
record will be read. If the second parameter is skipped (by coding
two consecutive commas), the area pointed to by the RECORD parameter
in the DCB will be used and its address will be passed in register
1. The third parameter is mandatory and may be either positional or
the keyword RBN or RBA. The value may be either a number, or the
name of a full-word containing the number, or a register in brackets
containing the number. "rbn" is the relative block number of the
record (first block is 0). "rba" is the relative byte address of
the record (first byte is 0).
REGS
Generate R0 through R15 register equates.
RETURN RC=nnnn,SAVE={YES|NO}
Exit using standard linkage conventions. Parameters are optional;
default is SAVE=YES. If RC is specified, return code nnnn is placed
in register 15; otherwise, register 15 is restored like all other
registers. Specify SAVE=NO if SAVE=NO was specified in the BEGIN
macro.
WRITE dcb,record,{rbn | RBN=rbn | RBA=rba}
Write a block to a file. The first parameter is mandatory and must
be either the name of a DCB, or a register in brackets pointing to a
DCB. The second parameter is optional and may be either the name of
a field or a register in brackets pointing to a field from which the
record will be written. If the second parameter is skipped (by
coding two consecutive commas), the area pointed to by the RECORD
parameter in the DCB will be used. The third parameter is mandatory
and may be either positional or the keyword RBN or RBA. The value
may be either a number, or the name of a full-word containing the
number, or a register in brackets containing the number. "rbn" is
the relative block number of the record (first block is 0). "rba"
is the relative byte address of the record (first byte is 0).
WTO message,length
Display a message to the console. The first parameter is mandatory
and must be either a literal in quotes or the name of a field
containing the message to be displayed, in EBCDIC. The second
parameter is optional and applies only if the first parameter is a
field name. It is used to indicate the number of characters to be
displayed if this number is other than the field's length.
WTOR message,reply
Display a message to the console and wait for reply. The first
parameter is optional and may be either a literal in quotes or
the name of a field containing the message to be displayed, in
EBCDIC. The first parameter may be skipped (by coding WTOR ,reply)
if no message need be displayed and only a reply is to be
solicited. The second parameter is mandatory and must be the name
of a field into which the reply will be placed, in EBCDIC and padded
with blanks if necessary. Operator needs not issue a carriage
return when reply field is full.
WTORPC message,reply
Display a message to the console and wait for reply. Exactly the
same coding as for WTOR above, except that it is achieved using
typical PC features and that the reply's maximum length is 16
characters. When entering the reply, the backspace and left-arrow
can be used to correct typing errors. Moreover, if the same WTORPC
is executed again, the right-arrow as well as the F1-F3 keys can be
used to repeat characters from the previous reply. The carriage
return must always be issued to transmit the reply.
***********************************
Feel free to develop your own macros in addition to those supplied
with the system. If you would like to make other users benefit from
general-purpose macros you have written, please send your macro
definitions, documentation and example of use to:
Jacques Roy
XL SOFTWARE INC.
1000 St-Jean-Baptiste #120
Quebec City CANADA G2E 5G5

110
PC370_orig/Diskette/full/DOC/PTF.DOC Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
PTF.DOC private temporary fixes for PC/370
It is a violation of copyright to duplicate and distribute modified
versions of PC/370. However, users are free to apply PTF's for their
own use on their own systems. The following PTF's may be useful:
1. Change R1.2 A370.COM lines per page from 50 to some other value.
a. Backup A370.COM to separate disk.
b. Rename A370.COM TO A370.TMP
c. VER 0A39 C606F80332 MOV BYTE PTR [03F8],32H
d. VER 0A3D 32
e. REP 0A3D xx
f. Save modified file and rename.
2. Change R2.0A A370.EXE lines per page from 50 to some other
value.
a. Backup A370.EXE to separate disk.
b. Rename A370.EXE TO A370.TMP
c. VER 0920 C6064E0532 MOV BYTE PTR [054E],32H
d. VER 0924 32
e. REP 0924 xx
f. Save modified file and rename.
3. Change R3.0 path and/or filename of E370R20.EXE generated in
each 370 COM module by L370.EXE. For example changing name to
C:\E370R20.EXE allows one copy of emulator to be stored in
root directory of hard drive.
a. Backup L370.EXE to separate disk.
b. Rename L370.EXE to L370.TMP to make debug process it as data
file.
c. Start DEBUG L370.TMP
d. Use ENTER debug command to change 64 byte path/filename at
offset X'342'. Name must be followed with zero byte.
e. Enter W command to output modified file.
f. Rename L370.TMP to L370.EXE.
Note name can also be changed in individual 370 COM module at
X'140' if for wish to have only selected COM programs use a
different emulator.
4. Note ASCII translation table has been expanded to 256 bytes in
release 3.0 to allow special characters to be added for ASCII to
EBCDIC and EBCDIC to ASCII translation. This facility has been
requested by both French and German users who have extended
character sets.
MODULE TABLE ADDRESS EXAMPLES
A370 EBCDIC 85D0 +X'40'=X'20' FOR EBCDIC SPACE TO ASCII
SPACE
A370 ASCII 86F0 +X'20'=X'40' FOR ASCII SPACE TO EBCDIC
SPACE
E370R30 EBCDIC 7AB0
E370R30 ASCII 7C50
5. PTF for release 2.0A to fix blank errors in L370 due to module
in concatenated library ending on 128 block boundary. Low
frequency bug in PC/370 since 1985 identified thanks to Jim Gray
of CONVAL Software. Erroneous call was added in 1983 CP/M
version to skip CTL-Z added to each concatenated module.
RENAME L370.EXE L370.TMP
DEBUG L370.TMP
-S 0000 FFFF 4C 54 46 E8 B9 00 (VER 2CD1 'LTF', CALL GBYTE)
-E 2CD4 90 90 90 (REP 2CD4 NOP,NOP,NOP - NOP
CALL)
-W
RENAME L370.TMP L370.EXE
6. PTF for release 4.0 to prevent erroneous FQE from overlaying 8
bytes beyond end of BIN subroutine module. Result is
unpredictable errors after exiting PC/370 BIN subroutine back to
COBOL run time system.
RENAME E370R40.EXE E370R40.TMP
DEBUG E370R40.TMP
-E 55D 26.EB 89.05
-E 56B 26.EB 88.0E
-W
-Q
RENAME E370R40.TMP E370R40.EXE
7. PTF for release 4.2 to change resident emulator interrupt # in
case it conflicts with interrupts installed. Note Micro Focus
extended memory facility XM requires that PC/370 interrupt be
within the range hex 60-6F. The installation default in rel.
4.2 is hex 60 (in rel. 4.1 without XM support is was hex DC).
To change the interrupt to 61 for example:
a. RENAME E370R42.EXE E370R42.TXT change emulator
DEBUG E370R42.TXT
-E 46F 60.61
-W
-Q
RENAME E370R42.TXT E370R42.EXE
b. RENAME L370.EXE L370.TXT change linker for COM
DEBUG L370.TXT output
-E 307 60.61
-W
-Q
RENAME L370.TXT L370.EXE
c. RENAME SEE.COM change existing COM module
-E 107 60.61 (after fixing L370, you can
-W run BAT\BLDUTIL to fix all
-Q utilities)

635
PC370_orig/Diskette/full/DOC/SYSTEM.DOC Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,635 @@
SYSTEM.DOC PC/370 release 4.1 system services documentation
Chapter table of contents:
1. Introduction
2. File input and output services
3. Program load and execution services
4. SVC documentation in SVC # order
4. Floating point system documentation
*********
Chapter 1. Introduction
*********
The PC/370 system supports a number of supervisor services through
the standard 370 SVC interface. In supervisor state, each SVC invokes
pseudo microcode which performs the function requested at native
processor speed. In problem state each SVC causes a standard SVC
interrupt storing the current PSW at location X'20' and loading the
new PSW from location X'60'. Supervisor call routines can be user
written to map any SVC into any desired function in problem state.
In supervisor state, svc's 1-7 provide a set of input and output
facilities using MS-DOS file handle I/O and an extended data control
block defined by the user which allows access to sequential and random
files. Svc's 10-11 provide virtual memory dynamic management. In
addition to the other misc. functions provided, svc 34 provides a
general purpose interrupt interface which can be used to map PC/370
area into PC registers and issue any MS-DOS function call or BIOS
interrupt. Svc's 128-191 map into BIOS interrupts using simple
register to register mapping. Svc's 200-241 map into MS-DOS function
calls 0-41 using simple register to register mapping. Note function
calls above 41 can be issued using svc 34 interface which is the
preferred method for future releases.
*********
Chapter 2. File input and output services
*********
The PC/370 supervisor calls to the I/O supervisor all require register
2 to point to the DCB. The SVC's are as follows:
SVC FUNCTION OPTIONS
1 OPEN
2 CLOSE
3 READ register 1 must be address of block or zero
4 WRITE register 1 must be address of block or zero
5 GET register 1 must be address of area or zero
6 PUT register 1 must be address of area or zero
7 DELETE
8 SEARCH
23 RENAME
The PC/370 system supports sequential and random access to
files using MS-DOS file handle I/O with directory pathing.
To access a file, a data control block (DCB) must be defined
in the program with fields defined as shown in the dummy
section (DSECT) called IHADCB found in CPY\IHADCB.CPY and
demonstrated in UTIL\PRINTDOC.ALC. All fields must be defined
prior to open and cannot be changed while the file is open
with the exception of RCD, BUF, and RBA as described below.
An explanation of each field in the DCB follows:
1. DCBDCB - DCB identifier consisting of the four EBCDIC
characters ADCB. These characters are
verified each time an I/O routine is called
with the address of the DCB in register 2.
An attempt is made to exit to the synchronous
error exit address if there is no match.
2. DCBDSN - address of up to 64 character EBCDIC path and
file name followed by a zero byte. This field
is automatically translated to ASCII as
required.
3. DCBFID - MS-DOS assigned file handle at open time.
This field must be initialized to high values
or open routine will assume file is already
open and take SYNAD exit.
4. DCBFLG - file condition flags used by I/O routines.
This field must be initialized to zero except
user defined buffer bit DFUBUF and user
requested ASCII file conversion bit DFTRAN may
be turned on. No other bits may be modified
by user. If the DFTRAN (X'08') bit is set, input
records are translated to EBCDIC in the record area.
Output records are translated to ASCII in the record
area, written, and then translated back to EBCDIC.
The entire LRECL area is translated. For text mode,
each record must end with EBCDIC line feed.
5. DSORG - data set organization EBCDIC code:
S for sequential
R for random file access.
6. MACRF - data set access EBCDIC code:
R for read block with length of BLKSZ
W for write block with length of BLKSZ
(note PRECL can override BLKSZ on write)
G for get logical record into RCD area
P for put logical record form RCD area
7. RECFM - data set record format EBCDIC code:
F - fixed length records with length LRECL
for get/put sequential access or length
BLKSZ for read/write random or
sequential access.
V - variable length records with length
stored in first 2 bytes (valid lengths
range from 3 to 64k). Maximum length
allowed for a file is LRECL and only
sequential get/put modes supported.
T - text records ending with end of record
code (EOR usually X'0A' line feed).
Maximum length allowed for a file is
LRECL and only sequential get/put modes
supported.
8. EOR - end of record code for text (default NL X'0A')
9. EOF - end of file code for text (default X'1A')
10. LRECL - length of logical record. Maximum is 64K less 17 bytes.
Minimum is 3 for RECFM=V, 2 for RECFM=T or 1 for
RECFM=F.
11. BLKSZ - length of block. Maximum is 64K less 17 bytes
and minimum is 3. If zero is specified, a
default block of 8k will be dynamically
allocated and deallocated at open and close
respectively. BLKSZ should be specified for
read/write access. For sequential access,
larger block size reduces contention between
multiple files by reading or writing entire
blocks at one time rather than for each
record. If insufficient memory is available,
the maximum available will be allocated.
12. EODAD - end of file exit address. This cannot be changed
while file is open.
13. SYNAD - synchronous error exit. This cannot be changed while
file is open. If register 2 does not point to a valid
DCBDCB ID field not exit is taken and interactive debug
is invoked. If exit is taken, register 0 contains
error code and register 1 contains function code which
can be used by to produce error message by calling
subroutine LIB\SYNERROR.ALC which is in the default
system relocatable library L370.LIB.
14. RCD - record area address for get/put only. This
address may be changed on each get or put by
placing new address in register 1. If register 1
contains zero, then current DCB area will be used.
15. BLK - block area address used for direct I/O via MS-
DOS. If DFUBUF is not set at open, this area
is dynamically allocated and deallocated using
BLKSZ or default for length. If DFUBUF is set, then
new block address can be set for each read or write
by placing new address in register 1. If register 1
contains zero, then current DCB block will be used.
16. RBA - relative byte address for random access
read/write. First byte of file is zero. This field
must be reset for each random read or write.
17. REN - address of file rename followed by zero.
Only used by RENAME SVC. Both DCBDSN and REN must be
initialized in a closed DCB prior to RENAME SVC 23.
18. IOCNT - physical I/O count since open. Larger
BLKSZ will reduce physical I/O count for
sequential file access.
19. PRECL - physical record length on last read or
write. This field is initialized to zero
at open. On write, BLKSZ will be calculated
if this field is zero, else this field will
override length allowing short blocks to be
written. This is useful in processing files
of unknown length with fixed block logic.
The last block read may be short, and the
corresponding last block written may be short.
Do not modify the reserved areas which are only used by
PC/370 IOS while file is open. See UTIL\PRINTDOC.ALC for
example of file access method.
*********
Chapter 3. Program load and execution services
*********
SVC FUNCTION OPTIONS
15 USEREXIT Transfer control to native code user exit at
relative address in reg 15 via far call
25 LOAD Reg 1 points to ASCIIZ path/filename
on return, reg 0 has file address, reg 1 has length
26 ATTACH Reg 0 must have file address of COM file and
reg 1 must have desired length of attached addr.
space
27 DETACH If in attached address space, exit to next
instruction after attach in mother address space
else exit to MS-DOS
36 RELOAD Reload file int memory at location in reg 0.
Reg 1 must have file address and reg 15 must have
maximum length of file allowed to be loaded into
preallocated area.
The PC/370 system includes support for dynamic loading and execution
of 370 modules assembled and linked by A370.EXE and L370.EXE.
Any file including COM and MOD type files can be loaded into free
memory by use of the LOAD SVC 25. The only argument required is
the address of the path and file name in register 1. The file name
must end with a suffix of the form .XXX or a zero byte. The largest
free memory area will be allocated and the file loaded into it.
Register 0 will be set to the address of the area, and register 1 will
be set to the length of the file. The unused portion of the allocated
area will be freed. If the load operation was successful, register 15
will be set to zero, else it will be set to 1. Demo test program
DEMOSVC.ALC illustrates the use of the load function to load an 8086
assembly language subroutine and execute it via user exit SVC 15.
Any 370 COM file created by L370.EXE and loaded via the load SVC 25
above, can be executed it its own address space via the attach SVC 26.
Register 0 must be set to point to the COM file (set by load SVC 25)
and register 1 must be set to address space size (minimum set by load
SVC 25), If additional space is to be included in the attached
address space for dynamic use via GETMAIN/FREEMAIN SVC's 10/11, then
the area to be added must be allocated in the mother address space
prior to issuing attach SVC 26 and the total length of the COM file
plus the allocated free space placed in register 1. A COM file can be
executed multiple times via attach by reloading registers 0 and 1 and
reissuing SVC 26. On second and following calls, the same address
space control block built on the first call in the COM prefix area
is reused (See CPY\IHASCB.CPY for layout) since it overlays original
COM prefix data.
Execution of the attached address space can be terminated via a detach
SVC 27 which restores the mother address space and continues execution
at the next instruction following the attach SVC 26. The only other
way to terminate the attached address space normally is to issue an
exit SVC 0 which exits directly to MS-DOS. A detach SVC 27 in an
address space which has no mother, will cause exit to MS-DOS.
An alternative to using attach/detach to execute dynamically loaded
370 code is to use simple branch and link. For 370 code linked into
COM file, the 370 code starts X'210' from the beginning of the COM
file. For code linked into MOD type file by L370.EXE using option M,
the 370 code starts immediately at the beginning of the file (i.e. the
file load address returned in register 0 by load SVC 25).
For example of each type program loading and execution, see
DEMO\MVS.ALC and DEMO\DEMOPSW.ALC demo programs.
The virtual address space established for the execution of COM files
created by L370.EXE has the following memory layout. For a sample
DSECT of the address space control block, see CPY\IHASCB.CPY.
000 INITIAL PROGRAM LOAD PSW
008 INITIAL PROGRAM LOAD CCW1
010 INITIAL PROGRAM LOAD CCW2
018 EXTERNAL OLD PSW
020 SUPERVISOR CALL OLD PSW
028 PROGRAM OLD PSW
030 MACHINE CHECK OLD PSW
038 INPUT/OUTPUT OLD PSW
040 CHANNEL STATUS WORD
048 CHANNEL ADDRESS WORD
050 INTERVAL TIMER
058 EXTERNAL NEW PSW
060 SUPERVISOR CALL NEW PSW
068 PROGRAM NEW PSW
070 MACHINE CHECK NEW PSW
078 INPUT/OUTPUT NEW PSW
080 MVS PARM AREA POINTED TO BY REGISTER 1 AT ENTRY (A,H,EBCDIC TEXT)
100 SVC ATTACH INSTRUCTION
102 SVC DETACH INSTRUCTION POINTED TO BY REG 14 AT ENTRY
104 ADDRESS SPACE CONTROL BLOCK ASCB FOR CURRENT COM PROGRAM
124 RESERVED
138 SAVE AREA POINTED TO BY REG 13 AT ENTRY
180 PC/370 PACKAGE IDENTIFICATION RECORD
200 BEGINNING OF 370 CODE AND DEFAULT ENTRY POINTED TO BY REG 15
AT ENTRY IF NO OTHER ENTRY POINT SPECIFIED ON ALC END STATEMENT.
*********
Chapter 4. All PC/370 supervisor services in SVC order
*********
SVC FUNCTION REGISTERS input/output
0 exit to MS-DOS none
1 open file reg 2 = DCB address (see I/O section
documentation)
2 close file reg 2 = DCB address
3 read block reg 2 = DCB, reg 1 must be address of block
or zero
4 write block reg 2 = DCB, reg 1 must be address of block
or zero
5 get record reg 2 = DCB, reg 1 must be address of area or
zero
6 put record reg 2 = DCB, reg 1 must be address of area or
zero
7 delete file reg 2 = DCB address
8 search file reg 2 = DCB address
/reg 0 = return code 0 if found
9 program trace 3 character trace ID follows SVC
10 get memory reg 1 = length
/reg 2 = address, reg 0 = 0 if ok
if reg 0 > 0, then reg 1 = maximum memory
available
11 free memory reg 1 = length and reg 2 = address
/reg 0 = 0 if ok
12 ASCII to EBCDIC reg 1 = address and reg 2 = length
13 EBCDIC to ASCII reg 1 = address and reg 2 = length
14 set SPIE if reg 1 = 0, remove SPIE else set SPIE exit
to reg 1
at SPIE entry, reg 0 contains instruction
length in high 16 bits, interruption code in
low 16 bits, reg 1 contains interruption
address, and reg 2 contains program
interruption element block (see
CPY\IHAPIE.CPY).
15 user exit reg 15 = entry point to COM 80x86 code via
far call
16 instr. count /reg 1 = current 370 instruction count
17 load user exit reg 1 = ASCIIZ path/file name
/reg 0=addr.reg 1=len.
18 time of date /reg 0 = hour, minute, second, 100th second,
reg 1 = year, reg 2 = day, month, day of week
19 allocate memory reg 1 = address of MS-DOS real block, reg 2 =
length
/if reg 0 not zero, then reg 2 = max.
available
20 deallocate mem. reg 1 = address of MS-DOS real block
21 input byte reg 1 = device address, reg 0 = byte
22 output byte reg 1 = device, reg 0 = byte
23 rename file reg 2 = DCB address
24 display line reg 1 = attributes, reg 2 = address, reg 15 =
row/col
25 load file reg 1 = path/filename
/reg 0 = address, reg 1 = length
26 attach program reg 0 = COM file address, reg 1 = address
space length
27 detach program none (return to instruction after attach)
28 svc 209 EBCDIC set EBCDIC to ASCII trans. for WTO svc 209
(default)
29 svc 209 ASCII turn off EBCDIC to ASCII translation
30 svc 209 CR turn on carriage return and line feed
(default)
31 svc 209 no CR turn off carriage return and line feed
32 VA to SEG:OFF convert virtual address in R1 to
segment:offset in R0
33 SEG:OFF to VA convert segment:offset in R0 to virtual
address in R1
34 interrupt general purpose interrupt facility which
supports all MS-DOS and BIOS interrupts using
PC register vector table pointed to by R1
must be defined as follows (see
CPY\IHAPCB.CPY):
0 PCVT DC C'PCVT' ID REQUIRED BY SVC 34
4 PCIN DS H INTERRUPT # (0-255)
6 PCPF DS H PF FLAGS REGISTER
8 PCAX DS H AX
10 PCBX DS H BX
12 PCCX DS H CX
14 PCDX DS H DX
16 PCDS DS H DS
18 PCSI DS H SI
20 PCES DS H ES
22 PCDI DS H DI
PC registers are loaded from PCVT for
interrupt. PC register results are also
stored in PCVT area immediately after
interrupt. Note segment:offset addresses
such as DS:DX, DS:SI, or ES:DI required
by interrupts can be calculated via SVC 32.
Likewise returned segment:offset results can
be translated back to PC/370 virtual
addresses via SVC 33. This is a very
powerful and therefore dangerous instruction.
SVC's 128-191 and SVC's 200-241 should be
used in place of this more general SVC when
possible since they are a little faster (they
don't load and store all PC registers and
don't require PCVT setup). They are also
much safer since an error in PCVT setup could
invoke wrong interrupt or pass bad registers
to any function including reboot interrupt,
write to disk, etc SVC 34 does verify PCVT
identifier and range of PCIN within 0-255.
If verify fails, program interruption
19 occurs. If carry bit is set by interrupt,
condition code 3 is set, else condition code
0 is set.
35 80x87 assist Scientific subroutine function assist via
80x87. Register 1 contains function # and
values are passed via floating point
registers. See chapter on floating
point for more information.
36 RELOAD Load file into memory at address in reg 0.
Reg 1 must have file address and reg 15 must
have maximum file length allowed to be loaded
in preallocated area.
37 SVCTRAP Define svc trap table via register 1 which
contains address of user exit routine to be
used with each svc. If register 1 is zero
current svc trap table is cancelled. After
table is defined, each svc call functions as
follows:
1. If table+4*(svc #) contains zero,
execute real PC/370 svc normally.
2. If svc trap active mode is set,
execute real PC/370 svc normally.
3. If table+4*(svc #) is not zero,
store current psw at old svc psw x'20',
set trap active mode, and branch to
trap exit address in table entry.
LPSW instruction will always reset trap
active mode, and normal exit from trap
is via LPSW OLDSVC. All svc calls within
trap routine including the svc which
invoked trap will process as real svcs
normally without storing psw. See DEMO\
DEMOTRAP.ALC program for examples.
128 - 191 issue BIOS interrupt number = svc # - X'80' with PC
registers mapped as follows before and after interrupt:
AX - low bytes of register 0
BX - low bytes of register 1
CX - low bytes of register 14
DX - low bytes of register 15
If carry set by call, then CC =3 else CC = 0.
8086 flags returned in high bytes of R0.
200 - 241 issue interrupt 21H with PC registers mapped as follows:
For all svc's 200-241:
AH - MS-DOS function call number = svc number -200
AL - low byte of register 0
BX - low bytes of register 1
for svc # 201-208, 211, 213, 214, and 225:
DL - low byte register 2
for svc 209, 210, 212, and 215-241:
DS:DS - segment:offset from virtual address in register 2
CX - returned in register 14
DX - returned in register 15
One of the most frequently used SVC's is 209 (write to
operator). For example, to print message on standard output
device via MS-DOS function call 9, the following 2 PC/370
instructions can be used:
LA R2,=C'THIS IS A DEMO WTO MESSAGE$'
SVC 209
The above example will print message on console and issue
carriage return and line feed following message ending with
$. To turn off automatic carriage return and line feed,
issue SVC 31 prior to SVC 209. To eliminate overhead of
converting from default EBCDIC strings to ASCII for 209,
issue SVC 29 prior to SVC 209 and use PC/370 assembler
extension for ASCII strings in double quotes. For
example, this is the most efficient method of issuing
messages:
SVC 29 TURN OFF EBCDIC TO ASCII CONVERSION FOR 209
.
.
LA R2,=C"THIS IS A DEMO WTO MESSAGE$"
SVC 209
*********
Chapter 5. Floating Point System Documentation
*********
A. Introduction
PC/370 release 4.0 contains support for the entire 370 floating
point instruction set using the Intel 80x87 co-processor. If the
co-processor is not installed, all floating point instructions
cause operation exceptions as they would on a 370 without the
floating point option. There is a new option in the L370 linkage
editor (option P) which can be used to force turning off floating
point option even when co-processor is installed. Default is to
support floating point if it is installed and 370 module has been
linked using release 3.0+ linkage editor. In addition to the
standard floating point instructions, two additional levels of
support have been added. Section F describes a set of SVC's
which invoke extended microcode functions on the 80x87 chip such
as square root, logs, etc. These SVC's are fast but most require
special scaling of arguments. DOC\USER.DOC describes a set of
scientific subroutines written in ALC which can be called to
efficiently calculate functions over extended range of real
numbers.
B. Data formats
The Intel 80x87 actually only supports one IEEE floating point
format which has 64 bit mantissa and exponent range of 10**4932
which exceeds both the 370 short and long (double precision)
formats of 24 and 56 bit mantissa's. Therefore, both the short
and long operations are done with extra precision. The 370
extended format instructions are all supported but the precision
actually available is only 64 bits versus the 112 on a 370. When
short and long numbers are loaded into the 80x87, they are padded
with zeros to the 64 bit length required. When an extended
number is loaded into the 80x87, the last 8 bits are obtained
from the second register in the specified extended register pair.
The PC/370 cross assembler now supports E, D, and L data formats
when the 80x87 is installed.
C. Data exceptions
The standard 370 exponent overflow, exponent underflow, and
floating point divide exceptions are all supported. The program
mask can be set to control whether program exception is allowed.
One deviation from standard 370 convention, is to return the
maximum floating point number with correct sign when overflow
occurs instead of an invalid number. This is consistent with
IEEE standard.
D. Floating point instructions
1. Note that all operations are normalized using 80x87 and that
the 370 unnormalized function identical to normalized
instructions.
2. Compare short and long include all 64 bits in comparison. To
round number to specific number of bits in short or long
format, use the LRER or LRDR instruction prior to compare.
E. Interactive debug facilities for floating point
1. When floating point support is active (i.e. option P is on
and the 80x87 co-processor is installed), the R command will
display third line with floating point register contents in
hex. Note that the actual floating point register areas in
memory are stored in 80x87 temporary real format to allow
register to register instructions to execute faster since no
conversion from or to 370 format is required.
F. Extended 80x87 microcoded arithmetic functions
The following extended arithmetic floating point functions are
supported via SVC 35 with the function number in register 1.
Arguments and results are in the floating point registers F0 and
F2.
# Formula: Notes:
1. F0 = LOG10(2) constant
2. F0 = LOGE(2) constant
3. F0 = LOG2(E) constant
4. F0 = LOG2(10) constant
5. F0 = PI constant 3.14159....
6. F0 = ARCTAN(F2/F0) 0 <= F2 <= F0 < IFI (infinity)
7. F2/F0 = TAN(F0) 0 <= F0 <= PI/4 (sets F0 and F2)
8. F0 = SQRT(F0) 0 <= F0 < IFI
9. F0 = F2 * LOG2(F0) 0 < F0 < IFI, -IFI < F2 < IFI
10. F0 = F2 * LOG2(F0+1) 0 <= F0 < (1-(SQRT(2)/2)), _IFI < F2
< IFI
11. F0 = 2**F0 -IFI < F0 < IFI (note 1)
12. F0 = R0 convert to real
13. R0 = F0 convert to integer
14. F0 = MOD(F0/F2) return fraction of F0 mod F2 in F0
(note 2)
15. F0 = SIN(F0) argument may be any real radian value
(note 3)
16. F0 = COS(F0) argument may be any real radian value
(note 3)
17. F0 = TAN(F0) argument may be any real radian value
(note 3)
Notes:
1. This function uses equivalence expression to derive 2**F0 for
all values of F0 rather than just the 0.0-0.5 range supported
via the F2XM1 80x87 instruction.
2. Note this uses FPREM 80x87 instruction repeatedly to
calculate exact remainder via successive subtraction.
3. Note 15-17 perform scaling of argument via FPREM 80x87
instruction and use FPTAN 80x87 instruction to derive
tangent, sine and cosine.
Register 15 is set to one of the following values at exit from svc:
hex
00 - no errors detected
80 - 80x87 not operational
40 - invalid function number in register 1
20 - 80x87 precision error (inexact result such as 1/3 etc.)
10 - 80x87 underflow error (zero returned)
08 - 80x87 overflow error (max 370 value returned)
04 - 80x87 zero divide (max 370 value returned)
02 - 80x87 denormalized operand error (should not occur)
01 - 80x87 invalid operation error (should not occur)

955
PC370_orig/Diskette/full/DOC/USER.DOC Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,955 @@
USER.DOC PC/370 User Documentation
Copyright 1987 Donald S. Higgins
Don Higgins
6365 - 32 Avenue North
St. Petersburg, Florida 33710
E-mail CompuServe 73047,1113
PC/370 users:
This is the user documentation for the PC/370 cross assembler,
linkage editor, and emulator for 370 assembly language users.
The PC/370 package provides the capability to assemble, link,
and execute IBM 370 assembler programs on any 80x86 MSDOS 2.0+ micro
computer such as the IBM PC, XT, AT, PS/2, Compaq, etc.
Chapter table of contents:
1. M370.COM macro preprocessor
2. A370.EXE cross 370 assembler
3. L370.EXE cross 370 linkage editor
4. E370R42.EXE run time 370 emulator
5. Technical hardware and software specifications
6. ASSIST extended instructions for student use
7. DEBUG interactive debugging facility
8. Floating point instructions and scientific subroutines
9. XA extended architecture instructions
10. System subroutine library
11. COBOL call interface
12. Reference publications
*********
Chapter 1. M370.COM macro preprocessor
*********
The M370 macro preprocessor has the following command format:
A>M370 file
where file is the name of a source macro program file which has the
suffix (.MLC). The source file must be in ASCII text format with
each line terminated by a line feed character. The only output from
this program is a source basic assembler file with expanded macro
statements. The suffix of the output file is (.ALC).
Any number of macros can be used by M370 input files and must be
defined in individual source macro files with the file name equal to
the macro name and a suffix of (.MAC). These macros must be placed on
the default drive for access by M370. For more speed, these files may
be moved to RAM disk.
*********
Chapter 2. A370.EXE cross 370 assembler
*********
The A370 assembler has the following command format:
A>A370 file/options
where file is the name of a source program file which has the
suffix (.ALC). The source file must be in ASCII text
format with each line terminated by a line feed character.
Any number of editors including SEE can be used to create ALC files.
An optional drive and path may be specified such as B:\dir\file.
The options which can be specified are as follows:
A - alignment option. Default is on.
C - object code option. Default is on.
L - produce listing file (.PRN). Default is none.
T - trace assembler execution. Default is off.
X - produce symbol and literal cross reference. Default is none.
If an option is on by default, specifying it will turn it off.
For example:
A>A370 B:DEMOPNUM/LX
will read the source file B:DEMOPNUM.ALC and produce the object
code file B:DEMOPNUM.OBJ and the listing file B:DEMOPNUM.PRN.
The A370 assembler conforms to the OS/VS IBM 370 Assembly
Language as defined in the IBM manual GC33-4010 with the
following limitations:
1. No continuation lines.
2. Maximum control sections and dummy sections is 255.
3. Macros and system variable symbols are not supported (see M370).
4. OPSYN statement not supported.
5. EQU third operand (type attribute) not supported.
6. Scale, exponent, and bit length data modifiers not supported.
Extended features include the following:
1. Data constant types F and H may use arithmetic expressions.
2. Extended ASSIST instruction set including XREAD, XPRNT,
XDECI, XDECO, AND XDUMP as defined in the book Assembler
Language with ASSIST by Ross A. Overbeek. Also 2 more
instructions XFILI and XFILO are added to allow changing
default ASSIST input and output files at execution time.
3. ASCII character strings may be defining by using double
quotes instead of single quotes in DC and self defining
character constants.
*********
Chapter 3. L370.EXE cross 370 linage editor
*********
The L370 linkage editor has the following command format:
A>L370 file/options
where file is the name of an A370 object code file (.OBJ) and
may specify a specific drive. The options supported by the
linkage editor are as follows:
B - create VS COBOL callable subroutine file (type .BIN).
D - set debug mode for emulator. Default is off. When option D
is on, interactive debug is entered at beginning of each
COM or BIN file execution.
G - load and execute with no file output. Default is off.
I - turn off all interrupts from keyboard.
L - list CSECT addresses and lengths. Default is off.
M - create 370 code module without COM prefix code.
O - dump input object code records in hex. Default is off.
P - force floating point option off even if 80x87 installed.
X - cross reference of external symbols. Default is off.
U - allow unresolved external references
For example:
A>L370 B:DEMOPNUM/LX
will read the object code file B:DEMOPNUM.OBJ and produce the binary
command file B:DEMOPNUM.COM, and the listing and cross-reference file
B:DEMOPNUM.LST. Note that since DEMOPNUM calls the external
subroutine PET, the subroutine library L370.LIB must be available.
The binary command file B:DEMOPNUM.COM may be directly executed by the
MSDOS command:
A>B:DEMOPNUM
When the above command is executed, the program will load at X'0200'
and the fetch routine linked with the program will load the
emulator E370.EXE in high memory and transfer control to it.
The linkage editor uses two concatenated subroutine library
files. The first file is named file.LIB and may contain
any number of A370 subroutine object modules which are called by the
modules in file.obj. This file is optional and only called modules
are included. The second file is named L370.LIB and may contain any
number of A370 subroutine object modules which are commonly used by
multiple programs. An L370.OBJ file is included with the PC/370
package and contains sample time and date routines. The MS-DOS COPY
command with option /B may be used to concatenate A370 object modules
in either library file. Note module references must be resolved in
one sequential pass of library so backward module references may cause
unresolved entry.
The linkage editor listing file (.LST) shows relative entry point
and segment lengths and optional cross reference by segment. The
last line of the listing contains ENT/LNG which is the 370 relative
entry point of the module and the length of the entire module.
*********
Chapter 4. E370R42.EXE run time 370 native machine code emulator
*********
The emulator is transparent to the user when using A370 and L370 to
create MSDOS command files. The emulator is dynamically executed by
the 80x86 COM file prefix generated by L370. The 370 machine code
starts at X'210' from the beginning of the COM file. The origin of
the 370 virtual address space for a COM program starts at X'10' from
the beginning of the COM file. The execution of the 370 machine code
will start at the specified relative start address plus hex 200 with
that absolute address in register 15. Register 1 will point to
standard MVS parameter list address at location X'80' with EBCDIC text
passed from MS-DOS command line. Register 13 will point to standard
save area in ASCB and register 14 points to return to detach
instruction in ASCB to exit to MS-DOS. If a program check occurs, the
interactive debug facility will be invoked and will initially display
the general registers and the program status word at the time of the
interruption. See DOC\SYSTEM.DOC SPIE supervisor call for facility to
handle program checks. Also see MAC\MVS.MLC for example of how to run
programs in problem state with your own supervisor shell.
A new facility with PC/370 release 4 is the ability to make the
emulator resident by simply executing it directly. The resident
emulator reserves about 50k for code and uses an 80x86 hardware
interrupt to transfer control when needed at execution time. To
remove the current resident emulator, simply execute it directly
again. Release 4.0 and 4.1 used interrupt hex DC. Release 4.2 uses
hex 60 within the Micro Focus Extended Memory (XM) real interrupt
handler range of hex 60-6F. See DOC\PTF.DOC for pathc to change
interrupt in case it conflicts with another user installed software
package.
With release 4.1 a new system queue area (SQA) memory option has been
added to define a memory which can be shared by all COBOL subroutines
and which is allocated in the resident emulator address space. The
size of the SQA is specified by a single hex parm when making the
emulator resident. The size is in hex paragraphs and the default is
10 or 256 bytes. For example, the following command would make the
emulator resident with an 8k byte SQA:
C>E370R42 200
With the SQA facility, COBOL assembler subroutines can issue standard
file I/O with dynamic buffers allocate from SQA. See BAT\RUNCBL.BAT
for demo.
With release 4.2, PC/370 supports Micro Focus COBOL/2 assembler
subroutine calles in normal MS-DOS mode or in extended memory XM mode.
In both cases the emulator must be resident before starting the COBOL
program via workbench or run time executive with or without XM. In
XM mode, the emulator still runs in real mode after requesting XM to
mode the called subroutine code (BIN file) and the argument data
segments to base memory area for access in V=R real mode. This
creates the XM restriction that there must be sufficient base memory
for called BIN file and data segment at the time of the call. Also,
the emulator must not attempt to access memory beyond end of BIN or
data segments in real memory. The emulator can use SQA in XM mode.
See BAT\RUNCBL.BAT for demo of XM mode subroutines (requires XM.EXE
and RUN.EXE from Micro Focus).
There are five distinctly different ways to execute the E370 emulator:
1. Direct execution to make it resident if not currently resident.
2. Direct execution again to remove current resident copy. If
another software package is using interrupt, an error message
will display. See DOC\PTF.DOC to change interrupt number.
3. Execution of a 370 COM module without E370 resident causes
dynamic loading of E370 in high 64k of MS-DOS memory to support
execution of 370 code in the COM module.
4. Execution of a 370 COM module with E370 module resident causes
execution of resident copy via cross memory interrupt facility.
5. Execution of a 370 BIN module from within Micro Focus COBOL run
time environment causes execution of resident copy via cross
memory interrupt facility. In XM mode, a protected interface
routine in the emulator is called directly by the BIN module
which in turn issues interrupt to execute emulator in real mode.
*********
Chapter 5. Technical specifications
*********
1. A370.EXE requires 256k memory to execute and can handle source
programs with over 1000 labels.
2. L370.EXE requires 256k memory and can handle load modules up to
50k bytes long.
3. E370R42.EXE requires 50k plus SQA which includes the emulator,
and the extended SVC support functions, and interactive debug.
A production only copy of the emulator named E370P42.EXE is
included which only requires 40k but does not include
interactive debug facility or the ASSIST extended instructions.
This version saves resident base memory, but should only be
used for fully tested programs or programs with their own
program check handlers for error recovery.
4. E370R42 supports all the non-supervisor state IBM 370
instructions as defined in the IBM/370 XA Principals
of Operation manual SA22-7085 except the conditional
swapping feature instructions. Short, long, and extended
floating point instructions are supported provided 80x87
is installed.
5. The minimum configuration for PC/370 is as follows:
a. 80x86 processor. XM only supported on 80286/80386.
b. 256k RAM memory which allows execution of 370 program in
128k virtual address space. Maximum virtual address space
is about 512k on 640k machine.
c. 1 floppy disk drive.
d. 80x87 only required for floating point instructions.
6. A benchmark program consisting of calculating the first
100 prime numbers was run in interpretive BASIC using
16 bit integer arithmetic. It took 67 seconds on a
4.77 MHZ 8086 system. The same program was rewritten in
370 assembler using 32 bit fixed point arithmetic. It
took 25 seconds to execute on the same system. This
benchmark program is included as a demo called DEMOPNUM.ALC.
The demo may be run with the following commands:
A>A370 DEMO\DEMOPNUM/LX (create DEMOPNUM.OBJ)
A>L370 DEMO\DEMOPNUM/LX (create DEMOPNUM.COM)
A>DEMO\DEMOPNUM
7. The following error messages are supported:
A370/L370
E01 - DUPLICATE LABEL
E02 - INVALID LABEL
E03 - SYMBOL TABLE FULL
E04 - INVALID OPERATION CODE
E05 - UNDEFINED OPERATION CODE
E06 - UNDEFINED LABEL
E07 - INVALID OPERAND
E08 - MEMORY FULL
E09 - EXPRESSION INVALID
E10 - SELF DEFINING TERM INVALID
E11 - ARITHMETIC OVERFLOW IN EXPRESSION
E12 - TOO MANY EXTERNAL SYMBOLS
E13 - NO BASE REGISTER AVAILABLE
E14 - LENGTH ERROR
E15 - OPERAND ERROR
E16 - DATA CONSTANT DUPLICATION FACTOR ERROR
E17 - DATA CONSTANT TYPE ERROR
E18 - DATA CONSTANT LENGTH ERROR
E19 - DATA CONSTANT DATA ERROR
E20 - START SEQUENCE ERROR
E21 - LTORG SEQUENCE ERROR
E22 - LOCATION COUNTER ERROR BETWEEN PASS 1 AND 2
8. IOS LOGICAL ACCESS METHOD USED BY A370, L370, AND E370
IOS001 - NO DISK SPACE
IOS001 - FILE NOT FOUND
IOS001 - NO BUFFER SPACE
IOS001 - OPEN FAILED
IOS002 - CLOSE FAILED
IOS003 - READING UNWRITTEN DATA
IOS003 - INVALID REQUEST
IOS004 - ERROR IN EXTENDING FILE
IOS004 - END OF DISK DATA AREA
IOS004 - NO MORE DIRECTORY SPACE
IOS004 - INVALID REQUEST
IOS005 - INVALID RECORD TYPE
IOS005 - INVALID RECORD LENGTH
IOS006 - INVALID RECORD TYPE
IOS006 - INVALID RECORD LENGTH
IOS007 - DELETE FAILED
*********
Chapter 6. ASSIST extended instructions for student use
*********
A. Overview
The book, "Assembler Language With ASSIST", by Ross A. Overbeek
and W. E. Singletary published by Science Research Associates,
Inc. in 1976 describes a set of 370 extended instructions to
greatly simplify input and output for students learning to write
370 assembler programs. A new book with also covers ASSIST is,
"IBM 370 Assembly Language with ASSIST, Structured Concepts, and
Advanced Topics", Charles J. Kacmar, Prentice Hall, September
1987, ISBN 0-13-455742-5.
PC/370 implements these instructions to allow students to
code, assemble, and execute ASSIST 370 programs on any 80x86 MS-
DOS based micro-computer rather than having to use an IBM 370
mainframe. This was the original objective for which PC/370 was
developed back in 1981. The first students to use PC/370 with
ASSIST were volunteers at the University of South Florida,
College of Engineering. The students used a CP/M based Z80
micro-computer with the original version of PC/370 instead of
the IBM 3033 mainframe ASSIST system accessed via RJE using
keypunched card decks.
B. ASSIST extended instructions
1. XFILI =C'filename'
This extended instruction redirects input source for XREAD.
If open, the current input source file is closed. The new
filename can be any standard MS-DOS path/filename ending
with suffix .xxx or a zero byte. If the filename is CON:
then the input source is the console with a ? prompt. To
set the ASSIST end of file condition code for XREAD from the
console, use the escape (ESC) key. See DEMOAST3.ALC for
demo of redirection.
2. XFILO =C'filename'
This extended instruction redirects the output from XPRNT.
If open, the current output file is closed. The new file
name can be any standard MS-DOS path/filename ending with
suffix .xxx or a zero byte. If the filename is CON: then
the output from XPRNT is directed to the console. The first
byte which is printer control code is also printed on
console.
3. XREAD area [,length]
Read record into area with default length of 80 padded with
blanks. If the input is coming from console, the first
carriage return defines end of record, and single ESC
character defines end of file. Note ASCII characters from
console or file are automatically translated to EBCDIC in
record area. Condition code set as follows:
0 - read successful
1 - end of file
Default input source is file named ASSIST.DAT. If the file
is not found, the input and output source is switched to
console.
4. XPRNT area [,length]
Print record from area with default length of 132. Trailing
blanks are stripped off. The first character is used as
standard ASCII print control character:
' ' - space means skip one line
'/' - slash means skip two lines
'1' - one means skip a page
'+' - means skip no lines
'-' - dash means skip three lines
Output to console includes print control character. Default
output is to file named ASSIST.PRN which is also used by
interactive debug X logging command and XDUMP.
5. XDECI reg,area
Read ASCII integer number from area and store into register.
Leading plus or minus signs may be present. Condition code
is set as follows:
0 - number is zero
1 - number less than zero
2 - number is greater than zero
3 - no number found in area
Register 1 is set to address of first character after number
read.
6. XDECO reg,area
Convert binary integer number in register to 12 character
display field with numeric value including sign.
7. XDUMP [area start, area end]
Dump general purpose registers (default with no args) or
dump area of memory to output file.
*********
Chapter 7. Interactive Debug Facility
*********
A. Overview
The PC/370 interactive debug facility is designed to provide a
tool to help debug program errors in either 80x86 code or 370
code. The facility provides the basic tools namely tracing
program flow via breakpoints defined by calls, and displaying
register and memory contents upon request. In addition, the
facility provides a data and address stop option which is very
useful for locating errors.
B. Program Interface
The PC/370 interactive debug facility is implemented via a single
module named MMDBUG which is linked into A370, L370 and E370
programs and is called with a single 3 byte ASCII argument
located immediately after the near call instruction. In the
E370 emulator environment, the interactive debugger can be called
directly from 370 programs through SVC 9 which must be followed
by 3 byte EBCDIC argument and a 1 byte filler to keep
instructions on half word boundary.
There are several special calling arguments as follows:
1. 'OFF' - turn off (kill) trace facility for speed
(a trace is killed by replacing call with jump over
the trace ID to the next instruction)
2. 'ON ' - turn trace facility back on (stop killing traces)
3. 'BUG' - force interactive debug mode
4. 'IOF' - interrupts off (unsolicited keys queued for input)
5. 'ION' - interrupts on (any key stroke invokes user
interface)
6. 'IFL' - instruction fetch loop (special trace used in E370
to identify next trace id as 370 operation trace to
be stored in trace table)
The first call to MMDBUG in A370, L370, and E370 is with 'OFF'
unless the trace option was requested via COM file parm or if the
debug option D was specified on link edit of COM or BIN file.
C. User Interface
When MMDBUG is called without the 'OFF' argument, or when a key
is hit without the 'IOF' argument being issued previously, the
user interface mode is invoked and the following commands may
be entered in upper or lower case from the console:
A - ADDRESS STOP (PROMPTS FOR ADDRESS, LENGTH, TYPE)
C - CONTINUE TO NEXT TRACE ENTRY
D - DUMP MEMORY (PROMPTS FOR ADDRESS)
F - FIND TRACE ENTRY (PROMPTS FOR TRACE ID)
H - HELP LIST MMDBUG COMMANDS (THIS LIST)
I - INSTRUCTION COUNTER WORD
J - RESET NEXT 370 OR 8086 INSTRUCTION ADDRESS
K - KILL MODE SET/RESET (kills or restores traces)
L - SET/RESET TRACE LIMIT FOR Q/T MODE
M - MODIFY MEMORY (PROMPTS FOR ADDRESS AND DATA)
N - LIST LAST 20 TRACE ENTRIES (NOTE K,Z AFFECT THIS LIST)
P - SET/RESET PRINT COPY OF ALL MMDBUG I/O
Q - SET QUIET MODE (USED WITH F, L, AND 'BUG' OPTIONS)
R - DISPLAY REGISTERS (SEE Z OPTION)
S - SAVE/UNSAVE CURRENT TRACE ID FROM KILL MODE
T - SET TRACE MODE (USED WITH OPTIONS F AND L)
W - LIST FREE MEMORY QUEUE
X - SET/RESET ASSIST LOGGING OF INTERACTIVE DEBUG OUTPUT
Y - MODIFY 8086/370 REGISTER (PROMPTS FOR REGISTER/DATA)
Z - SET/RESET 8086/370 MODE
IN 8086 MODE, R DUMPS 8086 REGISTERS AND D PRINTS
PRINTABLE ASCII CHARACTERS IN DUMP.
IN PC/370 MODE, R DUMPS 370 REGISTERS AND PSW
AND D DUMPS PRINTABLE EBCDIC CHARACTERS IN DUMP.
<cr> - dump same address again as defined in D command
<sp> - dump forward until any key hit
<bs> - dump backwards until any key hit
<esc>- exit to MSDOS after attempting to close files
Memory addresses may be entered in xxxx:xxxx or xxxxxx hex format
without leading zeros required. In 370 mode, the xxxxxx format
always refers to the relative address within the current address
space. In 80x86 mode, the xxxxxx format refers to the offset
using the current segment. The segment:offset is initialized to
the emulator data segment area containing the 370 registers.
D. User Guide
The PC/370 interactive debug facility can assist you in locating
errors within your 370 assembler programs. But first there are
some more basic things to check:
1. Are you sure that you are executing the latest version of
the source program. To be absolutely sure, code the date
and time in a print statement at the beginning of the program
and then reassemble (A370) and relink (L370) and execute the
program again.
2. Does the program run to normal termination? If so then you
can run the program again specifying a T as the only parameter
on the execute command to initiate the interactive debug
facility. Another way to invoke the interactive debug option
is to specify option D in the linkage editor. This method
should be used if the program requires a parameter other than
T.
3. If the program terminated abnormally, the interactive debug
facility is automatically initiated along with a display of
the PSW and the failing instruction. To calculate the
relative address of the failing instruction in the program,
subtract the program load address of X'0200' (Note you will
have to look at the link edit listing to get the starting
address if the failing instruction is in a subroutine.
4. To trace execution of the program, enter K once or twice to
restore all traces and then enter T. To stop the trace at any
point hit any key.
5. To continue execution of the program normally, enter Q.
For fast execution, use K command to set kill trace mode
first.
6. To dump the current contents of the registers, enter R.
7. To dump any 32 byte area in memory, enter A followed by
the starting address in hex xxxx.
8. To continue to dump memory from the current location forward,
hit the space key. To dump backwards, hit the backspace key.
To stop the dump, hit any key.
9. To stop the program at a specific address, enter A followed
by the address in hex xxxx followed by the option code A.
Then use Q or T to continue execution until the address is
found.
10. To stop the program when a specific data field in memory is
changed, enter A followed by the address in xxxx followed by
the option code E for equal data or N for not-equal data.
Next entry the length of the data compare in hex when
prompted. If option E is selected, enter the hex value of the
data you want to search for when prompted. Next press Q or T
to continue execution until the data compare specified
triggers debug user interface again. To stop at a specific
instruction count in a 370 program, use the I command to
display the instruction counter word and then use data equal
address stop on the word. To obtain detail instruction trace
up to point of failure, either use Q or T from beginning of
the program or set address stop at previous multiple of 256
on instruction count field and then restore traces with K
command and then use Q or T proceed to point of failure. At
point of failure, use N command to list last 20 instruction
trace points.
11. To turn off any address stop option, enter A.
12. To list the last 20 instruction trace table entries, enter N.
If running in 370 mode (option Z toggles mode), only the 370
instruction traces will be stored and listed via option N.
In 80x86 mode, all traces will be stored and listed.
Note that this list may be incomplete if the program
was running with K option active to kill traces for speed.
Option K kills each trace entry to debug the first time debug
is entered for that trace point. Option K makes the program
run much faster at the expense of losing repeated trace
points until K reset is issued. However, you can use Find to
locate selected trace id's and use Save to protect id from
kill mode. This option allows much faster execution while
still being able to trace selected id's. A very useful id to
save is IFL which will then trace each 370 instruction during
kill mode while killing all of the lower level ID's for
reasonable speed yet full visibility of 370 instructions.
Faster still is to save only one 370 instruction id such as
TRT. This is very useful in conjunction with address stop,
since the address stop overhead is only incurred for the
selected saved id's. Note that the trace table only contains
addresses of instructions, and as a result if instruction
modification or overlays are used, the data listed for a
previous instruction may be different from what it was at the
time it was executed. In this case it may be helpful to rerun
program with address stop to see what was in memory at the
time an instruction was executed.
13. To set a fixed limit on the number of trace entries before
entering debug command mode again, enter L and count in hex
xxxx. Next enter Q or T to continue until count reached zero.
If zero count is entered, the limit is not checked.
14. To modify memory, enter M followed by address in hex xxxx.
Next enter hex data bytes followed by return key.
15. To display the 8086 registers, type Z to switch to 8086 mode.
Now type R. In 8086 mode, storage dumps translate data to
ASCII instead of EBCDIC for character display. In 8086 mode,
N lists all trace entries instead of just IFL 370 instruction
traces. In 8086 mode, Y changes 8086 registers instead of 370
registers. To return to 370 mode, type Z again.
16. The W command displays free memory in the 8086 data segment
for 8086 mode and the free memory in the current address
space in 370 mode. Note these are two totally separate free
areas. The 8086 free area is limited to <= 64k addressable by
the DS register and uses 4 byte free queue elements
(next,length). The 370 free area extends from the end of 370
code in COM module to the end of free memory and uses 8 byte
370 format free queue elements (next,length) on 8 byte
boundaries. For BIN file execution, the free area is the SQA
area allocated in the emulator address space. The first free
queue element in a 370 address space is pointed to by ASCASF
field in address space control block located at X'104' in low
memory (may be zero if no free memory currently available).
The ASCB for BIN modules can be located by subtracting
(X'200'-X'104') from the entry point address in register 15 at
entry (trace ID 370).
17. The J jump command may be used to modify either the emulator
or the 370 current instruction address depending on the
current Z mode. In 370 mode, the address entered is a virtual
address. In 80x86 mode, the address entered is a code segment
offset (This is a very dangerous function and not
recommended).
*********
Chapter 8. Floating Point Support
*********
A. Register formats
1. General purpose registers
The general purpose 370 registers are located at the beginning
of the data segment of the E370 emulator (DS:0). They are
stored in 80x86/80x87 long integer format with least
significant byte first starting with register 0. For example,
the high byte of register 0 is at DS:3 and the low byte of
register 1 is at DS:4. This area can be used with address
stop to detect a specific register value or change in register
value (although remembering reverse format is always a
challenge). This format is used to allow native loads and
stores without reversing bytes which speeds up register to
register operations and allows addition of registers directly
from memory without conversion.
2. Floating point registers
If the 80x87 co-processor is installed, the R command displays
the four 8 byte floating point register values numbered 0, 2,
4, and 6. This is one way (other than 123 /WS screen) to tell
if 80x87 is installed. The floating point registers are
stored in 80x87 temporary real format which is 10 bytes long.
The first 8 bytes contain the normalized 64 bit unsigned
mantissa with the high bit always on stored in reverse order
(like a double long integer with the least significant byte at
low address. The last 2 bytes contain the base two exponent
and the sign stored as an integer. The 15 bit exponent is
stored in excess 3FFFH format. True zero is represented by
plus or minus sign and all other bits zero. This format
exceeds 370 double precision 8 byte format for both mantissa
and exponent range. This format is used to significantly
speed up floating point register to register operations since
numbers can be directly transferred to/from 80x87 in this
format. A conversion routine must be used to convert floating
point numbers when moved to/from memory to the floating point
registers. The conversion routine is quite efficient but does
involve shifting entire number up to 3 bits left or right to
convert from normalized base 2 to base 16. The floating point
register memory area can be dumped to see the real format and
can be used with address stop to detect specific value or
change in value.
B. Floating Point Scientific Subroutine Package
Using floating point 370 instructions plus extended 80x87 function
SVC's described in SYSTEM.DOC, a set of efficient scientific
subroutines have been coded in SSP.ALC and are stored in the
L370.LIB subroutine library. The argument and result is in F0 or
R0 unless noted otherwise. The SSP functions are similar to the
FORTRAN IV intrinsic functions.
FUNCTION DESCRIPTION RANGE LIMITATIONS NOTES
ATAN ARCTAN
ALOG LOG BASE E 0 < F0
ALOG10 LOG BASE 10 0 < F0
COS COSINE
EXP E ** X
REAL CVT TO REAL -2**32 <= R0 < 2**32 ARG. IN R0
INT CVT TO INT -2**32 <= F0 < 2**32 RESULT IN R0
MOD MOD(F0,F2) REMAINDER R0
PI PI 3.14159.............
SIN SINE
SQRT SQUARE ROOT 0 <= F0
TAN TANGENT
C. Floating point co-processor assisted standard 370 instructions.
1. If the floating point option is on and an 80x87 co-processor
is installed, then it is used to assist the CVB and CVD
instructions for speed. In the case of large numbers, the
speed improvement can be up to 4 times. For numbers close
to zero, there is no improvement in speed. Depending on
user demand, this type assist may be added for other packed
decimal instructions in the future.
*********
Chapter 9. XA Extended Architecture Support
*********
1. A370 supports the XA instructions as defined in the
IBM System/370 XA Principles of Operation manual version
SA22-7085.
2. E370 supports the 6 XA non-privileged instructions
BAS, BASR, MVCIN, BASSM, IPM, and BSM. When the emulator is in
31 bit mode, the PSW format displayed by MMDBUG is extended mode
with the high address bit on. The emulator defaults to 24 bit
mode and the 370 basic PSW format.
3. The standard instructions LA, BAL, BALR, EDMK, and TRT
now support both the 24 bit and 31 bit addressing modes
as set by BASSM or BSM using the PSW address mode bit.
Note that in 31 bit addressing mode the LA instruction
adds all 31 bits of the index and base register plus
displacement and clears only the high bit of the result. This
means the high byte of the index and base must be cleared when
using 24 bit addresses in 31 bit mode.
**********
Chapter 10. System subroutine library
**********
The following subroutines are included in the default system
subroutine relocatable library L370.LIB in the root directory:
# SUBROUTINE ENTRY FUNCTION ARGUMENTS
1 DAT print date and time none
2 TIMER return current time none
of day in R0 in 100th
of a second units
3 PET print elapsed time since none
last call plus date and
time and 370 instruction
count interval statistics
4 DTIME print time in upper left none
corner of screen in format
HH:MM:SS
5 SYNERROR print PC/370 input/output R0 = error code
error message based on R1 = function code
return codes passed in
registers R0-R1 at entry
to SYNAD DCB exit routine
6 SSP scientific subroutines
(see chapter 8 for entry
points to this module)
7 API support application using
application program interface
(API) with IBM PC 3270
emulation via interrupt 7A
The 370 source code for all of the above modules is in the LIB
directory, and the BAT\BLDLIB.BAT command file will rebuild library
from the source. Remember when adding subroutines to a relocatable
library that there cannot be any backward references to prior modules
in the library since L370.EXE uses serial one pass search for external
references in the library.
**********
Chapter 11. COBOL call interface support
**********
To call a PC/370 assembler subroutine from a Micro Focus COBOL program
requires that the PC/370 emulator E370R42.EXE be made resident by
executing it directly (see BAT\RUNCBL.BAT for demo). Each subroutine
to be called must be assembled and linked using option B to create a
BIN type file which will be dynamically loaded on the first call.
The interface performs the following functions prior to transferring
control to the assembler subroutine:
1. The address space control block at X'104' in the BIN file is
initialized to a virtual equals real (V=R) region in order to
address the arguments passed. The ASCASF free memory pointer
is initialized to point to the current first free queue element
in the common system queue area (SQA) memory allocated along
with the resident emulator. The SQA is used to dynamically
allocate buffers for subroutine file I/O and any other dynamic
memory requests via GETMAIN/FREEMAIN svc's. Note that SQA is
shared by all subroutines and each subroutine must release any
memory it uses prior to exit or SQA will eventually be depleted
(just like MVS).
2. The segment and offset argument addresses on the stack are
converted into a standard 370 calling list of 32 bit absolute
addresses located at X'80' in the BIN file (normally the command
line area). Up to 32 arguments can be passed.
3. The 370 registers are set as follows:
R1 = absolute address of argument list at X'80' in BIN file
R14 = absolute return address to exit subroutine at X'102' in
BIN file via detach SVC.
R15 = absolute address of entry point (normally X'210' in BIN
file. At exit from called BIN module, the low 16 bits of
register 15 are used to set special Micro Focus COBOL return
code value called RETURN-CODE. If emulator is not resident
when a BIN module is called, a return code of 16 is passed.
4. If option D was specified in the L370 link of the BIN module
being called, the emulator interactive debug facility will be
invoked at entry with all traces restored. If option D was
not specified, execution will proceed without interruption and
no traces will be restored to provide fast execution of one or
more BIN modules.
5. Note that BIN modules are dynamically loaded by COBOL run time
system at unknown addresses. Since BIN subroutines run in
V=R address mode in order to address COBOL data areas, all 370
subroutine code must be self relocating. See CBL\TESTCIO.ALC
for example of how to relocate any address constants required
such as subroutine entry points and DCB addresses. The A370
assembler lists all relocation addresses in PRN listing created
with the /L option.
**********
Chapter 12. Technical References:
**********
1. For information on 370 machine instructions see
IBM System 370 XA Principles of Operation manual SA22-7085.
2. For information on 370 assembler language see:
a. IBM OS/VS Assembler Language manual GC33-4010.
b. Assembler Language Programming by G. W. Struble.
3. For information on how the assembler, linkage editor, and
operating system software works see:
a. Systems Programming by John J. Donovan.
b. Operating Systems by S. E. Madnick and J. J. Donovan.
4. For information on the 80x86 processors see:
a. The 8086 Book by George Alexy.
b. Intel iAPX 286 Programmer's Reference Manual 210498-003.
c. Intel 80386 Programmer's Reference Manual 230985-001.
5. For information on the MSDOS operating system and utilities
see:
a. Disk Operating System Version 3.2 Reference 68X2405.
b. Disk Operating System Technical Reference 6139658.
c. Advanced MS-DOS by Microsoft Press ISBN 0-914845-77-2
6. For information on usage of ASSIST extensions see:
a. Assembler Language with Assist by Ross A. Overbeek and W.
E. Singletary. Published by Science Research Associates,
Inc., Chicago, Copyright 1976, ISBN 0-574-21085-7.
b. IBM 370 Assembly Language with ASSIST, Structured Concepts,
and Advanced Topics by Charles J. Kacmar. Published by
Prentice Hall, September 1987, ISBN 0-13-455742-5.
7. For summary article on how PC/370 was developed see ACM
Sigsmall Newsletter Volume 8 Number 3, August 1982.
8. For article on conversion of PC/370 from CP/M to MS-DOS see
ACM SIGSMALL/PC Newsletter Volume 11 Number 3, August 1985.
9. For information on 80x87 see Intel iAPX 286 Programmer's
Reference Manual #210498-003. Also book by designer titled,
"The 8087 Primer" by John F. Palmer and Stephen P. Morse,
published by John Wiley & Sons, inc. Copyright 1984, ISBN 0-
471-87569-4.

352
PC370_orig/Diskette/full/DOC/UTILITY.DOC Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,352 @@
UTILITY.DOC PC/370 utility documentation
A. Summary
1. SEE.ALC - this utility will support full screen editing of an
ASCII text file. The size of the file is only limited by the
amount of MS-DOS memory available (up to 640K less MS-DOS and
PC/370). The program is modeled after the TURBO PASCAL full
screen editor with compatible commands. In addition to the
expanded memory support, SEE supports full color selection,
character graphics, and session emulation.
2. PRINTDOC.ALC - this utility will read an ASCII text file and
print it on the standard printer device with headings and page
numbers set by standard ALC TITLE, EJECT, and SPACE commands.
3. T370.ALC - this utility reads A370 relocatable object files
which are in compressed bit stream format and creates standard
IBM 370 linkage editor input in standard 80 byte fixed record
format with ESD, TXT, RLD, and END type records. This utility
also has option to generate ascii hex listing file if desired.
The 370 object files have a suffix of .370 and the listing
file has a suffix for .HEX.
To run demo of utility programs, execute BAT\RUNUTIL.BAT. To rebuild
executable utility modules from source run BAT\BLDUTIL.BAT.
B. SEE - Screen Editor and Emulator Documentation
SEE.ALC is a full screen ASCII text editor for PC's with MS-DOS 2.0+
and at least 256k. SEE is designed to be keystroke compatible with
both PFS:WRITE and the TURBO PASCAL (ie WORDSTAR like) editors. SEE
supports text files up to 512k on a 640k system. Note SEE.ALC itself
is about 90k which some editors can't handle. To conserve space SEE
strips trailing blanks from each line of text, and replaces 9 leading
blanks with a single tab character. Each line is terminated with a
carriage return and line feed.
SEE also supports session emulation by optionally creating a file
(.KSF) with all of the session's keystrokes which can be replayed to
emulate the session with full color control. SEE also supports line
and block drawing with graphic characters in full color.
The distribution diskettes or ARC file contains SEE.COM which can be
used to edit the source code UTIL\SEE.ALC. TO edit an existing ASCII
text file:
A>SEE file1
E370R42.EXE is dynamically loaded by SEE.COM to execute the 370 code
so it must be accessible on the current path as SEE.COM. If you wish
to run SEE using the emulator on a separate directory, you can use
DEBUG to insert path in front of emulator name at X'140' in SEE.COM,
or you can make the emulator resident by directly executing it.
The default file type is ALC. (Note with PC/370 you can change the
default in SEE.ALC and reassemble and link it in about 90 seconds on a
standard PC.) If the file doesn't exist, it will create an empty file
ready for editing. If the file does exist, it will be renamed
file1.BAK before saving the new file if it is changed. Be sure there
is room on the same disk for both the new file and the backup file
before spending a lot of time editing a file. Note SEE.ALC itself
requires at least 110k free space before you can save it.
To capture all the keystrokes in a session for replay later, type:
A>SEE file1 file2
The default file type for file2 is KSF. If file2 does not exist, it
will be created with all the keystrokes entered during the session
which edits file1. If file2 already exists, SEE will use it as the
keyboard input to emulate the original session. Note two special keys
act different in live editing versus emulation. ALT-F1 key causes
emulation to stop until a real key is entered. ALT-F2 key causes a 1
second wait in emulation mode to slow it down for visual effects.
Additional controls could be easily added to SEE.
SEE is designed to be fast and easy to use. To change a drive
specification in an autoexec.bat file a sequence of less than 25
characters including the filename may be required. For example,
assuming autoexec.bat contains:
RECORD/COLUMN 1...5...10...15...20
1 ver
2 astclock
3 c:
4 123
The following keystrokes would change drive c to drive a:
keystrokes ascii characters comments
1-19 see autoexec.bat[enter] start up SEE and display text
20-21 [arrow down][arrow down] move down to third line
22 a replace c with a
23 [esc] rename old file and save new
file
To learn the keystrokes available with SEE, use F1 and F2 to display
help screens. After reading help screens type any character to return
to text display.
To see the capability of SEE and to verify that the version you have
is working correctly on your system, run the batch file RUNUTIL.BAT.
This file executes the following emulation sessions:
1. DEMOSEE1.KSF - test both native and alternate keys as defined on
F2.
2. DEMOSEE2.KSF - test full color character graphics by drawing
colored organizational chart boxes and a full
color U.S. flag with blinking stars. Press enter
to end session.
One of the unique features of SEE is that the entire 370 assembler
source code is being distributed along with the object code. Because
of this, the SEE editor can be customized as required. The SEE.ALC
source program is about 3000 lines and requires no external
subroutines. On a RAM disk, it assembles in about 60 seconds via the
command A370 SEE. The link edit takes another 10 seconds via the
command L370 SEE. A listing of the source can be generated via the
command A370 SEE/L if you have a hard disk. The listing is too big to
fit on a 360k floppy disk.
SEE has several special keys which may need additional explanation.
The ALT-F3 key enters PC/370 debug mode where you can display the 370
registers via the R command, dump memory via the D command, trace
instructions, etc. To return to the SEE editor, type Q. Since the
default is to kill all trace ids and disable the PC/370 interactive
debug interrupt, you must either link SEE with the debug option D, or
press a key during loading of the SEE program to get into PC/370 debug
at the beginning of SEE where you can select ids to save and trace.
The ALT-F4 key toggles an internal audit mode which was very useful
during debugging and may be useful to others making changes to SEE.
In audit mode the critical pointers and control blocks are verified
for consistency after each operation that modifies them. For large
text files, these audits may take several seconds so be patient. Via
the audit mode, data corruption can be detected immediately after it
occurs rather than later such as when a save is attempted. The
following block diagram shows the critical blocks and their
relationships:
******************************************************************
* MS-DOS 64k segment *
******************************************************************
* SEE.COM 512k segment (code and data in 370 address space) *
* *
* SCB screen control block *
* ************************* <<<<< ASCB pointer to screen *
* X>>*SCBADDR DS A addr LB * control block with 25 *
* ^ *SCBPREV DS A prev LB * lines of text *
* ^ *SCBNEXT DS A next LB * *
* ^ *SCBLINE DS CL80 text * *
* ^ ************************* <<<<< R5 relative index to *
* ^ *SCBADDR DS A addr LB * current row in ASCB *
* ^ *SCBPREV DS A prev LB * times X'100' *
* ^ *SCBNEXT DS A next LB * (X'0000' to X'1700') *
* ^ *SCBLINE DS CL80 text * *
* ^ ************************* R6 relative column (0-79) *
* ^ R7 address of SCB for row *
* ^ *
* ^ GLBLAST DS A last LB >>>>>>>X *
* X<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<< GLBCUR DS A current LB >>>>>X v *
* (matches SCBADDR for GLBFIRST DS A first LB >>>> v v *
* row 0 at all times) v v v *
* v v v *
* v v v *
* (Dynamic memory allocated via SVC 10) v v v *
* v v v *
* LB line control block v v v *
* *************************** v v v *
* 0 * LBPREV DS A prev LB *<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<X v v *
* X<<* LBNEXT DS A next LB * v v *
* v * LBLINE DS CL80 text * v v *
* v *************************** v v *
* v ^ v v *
* v ^ v v *
* X>>*************************** v v *
* * LBPREV DS A prev LB *<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<X v *
* X<X* LBNEXT DS A next LB * v *
* v * LBLINE DS CL80 text * v *
* v *************************** v *
* v ^ v *
* v ^ v *
* X>>*************************** v *
* * LBPREV DS A prev LB *<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<X *
* 0 * LBNEXT DS A next LB * *
* * LBLINE DS CL80 text * *
* *************************** *
* *
* (note lower right number on status line is ratio of *
* active LB's to maximum LB's which will fit in extended *
* memory. AFREELB pointer maintains queue of unused LB's.) *
* *
******************************************************************
* E370R40.EXE PC/370 emulator loaded in high 64k segment *
******************************************************************
The key things that are verified by the audit mode routines are as
follows:
1. The row (R5) and column (R6) relative pointers are within valid
range.
2. The SCB address (R7) corresponds to current relative row (R5).
3. The SCBADDR in row zero matches GLBCUR.
4. The SCBPREV in each SCB matches SCBNEXT in previous SCB etc.
5. Starting with LB at GLBFIRST, verify forward and backward chains
for all LB's in extended memory. The total LB count is also
verified.
Do not leave audit mode on for normal editing since it significantly
slows down the editor.
The label (F5), duplicate (F6), and delete key (del) all work
together. When ever a block is active, the BLK indicator is on. Be
sure to turn the block indicator off via F5, F6, or delete key. If
the block indicator is not off and the (del) key is hit to delete a
character, it will delete the block instead. Note since the box
graphics mode indicator shares the same space on the status line,
turning on graphics will turn off the block indicator.
The search (F7) key will search for up to a 15 character key. Use F8
to repeat search. If a replacement key is specified, it will only be
replaced if it fits on current line. Search can be interrupted by any
key. The current line number is updated every 100 lines during
search.
The color selection key (F9) is tricky but powerful. The attribute
byte shown on the message line consists of four fields; the blink bit,
the background color bits (RGB), the intensity bit, and the foreground
color bits (RGB). The default attribute is set to B'00010111' or
X'17' which can be interpreted as no blink, no red background, no
green background, blue background, no intensity, and red, green, and
blue foreground (ie white foreground). This is the PFS:WRITE default.
The TURBO PASCAL editor default is yellow on black B'00001110' or
X'0E'. The attribute can be entered as a two digit hex number or the
arrows can be used to step through all the possible color and blink
combinations (all 256 of them). Once the desired attribute is
selected, press enter to return to the screen with the new attribute.
Note that unfortunately the attributes of each character are not
stored in the file and when the screen is erased and updated again,
individual character attributes used on the screen are lost. However,
the emulator option allows recreation of any screen with all the
colors used during the original session. This capability can be used
to generate full color screen dialogs.
In addition to color, the box graphics or line graphics capability
allows creation of screens with organization charts and line diagrams
such as the one above. I did not use color and I selected printable
characters via SHFT-F10 in order for this file to be printable on any
ASCII printer. The default box graphic characters when F10 is turned
on is double line graphic characters which look neat on the screen but
can't be printed on many printers. When F10 is pressed, the BOX
indicator comes on and the insert mode is turned off. In BOX mode,
the arrows allow drawing of boxes and lines with correct corners based
on the current and next direction of arrows. With a little practice,
it is easy to draw things and to add color to highlight different
parts. However, the color is lost unless the keystroke file is being
created during the session. Note in BOX mode, keystrokes are not
queued up as they are in normal text mode. This is to prevent
overshooting the end of a line when holding down one of the arrow
keys.
The status line contains the following fields:
1. STATMSG - 20 character message field used to display the
current function and to echo requested input.
2. STATFILE - name of the file being edited with path (15 char.
shown).
3. STATREC - current line number.
4. STATCOL - current cursor column
5. STATCAP - caps key indicator
6. STATINS - insert mode indicator (SEE always starts with INS
off)
7. STATNUM - numeric mode indicator
8. STATBLK - labeled block mode indicator / box graphics mode
indicator
9. STATPCT - percent utilization of available memory
As a starting point for anyone who wishes to add a new key function,
the following minimum steps are required:
1. Overlay byte in KEYTAB which corresponds to the value of the new
key with an index to the corresponding address in KRTAB.
(All ASCII keys are in the range 0-127, and all extended keys
are mapped into 128-255 by forcing the high order bit on.)
Since the index values are multiples of 4, up to 63 keys can be
handled with this scheme.
2. Insert address constant in KRTAB which points to the actual key
routine.
3. Code the key routine with the following assumptions:
a. R14 has return address (You can use KRSV14 to save it.)
b. R5 has relative row times X'100'.
c. R6 has relative column.
d. R7 has address of SCB corresponding to current row.
e. GLBCUR has extended memory address of LB for row 0 on
screen.
f. GLBLAST has extended memory address of last LB.
g. Useful routines include:
1.) SETCUR - reset cursor based on (R5,R6) and update
status
line if position has changed since last call.
2.) PUTMSG - display 20 character message passed via R1.
h. If the function you add, modifies any data in the SCB's, be
sure to turn on the SCBMOD and SCRMOD flags to insure that
the update and save routines recognize a file change
occurred.
i. Assume nothing works and keep a backup copy of the editor
and any test files you are using.
4. Add key definition to F2 screen without exceeding 24 lines.
5. Test all changes very carefully since this program should be
considered complex. The interaction between key routines and
the maintenance of the screen and memory control blocks during
scrolling, block operations, etc. is tricky to say the least.
Use the audit mode to verify that the new routine does not
destroy currency of the screen and extended memory data bases.
For release 2.0 of PC/370, the SEE editor was modified to use dynamic
memory in the 370 address space instead of MS-DOS allocated extended
memory accessed via the cross memory MVCS and MVCP moves. The only
other change was to start up editor in insert mode for new files.
C. PRINTDOC print utility
The PRINTDOC.COM program requires path\filename as single parm and
proceeds to print the specified file either on console or the standard
print device with page control and optional headings controlled with
embedded TITLE and EJECT commands. For more information see the
source code UTIL\PRINTDOC.ALC.
D. T370 translate object code utility
The T370.COM program requires path\filename as single parm with
optional trailing slash and one or more of the following parms:
L - create listing file of the generated 370 OS/VS object file
(suffix is HEX). Default is none.
P - punch 370 object code file (suffix 370). Default is on.
The input file specified must be an object file created by A370.EXE.
For more information see the source UTIL\T370.ALC.


32
PC370_orig/Diskette/full/FILE1352.TXT Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
Disk No: 1352
Program Title: CROSS ASSEMBLER for the IBM 370 version 4.2 (Disk 3 of 3)
PC-SIG version: 3.3
PC/370 VIRTUAL MACHINE is a cross assembler that runs on the IBM-PC, AT,
or XT and lets you compile and run IBM 370 assembly language programs.
Please note that this is the second disk of a three disk set. The other
two disks are #402 and 1352.
Usage: For beginning through advanced S/370 assembly language
programmers.
Special Requirements: None.
How to Start: Type GO and press (press enter).
Suggested Registration: $45.00
File Descriptions:
CBL <DIR> Contains CBL Micro Focus VS COBOL demo program source
code along with demo PC/370 assembler subroutine
source code.
UTIL <DIR> Contains utility program ALC source code.
PC-SIG
1030D E Duane Avenue
Sunnyvale Ca. 94086
(408) 730-9291
(c) Copyright 1987,88,89 PC-SIG, Inc.


70
PC370_orig/Diskette/full/FILES402.TXT Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
Disk No: 402
Program Title: CROSS ASSEMBLER for the IBM 370 version 4.2 (Disk 1 of 3)
PC-SIG version: 3.3
PC/370 is a cross assembler that runs on the IBM-PC, AT, or XT and lets
you compile and run IBM 370 assembly language programs.
These programs are well-documented with an excellent example demo set up
to be run by a batch file. This is the most complete emulation of the
VM370 assembler that can be found. A generous debugging and erase
facility is also given to ease complete development cycles without the
big blue box.
Version 4.2 is loaded with new features, here are just a few:
o PC/370 assembler subroutines may now be called from Micro
Focus COBAL/2 programs running either in extended memory
protected mode or normal MS-DOS real mode. Standard linkage
conventions are supported. The
o PC/370 run time emulator can now be made resident to
eliminate loading it from disk storage for each program or
subroutine execution. As part of making the emulator
reusable, debug now supports restoring traces.
o An optional hardware assist for the CVB and CVD 370
instructions using the 80x87 math co-processor can speed up
the instructions by up to a factor of 4.
o Two new supervisor calls have been added. SVC 36 will load a
program or file into a predefined area of memory (useful for
overlays), SVC 37 defines user SVC exits for modifying native
SVC support without requireing the overhead of an emulated
interrupt driven shell.
o The cross assembler now supports the copy statement to allow
includeing source code files.
o The linkage editor now supports option U to allow external
unresolved references.
Please note that all three disks are required to run this program, the
other numbers in the set are #859 and #1352.
Usage: For beginning through advanced S/370 assembly language
programmers.
Special Requirements: None.
How to Start: Type GO and press (press enter).
Suggested Registration: $45.00
File Descriptions:
BAT <DIR> Contains batch files which can be executed without any
parameters after setting current directory to R42.
CPY <DIR> Contains CPY source code for ALC source COPY includes.
LIB <DIR> Contains ALC source code for PC/370 system subroutines.
R42 <DIR> Contains all of the executable programs and system files
required by the PC/370 facilities.
READ ME Introductory text file.
PC-SIG
1030D E Duane Avenue
Sunnyvale Ca. 94086
(408) 730-9291
(c) Copyright 1987,88,89 PC-SIG, Inc.


33
PC370_orig/Diskette/full/FILES859.TXT Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
Disk No: 859
Program Title: CROSS ASSEMBLER for the IBM 370 version 4.2 (Disk 2 of 3)
PC-SIG version: 3.3
PC/370 VIRTUAL MACHINE is a cross assembler that runs on the IBM-PC, AT,
or XT and lets you compile and run IBM 370 assembly language programs.
Please note that this is the second disk of a three disk set. The other
two disks are #402 and 1352.
Usage: For beginning through advanced S/370 assembly language
programmers.
Special Requirements: None.
How to Start: Type GO and press (press enter).
Suggested Registration: $45.00
File Descriptions:
DEMO <DIR> Contains demo program ALC source code.
DOC <DIR> Contains machine readable PC/370 documentation. Read
DOC\INTRO.DOC for PC/370 overview and more information on
the other component of the package.
MAC <DIR> Contains MAC and MLC source code for macro pre-processor.
PC-SIG
1030D E Duane Avenue
Sunnyvale Ca. 94086
(408) 730-9291
(c) Copyright 1987,88,89 PC-SIG, Inc.


5
PC370_orig/Diskette/full/GO.BAT Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
ECHO OFF
CLS
TYPE GO.TXT
ECHO ON


7
PC370_orig/Diskette/full/GO.TXT Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
ÉÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍ»
º <<<< Disk #402 CROSS ASSEMBLER 370 >>>> º
ÌÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍ͹
º To copy the documentation to your printer, type: º
º MANUAL (press enter) º
ÈÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍͼ


85
PC370_orig/Diskette/full/LIB/DAT.ALC Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
TITLE 'DAT - DATE AND TIME SUBROUTINE'
*
* AUTHOR. DON HIGGINS.
* DATE. 04/01/85.
* REMARKS.
*
* THIS SUBROUTINE PRINTS DATE AND TIME ON STD. OUTPUT DEVICE.
* THE DATE AND TIME IS OBTAINED FROM MSDOS.
*
* REGISTER USAGE.
*
* 0 - WORK
* 1 - WORK
* 2 - WORK
* 14 - RETURN ADDRESS (USUALLY SET BY BALR 14,15)
* 15 - ENTRY POINT
*
DAT CSECT
USING *,R15
SVC TIMER
CVD R1,PWORK YEAR
MVC DYEAR,=X'402020202020'
ED DYEAR,PWORK+5
ST R0,WORK
SR R0,R0
IC R0,WORK HOURS
BAL R1,CVT
MVC DHH,DWORK+2
IC R0,WORK+1 MINUTES
BAL R1,CVT
MVC DMM,DWORK+2
IC R0,WORK+2 SECONDS
BAL R1,CVT
MVC DSS,DWORK+2
IC R0,WORK+3 100TH SECONDS
BAL R1,CVT
MVC DTH,DWORK+2
ST R2,WORK
IC R0,WORK MONTH
LR R1,R0
MH R1,=H'3'
LA R1,MMTAB-3(R1)
MVC MONTH,0(R1)
IC R0,WORK+1 DAY
MVI MASK+1,X'20' SET ZERO SURPRESS
BAL R1,CVT
MVI MASK+1,X'21' RESET
MVC DDD,DWORK+2
IC R0,WORK+2 DAY OF WEEK
LR R1,R0
MH R1,=H'3'
LA R1,DOWTAB(R1)
MVC DAY,0(R1)
LA R2,TODMSG
SVC WTO PRINT DATE AND TIME
BR R14
CVT EQU * CONVERT BINARY TO DECIMAL
CVD R0,PWORK
MVC DWORK,MASK
ED DWORK,PWORK+6
BR R1
TIMER EQU 18 SVC FOR TIME AND DATE
WTO EQU 209 SVC FOR WRITE TO OPERATOR
R15 EQU 15
R14 EQU 14
R0 EQU 0
R1 EQU 1
R2 EQU 2
TODMSG DC C' DATE = '
DAY DC C'XXX',C' '
MONTH DC C'XXX',C' '
DDD DC C'ZZ',C','
DYEAR DC C' ZZZZZ',C' TIME = '
DHH DC C'ZZ',C':'
DMM DC C'ZZ',C':'
DSS DC C'ZZ',C':'
DTH DC C'ZZ',C'$'
DOWTAB DC C'SUNMONTUEWEDTHUFRISAT'
MMTAB DC C'JANFEBMARAPRMAYJUNJULAUGSEPOCTNOVDEC'
WORK DC F'0'
PWORK DC D'0'
DWORK DC C' Z99'
MASK DC X'40212020'
END


79
PC370_orig/Diskette/full/LIB/DTIME.ALC Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
TITLE 'DTIME - DISPLAY TIME IN UPPER LEFT CORNER'
DTIME CSECT
USING DTIME,R15
STM R14,R4,SAVE
LR R4,R15
DROP R15
USING DTIME,R4
SVC GETTIME R0 = HOURS, MINUTES, SECONDS, 100TH SEC
ST R0,WORK
SR R0,R0
IC R0,WORK R0=HOURS
CVD R0,PWORK
MVC DWORK,=X'40212020'
ED DWORK,PWORK+6
MVC DHH,DWORK+2
IC R0,WORK+1 R0=MINUTES
CVD R0,PWORK
MVC DWORK,=X'40212020'
ED DWORK,PWORK+6
MVC DMM,DWORK+2
IC R0,WORK+2 R0=SECONDS
CVD R0,PWORK
MVC DWORK,=X'40212020'
ED DWORK,PWORK+6
MVC DSS,DWORK+2
MVI DHH+2,C':'
MVI DMM+2,C':'
LA R1,DHHMMSS
LA R2,8
SVC EBCASC CONVERT TO ASCII
LA R0,X'0300' READ CURSOR - ADV. MS-DOS PG 403
LA R1,0 BX=0 PAGE #
SVC VIDEO GET CURSOR ROW,COL IN R15
ST R15,SAVCUR
LA R0,X'0200' SET CURSOR - ADV. MS-DOS PG 402
LA R1,0 BX = 0 PAGE #
L R15,=A(ROW*256+COL) DX = ROW,COL FOR CURSUR SET
SVC VIDEO SET CURSOR FOR DISPLAY
LA R2,8
LA R3,DHHMMSS
LOOP EQU *
LA R0,X'0E00' WRITE TEXT IN TELETYPE MODE - ADV. MS-DOS PG 414
IC R0,0(R3) CHAR TO DISPLAY
LA R3,1(R3)
LA R1,0 PAGE 0
SVC VIDEO
BCT R2,LOOP
LA R0,X'0200' SET CURSOR
L R15,SAVCUR
LA R1,0
SVC VIDEO RESTORE CURSOR
LM R14,R4,SAVE
BR R14
*
* PC/370 SUPR STATE SVC'S
*
EBCASC EQU 13 CONVERT TO ASCII
GETTIME EQU 18 GET TIME IN R0
VIDEO EQU 128+16 ROM BIOS VIDEO DRIVER (TECH. REF. A-48)
SAVE DC 9D'0'
SAVCUR DC F'0'
ROW EQU 0 TOP LINE
COL EQU 72 LAST 8 COLUMNS
R0 EQU 0
R1 EQU 1
R2 EQU 2
R3 EQU 3
R4 EQU 4 BASE
R14 EQU 14
R15 EQU 15
DWORK DC CL4' Z99'
WORK DC F'0'
PWORK DC D'0'
DHHMMSS DS 0CL8
DHH DC C'HH',C':'
DMM DC C'MM',C':'
DSS DC C'SS'
END


72
PC370_orig/Diskette/full/LIB/PET.ALC Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
TITLE 'PET - PRINT ELAPSED TIME IN SECONDS SINCE LAST CALL'
*
*
* 04/08/85 CODED
* 04/28/85 ADD DISPLAY OF DATE, TIME, INSTRUCTION COUNTER, INS/SEC
* 01/01/87 CHANGE SVC 16 TO USE CONTENTS OF R1 FOR COUNT IN R2.0
*
PET CSECT
USING *,R15
STM R14,R15,RSAVE
L R15,=V(DAT) DISPLAY DATE AND TIME
BALR R14,R15
USING *,R14
LM R14,R15,RSAVE
DROP R14
SVC ICNTSVC
LR R0,R1
L R1,INSCOUNT
ST R0,INSCOUNT SAVE LAST INSTR. COUNT
CVD R0,PWORK
MVC DCOUNT,MASKCNT
ED DCOUNT,PWORK+4
LA R2,DCNTMSG
SVC WTO DISPLAY CURRENT INSTRUCTION COUNTER
SR R0,R1
ST R0,INSDIFF SAVE TOTAL SINCE LAST CALL
L R15,=V(TIMER)
BALR R14,R15
USING *,R14
LM R14,R15,RSAVE
DROP R14
L R1,TSAVE
ST R0,TSAVE SAVE CURRENT TIMER VALUE IN 100TH SEC.
LTR R1,R1
BZR R14 EXIT NOW IF FIRST CALL
SR R0,R1
ST R0,SEC100 SAVE ELAPSED TIME IN 100TH SEC
CVD R0,PWORK
MVC DTIME,MASKSEC
ED DTIME,PWORK+4
L R1,INSDIFF
MH R1,=H'100' SET R0-R1 = 100 * INSTRUCTIONS IN INTERVAL
SR R0,R0
D R0,SEC100 SET R1 = INSTRUCTIONS PER SECOND
CVD R1,PWORK
MVC DIPS,MASKCNT
ED DIPS,PWORK+4
LA R2,DTIMEMSG
SVC WTO
BR R14
R15 EQU 15
R14 EQU 14
R2 EQU 2
R1 EQU 1
R0 EQU 0
RSAVE DC 2F'0'
TSAVE DC F'0'
INSCOUNT DC F'0'
INSDIFF DC F'0'
SEC100 DC F'0'
PWORK DC D'0'
MASKSEC DC X'402020',C',',X'202120',C'.',X'2020'
MASKCNT DC X'4020',C',',X'202020',C',',X'202020'
DCNTMSG DC C' INSTRUCTION COUNTER ='
DCOUNT DC CL10' Z,ZZZ,ZZZ',C'$'
DTIMEMSG DC C' ELAPSED TIME ='
DTIME DC CL10' ZZ,ZZ9.99',C' SEC INSTR/SEC = '
DIPS DC CL10' Z,ZZZ,ZZZ',C'$'
ICNTSVC EQU 16
WTO EQU 209
END


197
PC370_orig/Diskette/full/LIB/SSP.ALC Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,197 @@
TITLE 'SSP - PC/370 SCIENTIFIC SUBROUTINE PACKAGE'
*
* PGMID. SSP.ALC
* AUTHOR. DON HIGGINS.
* DATE. 07/22/87
* REMARKS.
*
* THIS MODULE CONTAINS SCIENTIFIC SUBROUTINES SIMILIAR
* TO FORTRAN LIBRARY FUNCTIONS. THESE ROUTINES REQUIRE
* PC/370 FLOATING POINT SUPPORT VIA 80X87 AND TAKE FULL
* ADVANTAGE OF 80X87 EXTENDED HARDWARE FUNCTIONS SUCH AS
* SQUARE ROOT, TANGENT, LOG, AND EXPONENT VIA SVC 35
* MICROCODE INSTRUCTION. SEE SSP.DOC FOR MORE INFORMATION.
*
* ARGUMENT IN F0 AND RESULT IN F0 UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
* R15 SET TO 0 FOR NORMAL EXIT ELSE NOT ZERO FOR ERROR.
*
* MAINTENANCE:
*
* 08/08/87 ADD MOD, SIN, COS
* 08/20/87 ADD PI
*
SSP CSECT
ALOG EQU * F0=LOGE(F0)
ENTRY ALOG
USING *,R15
ST R10,SAVE10
BALR R10,0
USING *,R10
STD F0,SAVEF0
STD F2,SAVEF2
LA R1,FPLE2 F0=LOGE(2)
SVC FPSVC
LDR F2,F0
LD F0,SAVEF0
LA R1,FPYL2X F0=LOG2(F2*F0)
SVC FPSVC
LD F2,SAVEF2
L R10,SAVE10
BR R14
ALOG10 EQU * F0=LOG10(F0)
ENTRY ALOG10
USING *,R15
ST R10,SAVE10
BALR R10,0
USING *,R10
STD F0,SAVEF0
STD F2,SAVEF2
LA R1,FPLT2 F0=LOG10(2)
SVC FPSVC
LDR F2,F0
LD F0,SAVEF0
LA R1,FPYL2X F0=LOG2(F2*F0)
SVC FPSVC
LD F2,SAVEF2
L R10,SAVE10
BR R14
ATAN EQU * F0=ARCTAN(F0)
ENTRY ATAN
USING *,R15
ST R10,SAVE10
BALR R10,0
USING *,R10
STD F2,SAVEF2
LDR F2,F0
LE F0,=E'1'
LA R1,FPATAN
SVC FPSVC
LD F2,SAVEF2
L R10,SAVE10
BR R14
COS EQU * F0=COS(F0)
ENTRY COS
USING *,R15
ST R10,SAVE10
BALR R10,0
USING *,R10
LA R1,FPCOS
SVC FPSVC
L R10,SAVE10
BR R14
EXP EQU * F0=E**(F0)
ENTRY EXP
USING *,R15
ST R10,SAVE10
BALR R10,0
USING *,R10
STD F2,SAVEF2
LDR F2,F0
LA R1,FPL2E F0=LOG2(E)
SVC FPSVC
MER F0,F2 F0=LOG2(E)*F0
LA R1,FP2XM1 F0=2**(F0)
SVC FPSVC
LD F2,SAVEF2
L R10,SAVE10
BR R14
INT EQU * R0=F0
ENTRY INT
USING *,R15
ST R10,SAVE10
BALR R10,0
USING *,R10
LA R1,FPIFIX
SVC FPSVC
L R10,SAVE10
BR R14
MOD EQU * F0=MOD(F0,F2)
ENTRY MOD
USING *,R15
ST R10,SAVE10
BALR R10,0
USING *,R10
LA R1,FPMOD
SVC FPSVC
L R10,SAVE10
BR R14
PI EQU * F0=PI
ENTRY PI
USING *,R15
ST R10,SAVE10
BALR R10,0
USING *,R10
LA R1,FPPI
SVC FPSVC
L R10,SAVE10
BR R14
REAL EQU * F0=R0
ENTRY REAL
USING *,R15
ST R10,SAVE10
BALR R10,0
USING *,R10
LA R1,FPFLOAT
SVC FPSVC
L R10,SAVE10
BR R14
SIN EQU * F0=SIN(F0)
ENTRY SIN
USING *,R15
ST R10,SAVE10
BALR R10,0
USING *,R10
LA R1,FPSIN
SVC FPSVC
L R10,SAVE10
BR R14
SQRT EQU * F0=SQRT(F0)
ENTRY SQRT
USING *,R15
ST R10,SAVE10
BALR R10,0
USING *,R10
LA R1,FPSQRT
SVC FPSVC
L R10,SAVE10
BR R14
TAN EQU * F0=TAN(F0)
ENTRY TAN
USING *,R15
ST R10,SAVE10
BALR R10,0
USING *,R10
LA R1,FPTAN
SVC FPSVC
L R10,SAVE10
BR R14
SAVE10 DS F
SAVEF0 DS D
SAVEF2 DS D
R0 EQU 0 INTEGER ARGUMENT/RESULT
R1 EQU 1 SVC ARGUMENT
R10 EQU 10 BASE
R14 EQU 14 RETRUN ADDRESS
R15 EQU 15 ENTRY ADDRESS
F0 EQU 0 FLOATING POINT REGISTER 0
F2 EQU 2 FLOATING POINT REGISTER 2
FPSVC EQU 35 PC/370 FP MICROCODE ROUTINES USING 80X87
FPLT2 EQU 1 F0=LOG10(2)
FPLE2 EQU 2 F0=LOGE(2)
FPL2E EQU 3 F0=LOG2(E)
FPL2T EQU 4 F0=LOG2(10)
FPPI EQU 5 F0=PI
FPATAN EQU 6 F0=ARCTAN(F2/F0)
FPTANXY EQU 7 F2/F0=TAN(F0)
FPSQRT EQU 8 F0=SQRT(F0)
FPYL2X EQU 9 F0=F2*LOG2(F0)
FPYL2XM1 EQU 10 F0=F2*LOG2(F0-1)
FP2XM1 EQU 11 F0=2**(F2*F0)-1
FPFLOAT EQU 12 F0=R0
FPIFIX EQU 13 R0=F0
FPMOD EQU 14 F0=MOD(F0,F2)
FPSIN EQU 15 F0=SIN(F0)
FPCOS EQU 16 F0=COS(F0)
FPTAN EQU 17 F0=TAN(F0)
END


135
PC370_orig/Diskette/full/LIB/SYNERROR.ALC Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,135 @@
TITLE 'SYNERROR - SUBROUTINE TO PRINT ERROR MESSAGE IN SYNAD'
* PGMID. SYNERROR.ALC
* AUTHOR. DON HIGGINS
* DATE. 10/19/87
* REMARKS.
* THIS SUBROUTINE MAY BE CALLED AT BEGINNING OF SYNAD EXIT TO
* DECODE DCB FUNCTION AND ERROR CODE IN R1 AND R0.
* MAINTENANCE.
*
* 10/21/87 REVERSE R0 AND R1 FOR COMPATABILITY WITH NATIVE DCB SYNAD
*
SYNERROR CSECT
USING *,R15
STM R0,R4,SAVE04
LA R3,FUNTAB
LA R4,MAXFUN
FUNSCH EQU *
CLM R1,3,0(R3)
BE FUNHIT
LA R3,12(R3)
BCT R4,FUNSCH
LA R2,=C'SYNAD FUNCTION NOT FOUND$'
SVC WTO
SYNEXT EQU *
LM R0,R4,SAVE04
BR R14
FUNHIT EQU * FUNCTION FOUND
MVC DFUN,4(R3) FUNCTION DESCRIPTION
MH R0,=H'20'
AH R0,2(R3) R1 = OFFSET TO ERROR MESSAGE FOR FUNCTION
LR R1,R0
LA R1,ERRTAB-20(R1)
MVC DERR,0(R1) ERROR DESCRIPTION
LA R3,DFILE
LA R4,L'DFILE
L R1,DCBDSN-IHADCB(R2)
DSNLOOP EQU *
MVC 0(1,R3),0(R1) FILE NAME
LA R1,1(R1)
LA R3,1(R3)
CLI 0(R1),0
BE DSNEND
BCT R4,DSNLOOP
DSNEND EQU *
MVI 0(R3),C'$'
LA R2,ERRMSG
SVC WTO
B SYNEXT
LTORG
SAVE04 DS 5F
ERRMSG DC C' I/O ERROR OP= '
DFUN DC CL8' ',C' ERR= '
DERR DC CL20' ',C' FILE='
DFILE DC CL20' ',C'$'
FUNTAB DS 0F
DC AL2(X'101',PCOPEN-ERRTAB),CL8'PC-OPEN'
DC AL2(X'03D',MSOPEN-ERRTAB),CL8'MS-OPEN'
DC AL2(X'03C',MSMAKE-ERRTAB),CL8'MS-MAKE'
DC AL2(X'102',PCCLOS-ERRTAB),CL8'PC-CLOSE'
DC AL2(X'03E',MSCLOS-ERRTAB),CL8'MS-CLOSE'
DC AL2(X'103',PCREAD-ERRTAB),CL8'PC-READ'
DC AL2(X'042',MSSETP-ERRTAB),CL8'MS-SET'
DC AL2(X'03F',MSREAD-ERRTAB),CL8'MS-READ'
DC AL2(X'104',PCWRIT-ERRTAB),CL8'PC-WRITE'
DC AL2(X'040',MSWRIT-ERRTAB),CL8'MS-WRITE'
DC AL2(X'105',PCGETR-ERRTAB),CL8'PC-GET'
DC AL2(X'106',PCPUTR-ERRTAB),CL8'PC-PUT'
DC AL2(X'107',PCDELF-ERRTAB),CL8'PC-DEL'
DC AL2(X'108',PCFIND-ERRTAB),CL8'PC-FIND'
DC AL2(X'109',PCRENF-ERRTAB),CL8'PC-REN'
MAXFUN EQU (*-FUNTAB)/8
ERRTAB EQU *
PCOPEN EQU *
DC CL20'ALREADY OPEN' 1
DC CL20'HANDLE NOT NULL' 2
DC CL20'LRECL LT MIN' 3
DC CL20'USER BUFFER GT MAX' 4
DC CL20'USER BUFFER LT MIN' 5
DC CL20'R/W BUFFER LT LRECL' 6
DC CL20'MIN BUFFER NOT FREE' 7
DC CL20'GET MEMORY ERROR' 8
DC CL20'LRECL LT MIN' 9
DC CL20'LRECL GT MAX' 10
DC CL20'BLKSZ LT MIN' 11
DC CL20'BLKSZ GT MAX' 12
MSOPEN EQU * 03D 1-5
MSMAKE EQU * 03C 3-5
MSCLOS EQU * 03E 6
MSREAD EQU * 03F 5,6
MSWRIT EQU * 040 5,6
MSDELF EQU * 041 2,5
MSSETP EQU * 042 1,6
MSRENF EQU * 056 2,3,5,11H REN ERR'S
DC CL20'FUNCTION # INVALID' 1
DC CL20'FILE NOT FOUND' 2
DC CL20'PATH NOT FOUND' 3
DC CL20'NO HANDLE AVAILABLE' 4
DC CL20'ACCESS DENIED' 5
DC CL20'HANDLE INVALID' 6
PCCLOS EQU *
DC CL20'FILE NOT OPEN' 1 7
DC CL20'FREEMAIN ERROR' 2 8
PCREAD EQU *
DC CL20'FILE NOT OPEN' 1 9
DC CL20'SHORT BLK/BAD RBA' 2 10
DC CL20'ACCESS DENIED' 3 11
PCWRIT EQU * 042
DC CL20'FILE NOT OPEN' 1 12
DC CL20'NOT OUTPUT FILE' 2 13
DC CL20'SHORT BLK/BAD RBA' 3 14
DC CL20'ZERO BLK/BAD RBA' 4 15
DC CL20'DISK FULL' 5 16
DC CL20'NOT SAME DISK' 17 X'11' RENAME ERROR (SAVE SPACE)
PCGETR EQU *
DC CL20'FILE NOT OPEN' 1
DC CL20'RECFM INVALID' 2
DC CL20'RCD LNG LT MIN' 3
DC CL20'RCD LNG GT LRECL' 4
PCPUTR EQU *
DC CL20'FILE NOT OPEN' 1
DC CL20'RECFM INVALID' 2
DC CL20'RCD LNG GT LRECL' 3
DC CL20'RCD LNG LT MIN' 4
DC CL20'RCD LNG GT MAX' 5
DC CL20'NO EOR FOR TEXT' 6
PCDELF EQU *
PCFIND EQU *
PCRENF EQU *
DC CL20'FILE NOT CLOSED' 7
DC CL20'INVALID HANDLE' 8
COPY CPY\IHADCB
COPY CPY\EQUREGS
COPY CPY\EQUSVCS
END


29
PC370_orig/Diskette/full/LIB/TIMER.ALC Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
TITLE 'TIMER - TIME OF DAY SUBROUTINE'
*
* THIS SUBROUTINE RETURNS THE TIME OF DAY IN 100TH OF A SECOND
* IN R0 FOLLOWING CALL TO TIMER.
*
TIMER CSECT
USING *,R15
SVC 18 R0 = HOURS, MINUTES, SECONDS, 100TH SEC
ST R0,WORK
SR R0,R0
IC R0,WORK R0=HOURS
MH R0,=H'60'
SR R1,R1
IC R1,WORK+1
AR R0,R1 R0=60*HOURS+MINUTES
MH R0,=H'60'
IC R1,WORK+2
AR R0,R1 R0=60*(60*HOURS+MINUTES)+SECONDS
MH R0,=H'100'
IC R1,WORK+3
AR R0,R1 R0=100*(60*(60*HOURS+MINUTES)+SECONDS)+100TH SEC
BR R14
R15 EQU 15
R14 EQU 14
R1 EQU 1
R0 EQU 0
WORK DC F'0'
END


446
PC370_orig/Diskette/full/MAC/API.MLC Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,446 @@
TITLE 'PC/370 APPLICATION PROGRAM INTERFACE SURBOUTINES'
* PGMID. API.MLC
* AUTHOR. DON HIGGINS.
* DATE. 11/03/87
* REMARKS. THIS SET OF CALLABLE SUBROUTINES SUPPORTS THE
* IBM PC 3270 APPLICATION PROGRAM INTERFACE (API) TO
* ALLOW PROGRAM SIMULATION OF 3270 TRANSACTIONS.
*
* THE CURRENT ENTRY POINTS AND ARGUMENTS ARE AS FOLLOWS:
*
* ENTRY FUNCTION ARGUMENTS
*
* APISTART START SESSION NONE
* APIAID WRITE AID KEY R1 = AID SCAN CODE
* APIWRITE WRITE KEYBOARD R1 = KEYBOARD PARM LIST WITH LENGTH
* FOLLOWED BY ASCII+SHIFT HWORDS
* APIREAD READ SCREEN R1 = ADDRESS OF 24 X 80 SCREEN AREA
* APIWAIT WAIT A WHILE R1 = SECONDS TO WAIT
*
* MAINTENANCE.
*
* 11/04/87 DSH 1. DEBUG ON LIVE SYSTEM TO FIX REVERSED LIST SEG:OFF,
* MVC'S WITHOUT EXPLICIT LENGTH TO ARG. LISTS, ETC.
* 11/05/87 DSH 1. ADD ARG. LIST RETURN CODE CHECKS TO QID, AID, AND
* COPY FUNCTIONS; FIX CKD ARG MVC, FIX WAIT TIME LOGIC.
* REMOVE TEST HOOKS TO SKIP INT 7A TEST AND SVC NOP
* 2. CHECK IF KEYBOARD ALREADY CONNECTED.
* 3. ADD READ OPERATOR INFORMATION TO DETECT INHIBIT AND
* WAIT FOR AID FUNCTION TO COMPLETE
* 11/09/87 DSH 1. ADD MIDNIGHT CHECK TO ELIMINATE ENDLESS LOOP
* 12/29/87 DSH 1. ADD APITRAN TO ISSUE ASCII CICS TRANSACTION ID
* PASSED IN R1 WITH LENGTH IN R2.
*
API CSECT
*
* START API INTERFACE TO ALLOW FOLLOWING READ/WRITE CALLS
*
ENTRY APISTART
APISTART EQU *
STM R14,R12,12(R13)
BALR R12,0
USING *,R12
LA R11,PCB
USING IHAPCB,R11
*
* VERIFY API INTERRUPT INSTALLED
*
LA R1,4*X'7A' ABSOLUTE ADDRESS OF PC INTERRUPT 7A
LA R2,4 LENGTH
MVCP ADDRAPI(R2),0,R1 COPY ADDRESS TO PC/370 ADDR SPACE
L R0,ADDRAPI
LTR R0,R0
***
* B APIOK ******* FORCE OK FOR TEST WITH SVC NOP'D
***
BNZ APIOK
WTO 'API INTERRUPT 7A NOT INSTALLED'
SVC EXIT
APIOK EQU *
LM R0,R3,=A(BUFFER,2*1920,0,X'20000000')
MVCL R0,R2
*
* GET GATE ID'S
*
LA R1,=C"SESSMGR "
BAL R14,GETID
MVC SESGID,PCDX SAVE SESSMGR GATE ID
LA R1,=C"KEYBOARD"
BAL R14,GETID
MVC KEYGID,PCDX SAVE KEYBOARD GATE ID
LA R1,=C"COPY "
BAL R14,GETID
MVC CPYGID,PCDX SAVE COPY GATE ID
LA R1,=C"OIAM "
BAL R14,GETID
MVC OIAGID,PCDX SAVE OIAM GATE ID
*
* GET SESSION ID
*
MVC PCAX,=X'0901' SET PARMS TO OBTAIN SESSION ID
MVC PCBX,=X'8020'
MVC PCCX,=X'0000'
MVC PCDX,SESGID
LA R1,QSIDPARM
SVC CVVASG
STCM 0,X'C',PCES
STCM 0,X'3',PCDI SET ES:DI TO QUERY SESSION ID PARM
LA R1,QSNARRAY
SVC CVVASG
STCM 0,X'8',QSIDNASG+1
STCM 0,X'4',QSIDNASG
STCM 0,X'2',QSIDNAOF+1 SET SEG:OFFSET TO NAME ARRAY IN PARM
STCM 0,X'1',QSIDNAOF SET SEG:OFFSET TO NAME ARRAY IN PARM
SVC TRACE
DC C'QID'
BAL R10,APISVC GET SESSION ID
CLI QSIDPARM,0 CHECK API QID RETURN CODE (SEE 2-18)
BNE APIERR
*
* CONNECT TO KEYBOARD
*
MVC PCAX,=X'0901' SET PARMS TO CONNECT KEYBOARD
MVC PCBX,=X'8020'
MVC PCCX,=X'0000'
MVC PCDX,KEYGID
MVC KEYPARM(10),=XL10'00' CLEAR KEYPARM 2-28
MVC KEYPARM+2(1),SESSID
LA R1,KEYPARM
SVC CVVASG
STCM 0,X'C',PCES
STCM 0,X'3',PCDI SET ES:DI TO CONNECT KEY PARM
SVC TRACE
DC C'CKD'
BAL R10,APISVC CONNECT KEYBOARD
CLI KEYPARM,4 IS KEYBOARD ALREADY CONNECTED
BE CKDOK
CLI KEYPARM,0 CHECK CKD RETURN CODE (SEE 2-28)
BNE APIERR
CKDOK EQU *
LM R14,R12,12(R13)
SR R15,R15
BR R14
*
* WRITE AID CODE IN R1
*
ENTRY APIAID
APIAID EQU *
STM R14,R12,12(R13)
BALR R12,0
USING *,R12
LA R11,PCB
BAL R14,UNLOCK UNLOCK KEYBOARD
MVC PCAX,=X'0904' SET PARMS TO WRITE TO KEYBOARD
MVC PCBX,=X'8020'
MVC PCCX,=X'0000'
MVC PCDX,KEYGID
MVC KEYPARM(12),=XL12'00' CLEAR KEYPARM 2-37
MVC KEYPARM+2(1),SESSID
MVI KEYPARM+6,X'20' SINGLE KEY OPTION
STC R1,KEYPARM+8 STORE AID CHARACTER
MVI KEYPARM+9,X'00' SET AID SHIFT CODE TO ZERO (A-2)
LA R1,KEYPARM
SVC CVVASG
STCM 0,X'C',PCES
STCM 0,X'3',PCDI SET ES:DI TO CONNECT KEY PARM
SVC TRACE
DC C'AID'
BAL R10,APISVC WRITE KEYBOARD
CLI KEYPARM,X'12' CHECK API AID RC FOR AID GENERATED (2-39)
BNE APIERR
LM R14,R12,12(R13)
SR R15,R15
BR R14
*
* WRITE ASCII TRANSACTION (R1=ADDRESS AND R2=LENGTH)
*
ENTRY APITRAN
APITRAN EQU *
STM R14,R12,12(R13)
BALR R12,0
USING *,R12
LA R0,1(R2) R0 = NUMBER OF CHAR +1 (FOR ENTER KEY)
MH R0,=H'2'
STCM R0,X'2',WTRAN+1
STCM R0,X'1',WTRAN+0
LA R3,WTRAN+2
WMOVE EQU *
MVC 0(1,R3),0(R1) MOVE ASCII TRANACTION BYTE
MVI 1(R3),ASCICODE MOVE ASCII SHIFT BYTE
LA R1,1(R1)
LA R3,2(R3)
BCT R2,WMOVE
MVC 0(2,R3),=AL1(ENTERKEY,SCANCODE)
LA R1,WTRAN
B APIWRBE
*
* WRITE THE KEYBOARD STRING POINTED TO BY R1 (SEE 2-37)
*
* R1 MUST POINT TO 2 BYTE LENGTH CONTAINING 2*(NUMBER OF KEYS) FOLLOWED
* BY PAIRS OF ASCII CHARACTERS PLUS SHIFT CODES.
*
ENTRY APIWRITE
APIWRITE EQU *
STM R14,R12,12(R13)
APIWRBE EQU * BRANCH ENTRY FROM APITRAN
BALR R12,0
USING *,R12
LA R11,PCB
BAL R14,UNLOCK UNLOCK KEYBOARD
MVC PCAX,=X'0904' SET PARMS TO WRITE TO KEYBOARD
MVC PCBX,=X'8020'
MVC PCCX,=X'0000'
MVC PCDX,KEYGID
MVC KEYPARM(12),=XL12'00' CLEAR KEYPARM 2-37
MVC KEYPARM+2(1),SESSID
MVI KEYPARM+6,X'30' MULTIPLE KEY OPTION
SVC CVVASG CONVERT R1 KEY LIST ADDR TO SEG:OFFSET
STCM 0,X'8',KEYPARM+10+1
STCM 0,X'4',KEYPARM+10
STCM 0,X'2',KEYPARM+8+1 STORE SEGlOFF TO KEY LIST PARM
STCM 0,X'1',KEYPARM+8 STORE SEGlOFF TO KEY LIST PARM
LA R1,KEYPARM
SVC CVVASG
STCM 0,X'C',PCES
STCM 0,X'3',PCDI SET ES:DI TO CONNECT KEY PARM
SVC TRACE
DC C'WKL'
BAL R10,APISVC WRITE KEYBOARD
CLI KEYPARM,X'12' AID KEY GENERATED
BE APIWROK
CLI KEYPARM,0 CHECK API WKL WRITE RETURN CODE
BNE APIERR
APIWROK EQU *
LM R14,R12,12(R13)
SR R15,R15
BR R14
*
* READ CURRENT 24 X 80 3270 SCREEN INTO AREA AT R1
*
ENTRY APIREAD
APIREAD EQU *
STM R14,R12,12(R13)
BALR R12,0
USING *,R12
LA R11,PCB
BAL R14,UNLOCK
LR R9,R1 SAVE SCREEN ADDRESS
MVC PCAX,=X'0901' SET PARMS TO READ SCREEN
MVC PCBX,=X'8020'
MVC PCCX,=X'00FF'
MVC PCDX,CPYGID
MVC CPYPARM(26),=XL26'00' CLEAR COPY PARM 2-60
MVC CPYPARM+2(1),SESSID
L R1,=A(BUFFER)
SVC CVVASG CONVERT BUFFER TO SEG:OFFSET
STCM 0,X'8',CPYPARM+18+1
STCM 0,X'4',CPYPARM+18
STCM 0,X'2',CPYPARM+16+1 STORE SEG:OFF TO BUFFER
STCM 0,X'1',CPYPARM+16 STORE SEG:OFF TO BUFFER
MVI CPYPARM+9,X'02' SET SOURCE TYPE
LA R0,1919
STCM R0,2,CPYPARM+13
STC R0,CPYPARM+12 SET SOURCE ENDING CHARACTER OFFSET
MVI CPYPARM+21,X'05' SET TARGET TYPE TO PC ASCII BUFFER
MVI CPYPARM+24,X'00' SET NO 3270 ATTRIBUTES (SEE 2-62)
LA R1,CPYPARM
SVC CVVASG
STCM 0,X'C',PCES
STCM 0,X'3',PCDI SET ES:DI TO CONNECT KEY PARM
SVC TRACE
DC C'CPY'
BAL R10,APISVC READ SCREEN
CLI CPYPARM,0 CHECK READ OK
BNE APIERR
L R2,=A(BUFFER)
LA R3,24
ROWLOOP EQU *
LA R1,80
LR R4,R9 SAVE STARTING ROW ADDRESS OF SCREEN
COLLOOP EQU * COPY ASCII TO SCREEN AREA FROM BUFFER
MVC 0(1,R9),0(R2)
LA R9,1(R9)
LA R2,2(R2) SKIP ATTIRBUTES
BCT R1,COLLOOP
TR 0(80,R4),TRTTAB CONVERT X'00' TO ASCII BLANKS
MVC 78(2,R4),=X'0D0A' FORCE CR AND LINE FEED ON EACH LINE
BCT R3,ROWLOOP
LM R14,R12,12(R13)
SR R15,R15
BR R14
*
* WAIT FOR (R1) SECONDS
*
ENTRY APIWAIT
APIWAIT EQU *
STM R14,R12,12(R13)
BALR R12,0
USING *,R12
LA R11,PCB
MH R1,=H'100' CONVERT TO 100TH SEC
ST R1,TARGET
LA R15,APISAVE CONNECT STD. SAVE AREA FOR CALL TO TIMER
ST R13,APISAVE+4
ST R15,8(R13)
LR R13,R15
CALL TIMER
ST R0,NOW TIME NOW
A R0,TARGET
ST R0,TARGET TIME AT END OF WAIT IN 100TH SEC.
WAITLOOP EQU *
CALL TIMER
CL R0,NOW CHECK IF TIME LESS DUE TO MIDNIGHT RESET
BL WAITEXIT YES, EXIT WAIT NOW
CL R0,TARGET
BL WAITLOOP
WAITEXIT EQU *
L R13,4(R13)
LM R14,R12,12(R13)
SR R15,R15
BR R14
*
* COMMON SUPPORT ROUTINES
*
* GETID - R1 = GATE NAME IN ASCII PADDED TO 8 CHARACTERS/ DX SET TO GATE ID
*
GETID EQU *
BALR R8,0
USING *,R8
ST R14,RTNSAV14
SVC CVVASG CONVERT R1=VA TO R0=SEG:OFF
STCM 0,X'C',PCES
STCM 0,X'3',PCDI SET ES:DI TO NAME ID REQUEST PARM
MVC PCAX,=X'8100'
LA 1,PCB
SVC TRACE
DC C'GID'
BAL R10,APISVC ISSUE 7AH API INTERRUPT WITH PCB REGS VIA SVC
L R14,RTNSAV14
BR R14
*
* UNLOCK KEYBOARD WAIT LOOP
*
UNLOCK EQU * RETRY READ ON KEYBAORD INHIBIT
*
* CHECK IF INPUT INHIBITED AND REPEAT UNTIL CLEAR
*
BALR R8,0
USING *,R8
ST R14,RTNSAV14
STM R1,R2,UNLKSAVE
UNLKLOOP EQU *
SVC TRACE
DC C'ULK'
MVC PCAX,=X'0902' SET PARMS TO OBTAIN OIAM INHIBIT STATUS
MVC PCBX,=X'8020'
MVC PCCX,=X'00FF'
MVC PCDX,OIAGID
LA R1,OIAMPARM
SVC CVVASG
STCM 0,X'C',PCES
STCM 0,X'3',PCDI SET ES:DI TO OIAM PARM
MVC OIAMPARM(9),=XL9'00' CLEAR PARM
MVC OIAMPARM+2(1),SESSID
LA R1,OIABUF
SVC CVVASG CONVERT BUFFER TO SEG:OFFSET
STCM 0,X'8',OIAMPARM+6+1
STCM 0,X'4',OIAMPARM+6
STCM 0,X'2',OIAMPARM+4+1 STORE SEG:OFF TO BUFFER
STCM 0,X'1',OIAMPARM+4 STORE SEG:OFF TO BUFFER
MVI OIAMPARM+8,X'08' SET REQUIRED PARM
SVC TRACE
DC C'OIA'
BAL R10,APISVC GET OIA INHIBIT STATUS
CLI OIAMPARM,0 CHECK API OIA RETURN CODE (SEE 2-74)
BNE APIERR
TM OIABUF,X'38' TEST FOR ANY CHECK
BNZ APIERR
TM OIABUF,X'07' TEST FOR INHIBIT
BNZ UNLKLOOP YES, RETRY
LM R1,R2,UNLKSAVE
L R14,RTNSAV14 EXIT WHEN KEYBOARD UNLOCKED
BR R14
*
* API SVC
*
APISVC EQU *
BALR R7,0
USING *,R7
LR R1,R11
SVC TRACE
DC C'API '
***
SVC INT86
*** ******* NOP SVC FOR TEST **********
* MVC PCCX,=X'1200' ******* FORCE RC FOR TEST **********
***
SR R15,R15
IC R15,PCCX+1 SET R15 = RC
CLC PCCX,=X'1200' CHECK API ID AND SYSTEM RETURN CODE
BNE APIERR
BR R10
*
* FORCE INTERACTIVE DEBUG ON API ERROR FOR NOW
*
APIERR EQU *
SVC TRACE
DC C'BUG '
SVC EXIT
*
* COMMON DATA
*
LTORG
SESGID DC H'0' SESSMGR GATE ID
KEYGID DC H'0' KEYBOARD GATE ID
CPYGID DC H'0' COPY GATE ID
OIAGID DC H'0' OIAM GATE ID
DC C'*** OIAMPARM ***'
OIAMPARM DC XL9'00'
DC C'*** OIABUF ***'
OIABUF DC XL5'00'
DC C'*** QSIDPARM ***'
QSIDPARM DS 0X QUERY SESSION ID PARMLIST 2-12
DC X'00' RETURN CODE
DC X'00' FUNCTION CODE
DC X'01' OPTION CODE
DC X'45' DATA CODE
QSIDNAOF DC AL2(0) OFFSET TO NAME ARRAY
QSIDNASG DC AL2(0) SEGMENT FOR NAME ARRAY
DC CL8"SESSION" SESSION LONG NAME
DC C'*** QSNARRAY ***'
QSNARRAY DS 0X QUERY SESSION ID NAME ARRAY 2-13
DC X'0E' NAME ARRAY LENGTH (MANUAL SHOWS X'14' ?)
DC X'00' NUMBER OF MATCHING SESSIONS
DC X'00' SHORT NAME OF SESSION
DC X'00' TYPE OF SESSION
SESSID DC X'00' SESSION ID
DC X'00' RESERVED
DC CL8"SESSION" LONG NAME OF SESSION
DC C'*** KEYPARM ***'
KEYPARM DC XL12'00' KEYBOARD AID AND WRITE LIST PARM
DC C'*** CPYPARM ***'
CPYPARM DC XL26'00' SCREEN COPY PARM
ADDRAPI DC A(0) API INTERRUPT ADDRESS TESTED FOR NOT ZERO
TARGET DC F'0' TIME IN 100TH SECONDS AT END OF WAIT INTERVAL
NOW DC F'0' CURRENT TIME FOR MIDNIGHT CHECK
APISAVE DC 18F'0'
RTNSAV14 DC A(0)
UNLKSAVE DC 2F'0'
PCB DS 0F PC REGISTER AREA FOR MS-DOS INTERRUPTS VIA SVC 34
DC C'PCVT' IDENTIFIER REQUIRED BY SVC 34
DC X'007A' INTERRUPT FOR API COMMUNICATION WITH PC 3270 EMULATION
DC H'0' FLAG STATUS AFTER INTERRUPT
DC 4H'0' AX-DX
DC 4H'0' DS,SI,ES,DI
DC C'*** BUFFER ***'
TRTTAB DC X'20',255AL1(*-TRTTAB) CVT X'00' TO ASCII BLANK
ASCICODE EQU X'40' ASCII SHIFT CODE (SEE A-2)
SCANCODE EQU X'00' SCAN SHIFT CODE
ENTERKEY EQU X'58' SCANCODE ENTER KEY
WTRAN DS XL(2*1920+2+2) WORK AREA FOR ASCII TRANSACTION WITH SCANCODES
BUFFER DS XL(2*1920) WORK AREA FOR PC ASCII AND ATTRIBUTES COPY OF SCREEN
COPY CPY\EQUREGS
COPY CPY\EQUSVCS
COPY CPY\IHAPCB
END


27
PC370_orig/Diskette/full/MAC/BEGIN.MAC Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
BEGIN MACRO SAVE=YES,BASES=1
&LABEL$$ CSECT
USING *,15
AIF /&LABEL$$=/ .NOIDENT
B KZHQX&N$
DC AL1(11)
DC CL11'&LABEL$$'
.NOIDENT AIF &SAVE=NO.NOSAVE
HZQKX&N$ DC 18F'0'
KZHQX&N$ STM 14,12,12(13)
ST 13,HZQKX&N$+4
LR 14,13
LA 13,HZQKX&N$
ST 13,8(0,14)
DROP 15
USING HZQKX&N$,13
AIF &BASES<2.END
LA 12,4094(0,13)
USING HZQKX&N$+4094,12
AGO .END
.NOSAVE ANOP
KZHQX&N$ STM 14,12,12(13)
DROP 15
BALR 12,0
USING *,12
.END ANOP


6
PC370_orig/Diskette/full/MAC/CALL.MAC Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
CALL MACRO PGM?
AIF /&LABEL$$=/ .GO
&LABEL$$ EQU *
.GO L 15,=V(&1)
BALR 14,15


10
PC370_orig/Diskette/full/MAC/CLOSE.MAC Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
CLOSE MACRO DCB?
AIF /&LABEL$$=/ .GO
&LABEL$$ EQU *
.GO AIF &1=(.REG
LA 2,&1
AGO .SVC
.REG AIF &1=(2).SVC
LR 2,&1
.SVC SVC 2


36
PC370_orig/Diskette/full/MAC/DCB.MAC Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
DCB MACRO DSORG=S,RECFM=F,MACRF=G,LRECL=80,BLKSIZE=0,
EODAD=0,SYNAD=&EODAD,RECORD=0
&LABEL$$ DS 0F,0CL86
DC C'ADCB'
AIF &DDNAME=(.DDX
DC A(DCBDD&N$)
AGO .DDZ
.DDX DC A(&DDNAME)
.DDZ AIF &MACRF>P.BDAM
DC X'FFFF',X'00'
DC CL1'&DSORG',CL1'&MACRF',CL1'&RECFM'
DC X'0A1A'
DC H'&LRECL',H'&BLKSIZE'
DC A(&EODAD,&SYNAD,&RECORD)
DC 54X'00'
AGO .DDN
.BDAM AIF '&RECORD'='0'.NOREC
DC X'FFFF',X'40'
AGO .DSORG
.NOREC DC X'FFFF',X'00'
.DSORG DC CL1'&DSORG',CL1'&MACRF',CL1'&RECFM'
DC X'0A1A'
AIF '&BLKSIZE'='0'.NOBLK
DC H'&BLKSIZE',H'&BLKSIZE'
AGO .ADRS
.NOBLK DC H'&LRECL',H'&LRECL'
.ADRS DC A(&EODAD,&SYNAD,0,&RECORD)
DC 50X'00'
.DDN AIF &DDNAME='.LIT
AIF &DDNAME=(.END
DCBDD&N$ DC C'&DDNAME',X'00'
AGO .END
.LIT ANOP
DCBDD&N$ DC C&DDNAME,X'00'
.END ANOP


5
PC370_orig/Diskette/full/MAC/DEMOMAC1.MLC Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
DEMOMAC1 BEGIN
WTO 'HELLO FROM THE PC/370 WORLD OF MACROS'
RETURN
END


17
PC370_orig/Diskette/full/MAC/DEMOMAC2.DAT Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
DEMOMAC2 BEGIN
WTO 'DEMOMAC2 COPY DEMOMAC2.DAT TO DEMOMAC2.TST'
OPEN SYSUT1
OPEN SYSUT2
LOOP GET SYSUT1,RECORD
PUT SYSUT2,RECORD
B LOOP
EOJ CLOSE SYSUT1
CLOSE SYSUT2
RETURN
RECORD DS XL256
SYSUT1 DCB LRECL=1,RECFM=T,MACRF=G,EODAD=EOJ,
DDNAME='DEMOMAC2.DAT'
SYSUT2 DCB LRECL=1,RECFM=T,MACRF=P,
DDNAME='DEMOMAC2.TST'
END


17
PC370_orig/Diskette/full/MAC/DEMOMAC2.MLC Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
DEMOMAC2 BEGIN
WTO 'DEMOMAC2 COPY DEMOMAC2.DAT TO DEMOMAC2.TST'
OPEN SYSUT1
OPEN SYSUT2
LOOP GET SYSUT1,RECORD
PUT SYSUT2,RECORD
B LOOP
EOJ CLOSE SYSUT1
CLOSE SYSUT2
RETURN
RECORD DS XL256
SYSUT1 DCB LRECL=256,RECFM=T,MACRF=G,EODAD=EOJ,
DDNAME='DEMOMAC2.DAT'
SYSUT2 DCB LRECL=256,RECFM=T,MACRF=P,
DDNAME='DEMOMAC2.TST'
END


8
PC370_orig/Diskette/full/MAC/DISPLAY.MAC Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
DISPLAY MACRO
&LABEL$$ LA 15,&1
LOOP&N$ IC 2,0(15)
SVC 202
CLI 0(15),X'0A'
LA 15,1(0,15)
BNE LOOP&N$


28
PC370_orig/Diskette/full/MAC/FREEMAIN.MAC Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
FREEMAIN MACRO RU,LV=(1),A=(2)
AIF /&LABEL$$=/ .GO
&LABEL$$ EQU *
.GO AIF &1=V.TYPEV
AIF &LV=(.REG
AIF &LV>4095.L
LA 1,&LV
AGO .A
.L L 1,=F'&LV'
AGO .A
.REG AIF &LV=(1).A
LR 1,&LV
.A AIF &A=(.AREG
L 2,&A
AGO .SVC
.AREG AIF &A=(2).SVC
LR 2,&A
AGO .SVC
.TYPEV L 1,&A+4
L 2,&A
.SVC SVC 11
LTR 0,0
BZ *+16
LA 2,=C'ABEND 90A$'
SVC 209
SVC 9
DC C'BUG '


18
PC370_orig/Diskette/full/MAC/GET.MAC Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
GET MACRO DCB?,0
AIF /&LABEL$$=/ .GO
&LABEL$$ EQU *
.GO AIF &1=(.REG
LA 2,&1
AGO .AREA
.REG AIF &1=(2).AREA
LR 2,&1
.AREA AIF &2=(.REG2
LA 1,&2
AGO .SVC
.REG2 AIF &2=(1).SVC
LR 1,&2
.SVC SVC 5
AIF '&2'#'0'.END
L 1,28(0,2)
.END ANOP


40
PC370_orig/Diskette/full/MAC/GETMAIN.MAC Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
GETMAIN MACRO RU,LV=(1),A=?
AIF /&LABEL$$=/ .GO
&LABEL$$ EQU *
.GO AIF &1=V.TYPEV
AIF &LV=(.REG
AIF &LV>4095.L
LA 1,&LV
AGO .SVC
.L L 1,=F'&LV'
AGO .SVC
.REG AIF &LV=(1).SVC
LR 1,&LV
.SVC SVC 10
LTR 0,0
BZ *+16
LA 2,=C'ABEND 80A$'
SVC 209
SVC 9
DC C'BUG '
AIF &1=R.STORE
AIF &A=?.STORE
ST 2,&A
AGO .END
.STORE LR 1,2
AGO .END
.TYPEV L 1,&LA+4
SVC 10
LTR 0,0
BZ *+26
C 1,&LA
BNL *+16
LA 2,=C'ABEND 80A$'
SVC 209
SVC 9
DC C'BUG '
SVC 10
ST 1,&A+4
ST 2,&A
.END ANOP


28
PC370_orig/Diskette/full/MAC/LINK.MAC Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
LINK MACRO EP=?
AIF /&LABEL$$=/ .GO
&LABEL$$ EQU *
.GO AIF &EP=?.EPLOC
AIF &EP='.EPLIT
LA 1,=C'&EP..COM'
AGO .SVC
.EPLIT LA 1,=C&EP
AGO .SVC
.EPLOC AIF &EPLOC=(.EPREG
LA 1,&EPLOC
AGO .SVC
.EPREG AIF &EPLOC=(1).SVC
LR 1,&EPLOC
.SVC SVC 25
LTR 15,15
BZ *+34
SVC 9
DC C'BUG MODULE NOT FOUND'
DC 8X'00'
STM 0,1,*-8
LR 15,0
LA 15,X'0210'(0,15)
BALR 14,15
L 2,*-20
L 1,*-20
SVC 11


22
PC370_orig/Diskette/full/MAC/LOAD.MAC Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
LOAD MACRO EP=?
AIF /&LABEL$$=/ .GO
&LABEL$$ EQU *
.GO AIF &EP=?.EPLOC
AIF &EP='.EPLIT
LA 1,=C'&EP..COM'
AGO .SVC
.EPLIT LA 1,=C&EP
AGO .SVC
.EPLOC AIF &EPLOC=(.EPREG
LA 1,&EPLOC
AGO .SVC
.EPREG AIF &EPLOC=(1).SVC
LR 1,&EPLOC
.SVC SVC 25
LTR 15,15
BZ *+26
SVC 9
DC C'BUG MODULE NOT FOUND'
LR 15,0
LA 0,X'0210'(0,15)


10
PC370_orig/Diskette/full/MAC/OPEN.MAC Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
OPEN MACRO DCB?
AIF /&LABEL$$=/ .GO
&LABEL$$ EQU *
.GO AIF &1=(.REG
LA 2,&1
AGO .SVC
.REG AIF &1=(2).SVC
LR 2,&1
.SVC SVC 1


15
PC370_orig/Diskette/full/MAC/PUT.MAC Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
PUT MACRO DCB?,0
AIF /&LABEL$$=/ .GO
&LABEL$$ EQU *
.GO AIF &1=(.REG
LA 2,&1
AGO .AREA
.REG AIF &1=(2).AREA
LR 2,&1
.AREA AIF &2=(.REG2
LA 1,&2
AGO .SVC
.REG2 AIF &2=(1).SVC
LR 1,&2
.SVC SVC 6


36
PC370_orig/Diskette/full/MAC/READ.MAC Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
READ MACRO DCB?,0,RBN?,RBA=?,RBN=&3
AIF /&LABEL$$=/ .GO
&LABEL$$ EQU *
.GO AIF &1=(.REG1
LA 2,&1
AGO .RBA
.REG1 AIF &1=(2).RBA
LR 2,&1
.RBA AIF &RBA=?.RBN
AIF &RBA=(.REG2
AIF &RBA<A.RBAABS
MVC 36(4,2),&RBA
AGO .AREA
.REG2 ST &RBA,36(0,2)
AGO .AREA
.RBAABS MVC 36(4,2),=F'&RBA'
AGO .AREA
.RBN AIF &RBN=(.REG3
AIF &RBN<A.RBNABS
L 1,&RBN
AGO .MULT
.REG3 LR 1,&RBN
AGO .MULT
.RBNABS L 1,=F'&RBN'
.MULT MH 1,18(0,2)
ST 1,36(0,2)
.AREA AIF &2=(.REG4
LA 1,&2
AGO .SVC
.REG4 AIF &2=(1).SVC
LR 1,&2
.SVC SVC 3
AIF '&2'#'0'.END
L 1,32(0,2)
.END ANOP


18
PC370_orig/Diskette/full/MAC/REGS.MAC Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
REGS MACRO
R0 EQU 0
R1 EQU 1
R2 EQU 2
R3 EQU 3
R4 EQU 4
R5 EQU 5
R6 EQU 6
R7 EQU 7
R8 EQU 8
R9 EQU 9
R10 EQU 10
R11 EQU 11
R12 EQU 12
R13 EQU 13
R14 EQU 14
R15 EQU 15


11
PC370_orig/Diskette/full/MAC/RETURN.MAC Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
RETURN MACRO RC=?,SAVE=YES
AIF &SAVE#NO.OK
&LABEL$$ LM 14,12,12(13)
AGO .RC
.OK ANOP
&LABEL$$ L 13,4(13)
LM 14,12,12(13)
.RC AIF &RC=?.GO
LA 15,&RC
.GO BR 14


145
PC370_orig/Diskette/full/MAC/SI500API.MLC Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,145 @@
TITLE 'SI500API.ALC - SI SYSTEM LINK FROM CICS TO CADET VIA API'
*
* PGM-ID. SI500API.ALC
* AUTHOR. DON HIGGINS.
* DATE. 11/03/87
* REMAKRS. THIS IS A PC/370 ASSEMBLY LANGUAGE PROGRAM DESIGNED TO RUN
* ON A PC WITH PC 3270 EMULATION USING THE APPLICATION
* PROGRAM INTERFACE. THE PROGRAM SIMULATES 3270 TRANSACTIONS
* TO OBTAIN CICS APPLICTION SCREENS AND STORE THEM ON A PC
* DISK IN SEPARATE FILES FOR ACCESS BY PC NETWORK APPLICATIONS.
* REFERENCE. IBM PC 3270 EMULATION PROGRAM APPLICATION PROGRAM INTERFACE
* AND HOST REFERENCE, #SC23-0892.
* MAINTENANCE.
*
* 11/04/87 DSH 1.0 CHANGE FILE NAME TO CADET STD. WITH DRIVE AND DIR
* 11/05/87 DSH 1.0 CHANGE DRIVE TO N: AND TIME TO 180 SECONDS
* 11/10/87 DSH 1.0 ADD LOGIC TO STORE FILES IN TIME SEQUENCE AS WELL
* AS IN THE MOST CURRENT FILE.
* 12/29/87 DSH 1.1 ADD LOGIC TO ALSO WRITE TAAU SUMMARY SCREENS
* 12/30/87 DSH 1.1 ADD TAAU,ALL,CANCEL AFTER EACH TAAU,ALL,99
*
SI500API CSECT
USING *,R12
LR R12,R15
LA R13,SAVEAREA
WTO 'SI500API CICS TO PC CADET FILE TRANSFER API VER 1.1'
WTO ' '
CALL APISTART ACTIVATE 3270 SESSION
LOOP EQU *
CALL DAT PRINT DATE AND TIME
LA R1,CLEARKEY
CALL APIAID ENTER CLEAR KEY
LA R1,=C"SINQ"
LA R2,4
CALL APITRAN ENTER TAAU TRANSACTION
LA R1,PF1
CALL APIAID ENTER PF KEY
LA R1,SCREEN
CALL APIREAD READ SCREEN
LA R1,=C'SIT01S01'
BAL R14,BLDFILE SAVE SCREEN IN PC FILE
LA R1,PF2
CALL APIAID ENTER PF KEY
LA R1,SCREEN
CALL APIREAD READ SCREEN
LA R1,=C'SIT02S01'
BAL R14,BLDFILE SAVE SCREEN IN PC FILE
LA R1,PF3
CALL APIAID ENTER PF KEY
LA R1,SCREEN
CALL APIREAD READ SCREEN
LA R1,=C'SIT03S01'
BAL R14,BLDFILE SAVE SCREEN IN PC FILE
LA R1,PF4
CALL APIAID ENTER PF KEY
LA R1,SCREEN
CALL APIREAD READ SCREEN
LA R1,=C'SIT04S01'
BAL R14,BLDFILE SAVE SCREEN IN PC FILE
LA R1,CLEARKEY
CALL APIAID ENTER CLEAR KEY
LA R1,=C"TAAU,ALL,03"
LA R2,11
CALL APITRAN ENTER TAAU TRANSACTION
LA R1,SCREEN
CALL APIREAD READ SCREEN
LA R1,=C'TAT01S01'
BAL R14,BLDFILE SAVE SCREEN IN PC FILE
LA R1,ENTERKEY
CALL APIAID ENTER ENTER KEY
LA R1,SCREEN
CALL APIREAD READ SCREEN
LA R1,=C'TAT02S01'
BAL R14,BLDFILE SAVE SCREEN IN PC FILE
LA R1,CLEARKEY
CALL APIAID ENTER CLEAR KEY
LA R1,=C"TAAU,ALL,CANCEL"
LA R2,15
CALL APITRAN ENTER TAAU CANCEL TRANSACTION
*
* WAIT FOR AN INTERVAL AND THEN REPEAT LOOP
*
WTO 'WAITING FOR 3 MINUTES'
LA R1,180 (PRODUCTION VERSION SHOULD BE 180)
CALL APIWAIT WAIT FOR SPECIFIED # OF SECONDS
B LOOP
*
* BLDFILE - WRITE SCREEN TO PC FILE
*
BLDFILE EQU *
ST R14,BLDSAV14
L R15,PCFILE+(DCBDSN-IHADCB) GET ADDR OF DSN FROM DCB
MVC DSNOFF(8,R15),0(R1) MOVE 8 CHARACTER FILE NAME TO DCBDSN
WTO 'WRITING CICS SCREEN TO CADET PC FILE'
SVC TRACE
DC C'BLD '
CLI SCREEN,C" " IF SCREEN DOES NOT START WITH ASCII
BL APIERR ABORT
OPEN PCFILE
PUT PCFILE,SCREEN WRITE SCREEN TO DISK FILE
CLOSE PCFILE
SVC TIME R0 = HH, MM, SS, 100TH SEC
SRL R0,24
CVD R0,PWORK
MVC DHR,=X'40212020'
ED DHR,PWORK+6
L R15,PCFILE+(DCBDSN-IHADCB) GET ADDR OF DSN FROM DCB
MVI DSNOFF+5(R15),C'H'
MVC DSNOFF+6(2,R15),DHR+2
OPEN PCFILE
PUT PCFILE,SCREEN WRITE SCREEN TO DISK FILE
CLOSE PCFILE
L R14,BLDSAV14
BR R14
*
* ENTER DEBUG ON ERROR FOR NOW
*
APIERR EQU *
SVC TRACE
DC C'BUG '
SVC EXIT
BLDSAV14 DC F'0'
*
* COMMON DATA
*
SAVEAREA DC 18F'0'
PWORK DC D'0'
DHR DC C' Z99'
PCFILE DCB DSORG=S,MACRF=P,RECFM=F,LRECL=1920,
DDNAME=N:\ENERGY\SIT01SXX.(T)
DSNOFF EQU 10 OFFSET TO PRIMARY DSNAME IMMEDIATELY ABOVE
DC C'*** SCREEN ***'
SCREEN DS 1920C 24 X 80 ASCII SCREEN
DC C'*** END OF SCREEN ***'
COPY CPY\EQUREGS
COPY CPY\EQUSVCS
COPY CPY\IHADCB
PF1 EQU X'07' PROGRAM FUNCTION KEY 1 SCAN CODE (SEE A-2)
PF2 EQU X'0F'
PF3 EQU X'17'
PF4 EQU X'1F'
CLEARKEY EQU X'06' CLEAR KEY
ENTERKEY EQU X'58' ENTER KEY
END


23
PC370_orig/Diskette/full/MAC/TEST.MAC Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
TEST MACRO ?,?,?,?,?,?,?,TIME=YES
DC 0H'0'
DC AL1(XXX&N$-*-5),AL1(L'XXX&N$-1),CL1'&TIME',X'00'
AIF &3=?.X2
AIF &4=?.X3
AIF &5=?.X4
AIF &6=?.X5
.X6 &1 &2,&3,&4,&5,&6
XXX&N$ DC C'&1 &2,&3,&4,&5,&6 '
AGO .END
.X5 &1 &2,&3,&4,&5
XXX&N$ DC C'&1 &2,&3,&4,&5 '
AGO .END
.X4 &1 &2,&3,&4
XXX&N$ DC C'&1 &2,&3,&4 '
AGO .END
.X3 &1 &2,&3
XXX&N$ DC C'&1 &2,&3 '
AGO .END
.X2 &1 &2
XXX&N$ DC C'&1 &2 '
.END ANOP


33
PC370_orig/Diskette/full/MAC/WRITE.MAC Normal file
View File

@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
WRITE MACRO DCB?,0,RBN?,RBA=?,RBN=&3
AIF /&LABEL$$=/ .GO
&LABEL$$ EQU *
.GO AIF &1=(.REG1
LA 2,&1
AGO .RBA
.REG1 AIF &1=(2).RBA
LR 2,&1
.RBA AIF &RBA=?.RBN
AIF &RBA=(.REG2
AIF &RBA<A.RBAABS
MVC 36(4,2),&RBA
AGO .AREA
.REG2 ST &RBA,36(0,2)
AGO .AREA
.RBAABS MVC 36(4,2),=F'&RBA'
AGO .AREA
.RBN AIF &RBN=(.REG3
AIF &RBN<A.RBNABS
L 1,&RBN
AGO .MULT
.REG3 LR 1,&RBN
AGO .MULT
.RBNABS L 1,=F'&RBN'
.MULT MH 1,18(0,2)
ST 1,36(0,2)
.AREA AIF &2=(.REG4
LA 1,&2
AGO .SVC
.REG4 AIF &2=(1).SVC
LR 1,&2
.SVC SVC 4


Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More